Nammcesa 000010 PDF

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 12
__________
L.E.P. 1-11 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 8,
10- 15
12-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
5- 7, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
10 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

201, 203- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
204, 207 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

310- 311, CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
313, 315- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
316, 318- 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
320, 322- 528-599,
328, 330- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
333, 338, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
341- 342, 511-526, 528-599,
344- 345,
347- 349,
354- 357,
359, 363-
364, 368-
369, 372-
376, 378,
381- 382,
384, 389-
392, 395-
398,A300-
A303,A305-
12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 7
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A308,A310,
A314-A316,
A319-A321,
A327-A329,
A334-A336,
A342-A344

301- 304, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
307- 313, THERMOMETER ACCURACY CHANGED IN STEP (7) TO
319- 320, +/- 2 DEG C.
327- 332, LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
335- 337, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
340- 343, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
367, 369- 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
A330 511-526, 528-599,
12-13-24 02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

301- 316 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

346- 354 204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

301- 305 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 062-099, 106-149, 151-199,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
204-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
12-13-79 01 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

330- 331 ADDED REF TO AMM TASK 79-00-00-281-002 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499,

301- 318 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ADDED WARNING
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPRINTED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

REVISED CONDITIONS TO PERFORM OIL SERVICING
12-13-80 01 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

301

301- 313 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-14-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,

1 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

306- 307 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,

308, 319, THERMOMETER ACCURACY +/-2 DEG C ADDED TO
322- 326, STEPS (6) AND (18).
329, 336- TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
350, 356, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
358, 365, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
368- 369, 528-599,
372, 374,
378- 380,
384- 391,
A300-A301,
A303-A304,
A306

302- 305, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
307- 308, NOTE ADDED 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
311- 314, 511-526, 528-599,
316- 317 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

307 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-21-11 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

308- 311 MOVED CHROME-PLATED SURFACE CAUTION.

304, 344, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
350, 362 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
202-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

702- 703, MOD.20165P0116 INCORPORATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
705- 706, STD. PRACTICES-ENGINE - INSTALL IAE V2500
708- 731 ENGINE RATED AT 23500 LBS
MOD.23083P2566 INCORPORATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
POWER PLANT - INSTALL CFM 56-5B1 ENGINES 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
RATED AT 30.000 LBS FOR A321. 301-399, 401-499,
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

1- 3 ADDED PARAGRAPH RELATED TO THE MIXING OF
GREASES.
UPDATED WORDING.

318 204-249, 251-299, 401-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

339- 343, CAUTIONS AND NOTES AT START OF TEXT
346- 347, RE-POSITIONED.
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
355, 358- 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
378, 381- 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,
384 511-526, 528-599,

308, 310, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
315- 316, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
323, 326- 511-526, 528-599,
327, 329-
330, 351-
355, 358,
365- 366,
368- 369

201, 203- CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
207, 210, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
212- 215, 511-526, 528-599,
217 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
201-249, 251-299, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
12-31-00 MOD.20006P0002 INCORPORATED ALL

201- 209 GENERAL ITEMS - DEFINE INTERFACE AND
OVERALL G.A. OF THE BASIC AIRCRAFT-
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION ALL

305-399, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
12-31-32 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

201- 203

202- 203 CHANGE CAUTION
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

211- 212, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
218- 222 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
12-31-71 MOD.23083P2566 INCORPORATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201- 205 POWER PLANT - INSTALL CFM 56-5B1 ENGINES 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
RATED AT 30.000 LBS FOR A321. 301-399, 401-499,
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

307- 308,
310- 311

306- 308, SUBSTEP (1)(C) AMENDED TO IDENTIFY STANDARD
312- 314, TOOL (CONTAINER).
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

304, 308- CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
309, 318- DELETED THE SIL 29-081 REFERENCE FROM THE
321 PROCEDURE.

301- 303, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
151-199, 201-210, 234-235,
239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,


201- 202, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
204- 219 ADDED : MAXIMUM AIR PRESSURE AND MINIMUM AIR 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
TEMPERATURE LIMITS. 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
528-599,
12-33-21 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

206, 210, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
213 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
528-599,

303, 307- CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
310, 312- AMENDED THE NOTE FROM THE FLUID SAMPLING
A322,A327- MUST BE AVAILABLE IN 2 TO 3 DAYS TO THE
A328,A330, FLUID SAMPLING MUST BE AVAILABLE IN 10 DAYS.
A336-A339, LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
A344,A346- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 002-049, 053-099, 101-149,
A347,A379, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
A384,A388- 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
A390,A394- 511-526, 528-599,
A395,A397-
A398,B311-
B313
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 12-11-00 1 Feb01/98 12-11-28 R 342 Feb01/10

OF TEMP. 12-11-28 301 Nov01/09 12-11-28 343 Nov01/09
REVISION 12-11-28 302 May01/00 12-11-28 R 344 Feb01/10
12-11-28 303 Feb01/09 12-11-28 R 345 Feb01/10
L.E.P. R 1-11 Feb01/10 12-11-28 304 Nov01/09 12-11-28 346 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 12-11-28 305 Aug01/08 12-11-28 R 347 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 2 Feb01/10 12-11-28 306 Aug01/08 12-11-28 R 348 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 3 Feb01/10 12-11-28 307 May01/07 12-11-28 R 349 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 4 Feb01/10 12-11-28 308 May01/07 12-11-28 350 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 5 Feb01/10 12-11-28 309 May01/07 12-11-28 351 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 6 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 310 Feb01/10 12-11-28 352 Nov01/09
T. of C. 9 Nov01/09 12-11-28 R 313 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 355 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 11 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 315 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 357 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R 320 Feb01/10 12-11-28 362 Nov01/09
12-00-00 1 Nov01/08 12-11-28 321 May01/09 12-11-28 R 363 Feb01/10
12-00-00 2 Feb01/98 12-11-28 R 322 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 364 Feb01/10
12-00-00 3 Nov01/08 12-11-28 R 323 Feb01/10 12-11-28 365 Nov01/09
12-00-00 4 May01/04 12-11-28 324 Aug01/09 12-11-28 366 Nov01/09
12-00-00 R 5 Feb01/10 12-11-28 325 Aug01/08 12-11-28 367 Nov01/09
12-00-00 R 6 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 326 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 368 Feb01/10
12-00-00 R 7 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 327 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 369 Feb01/10
12-00-00 8 Nov01/08 12-11-28 R 328 Feb01/10 12-11-28 370 Nov01/09
12-00-00 9 Nov01/07 12-11-28 329 Nov01/09 12-11-28 371 Nov01/09
12-00-00 R 10 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 330 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 372 Feb01/10
12-00-00 11 Nov01/07 12-11-28 R 331 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 373 Feb01/10
12-00-00 R 201 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 332 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 374 Feb01/10
12-00-00 202 Aug01/07 12-11-28 R 333 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 375 Feb01/10
12-00-00 R 203 Feb01/10 12-11-28 334 Nov01/09 12-11-28 R 376 Feb01/10
12-00-00 R 204 Feb01/10 12-11-28 335 Nov01/09 12-11-28 377 Nov01/09
12-00-00 205 Aug01/07 12-11-28 336 Nov01/09 12-11-28 R 378 Feb01/10
12-00-00 206 Aug01/07 12-11-28 337 Nov01/09 12-11-28 379 Nov01/09
12-00-00 R 207 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R 338 Feb01/10 12-11-28 380 Nov01/09
12-00-00 208 Aug01/07 12-11-28 339 Nov01/09 12-11-28 R 381 Feb01/10
12-11-28 340 Nov01/09 12-11-28 R 382 Feb01/10
12-10-00 1 Feb01/98 12-11-28 R 341 Feb01/10 12-11-28 383 Nov01/09
12-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10
CES
12-11-28 R 384 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R A335 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R 313 Feb01/10

12-11-28 385 Nov01/09 12-11-28 R A336 Feb01/10 12-12-32 314 Nov01/09
12-11-28 386 Nov01/09 12-11-28 A337 Nov01/09 12-12-32 315 Nov01/09
12-11-28 387 Nov01/09 12-11-28 A338 Nov01/09 12-12-32 316 Nov01/09
12-11-28 388 Nov01/09 12-11-28 A339 Nov01/09 12-12-32 317 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R 389 Feb01/10 12-11-28 A340 Nov01/09 12-12-32 318 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R 390 Feb01/10 12-11-28 A341 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 319 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R 391 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R A342 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R 320 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R 392 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R A343 Feb01/10 12-12-32 321 Nov01/09
12-11-28 393 Nov01/09 12-11-28 R A344 Feb01/10 12-12-32 322 Nov01/09
12-11-28 394 Nov01/09 12-11-28 A345 Nov01/09 12-12-32 323 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R 395 Feb01/10 12-11-28 A346 Nov01/09 12-12-32 324 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R 396 Feb01/10 12-11-28 A347 Nov01/09 12-12-32 325 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R 397 Feb01/10 12-11-28 A348 Nov01/09 12-12-32 326 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R 398 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R 327 Feb01/10
12-11-28 399 Nov01/09 12-12-00 1 May01/08 12-12-32 R 328 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A300 Feb01/10 12-12-00 2 May01/08 12-12-32 R 329 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A301 Feb01/10 12-12-00 3 May01/08 12-12-32 R 330 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A302 Feb01/10 12-12-00 4 May01/08 12-12-32 R 331 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A303 Feb01/10 12-12-00 5 May01/08 12-12-32 R 332 Feb01/10
12-11-28 A304 Nov01/09 12-12-00 6 May01/08 12-12-32 333 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A305 Feb01/10 12-12-00 7 May01/08 12-12-32 334 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A306 Feb01/10 12-12-29 301 Nov01/08 12-12-32 R 335 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A307 Feb01/10 12-12-29 302 Nov01/08 12-12-32 R 336 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A308 Feb01/10 12-12-29 303 Aug01/08 12-12-32 R 337 Feb01/10
12-11-28 A309 Nov01/09 12-12-29 304 Feb01/98 12-12-32 338 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A310 Feb01/10 12-12-29 305 May01/08 12-12-32 339 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A311 Nov01/09 12-12-29 306 Feb01/98 12-12-32 R 340 Feb01/10
12-11-28 A312 Nov01/09 12-12-29 307 Aug01/08 12-12-32 R 341 Feb01/10
12-11-28 A313 Nov01/09 12-12-29 308 Aug01/08 12-12-32 R 342 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A314 Feb01/10 12-12-29 309 Aug01/08 12-12-32 R 343 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A315 Feb01/10 12-12-29 310 Nov01/08 12-12-32 344 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A316 Feb01/10 12-12-29 311 May01/07 12-12-32 345 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A317 Nov01/09 12-12-29 312 Aug01/08 12-12-32 346 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A318 Nov01/09 12-12-29 313 May01/07 12-12-32 347 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A319 Feb01/10 12-12-29 314 May01/08 12-12-32 R 348 Feb01/10
12-11-28 R A320 Feb01/10 12-12-29 315 Aug01/08 12-12-32 349 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A321 Feb01/10 12-12-29 316 Aug01/08 12-12-32 350 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A322 Nov01/09 12-12-29 317 Aug01/08 12-12-32 351 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A323 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 301 Feb01/10 12-12-32 352 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A324 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 302 Feb01/10 12-12-32 353 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A325 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 303 Feb01/10 12-12-32 354 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A326 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 304 Feb01/10 12-12-32 355 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A327 Feb01/10 12-12-32 305 Aug01/06 12-12-32 356 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A328 Feb01/10 12-12-32 306 Nov01/09 12-12-32 357 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A329 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R 307 Feb01/10 12-12-32 358 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A330 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 308 Feb01/10 12-12-32 359 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A331 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 309 Feb01/10 12-12-32 360 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A332 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 310 Feb01/10 12-12-32 361 Nov01/09
12-11-28 A333 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R 311 Feb01/10 12-12-32 362 Nov01/09
12-11-28 R A334 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R 312 Feb01/10 12-12-32 363 Nov01/09
12-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10
CES
12-12-32 364 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R A315 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 305 Feb01/10

12-12-32 R 365 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A316 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 306 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 366 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A317 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 307 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 367 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A318 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 308 Feb01/10
12-12-32 368 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R A319 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 309 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 369 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A320 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 310 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 370 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A321 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 311 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 371 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A322 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 312 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 372 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A323 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 313 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 373 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A324 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 314 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 374 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A325 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 315 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 375 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A326 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 316 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R 376 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A327 Feb01/10 12-13-27 301 Aug01/08
12-12-32 R 377 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R A328 Feb01/10 12-13-27 302 Aug01/09
12-12-32 R 378 Feb01/10 12-12-32 N A329 Feb01/10 12-13-27 303 Aug01/08
12-12-32 R 379 Feb01/10 12-12-32 N A330 Feb01/10 12-13-27 304 Nov01/03
12-12-32 R 380 Feb01/10 12-13-27 305 May01/09
12-12-32 R 381 Feb01/10 12-13-00 1 Feb01/98 12-13-27 306 May01/09
12-12-32 R 382 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 301 Nov01/09 12-13-27 307 Aug01/07
12-12-32 R 383 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 302 Nov01/08 12-13-27 308 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R 384 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 303 Feb01/09 12-13-27 309 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R 385 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 304 Nov01/08 12-13-27 310 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R 386 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 305 Feb01/08 12-13-27 311 May01/06
12-12-32 R 387 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 306 Nov01/08 12-13-27 312 May01/06
12-12-32 R 388 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 307 Nov01/08 12-13-27 313 Feb01/06
12-12-32 R 389 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 308 Nov01/08 12-13-27 314 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R 390 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 309 Nov01/08 12-13-27 315 Feb01/06
12-12-32 R 391 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 310 Aug01/09 12-13-27 316 May01/06
12-12-32 R 392 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 311 Aug01/09 12-13-27 317 Feb01/06
12-12-32 R 393 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 312 Nov01/08 12-13-27 318 May01/09
12-12-32 R 394 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 313 Nov01/09 12-13-27 319 Nov01/09
12-12-32 R 395 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 314 Feb01/08 12-13-27 320 Nov01/09
12-12-32 R 396 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 315 Feb01/08 12-13-27 321 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R 397 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 316 Nov01/08 12-13-27 322 May01/05
12-12-32 R 398 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 317 Nov01/08 12-13-27 323 May01/05
12-12-32 R 399 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 318 Nov01/09 12-13-27 324 May01/05
12-12-32 R A300 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 319 Feb01/09 12-13-27 325 May01/05
12-12-32 R A301 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 320 Feb01/09 12-13-27 326 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R A302 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 321 Feb01/09 12-13-27 327 May01/09
12-12-32 R A303 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 322 Aug01/09 12-13-27 328 Aug01/05
12-12-32 R A304 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 323 Aug01/09 12-13-27 329 May01/09
12-12-32 R A305 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 324 Aug01/09 12-13-27 330 Aug01/05
12-12-32 R A306 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 325 Feb01/09 12-13-27 331 May01/09
12-12-32 R A307 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 326 Feb01/09 12-13-27 332 Aug01/05
12-12-32 R A308 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 327 Feb01/09 12-13-27 333 May01/09
12-12-32 R A309 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 328 Feb01/09 12-13-27 334 Aug01/05
12-12-32 R A310 Feb01/10 12-13-24 01 329 Feb01/09 12-13-27 335 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R A311 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 301 Feb01/10 12-13-27 336 Feb01/08
12-12-32 R A312 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 302 Feb01/10 12-13-27 R 337 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R A313 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 303 Feb01/10 12-13-27 R 338 Feb01/10
12-12-32 R A314 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 304 Feb01/10 12-13-27 R 339 Feb01/10
12-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10
CES
12-13-27 R 340 Feb01/10 12-13-79 01 R 331 Feb01/10 12-14-29 304 May01/05

12-13-27 R 341 Feb01/10 12-13-79 01 332 Feb01/09 12-14-29 305 May01/05
12-13-27 R 342 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 301 Feb01/10 12-14-29 R 306 Feb01/10
12-13-27 R 343 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 302 Feb01/10 12-14-29 R 307 Feb01/10
12-13-27 344 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 R 303 Feb01/10 12-14-29 308 May01/04
12-13-27 345 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 R 304 Feb01/10 12-14-29 309 Aug01/08
12-13-27 R 346 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 305 Feb01/10 12-14-29 310 Aug01/08
12-13-27 R 347 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 306 Feb01/10 12-14-29 311 Feb01/98
12-13-27 R 348 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 307 Feb01/10 12-14-32 301 May01/09
12-13-27 R 349 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 308 Feb01/10 12-14-32 302 May01/09
12-13-27 R 350 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 309 Feb01/10 12-14-32 303 Nov01/09
12-13-27 R 351 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 310 Feb01/10 12-14-32 304 Nov01/09
12-13-27 R 352 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 311 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 305 Feb01/10
12-13-27 R 353 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 312 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 306 Feb01/10
12-13-27 R 354 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 313 Feb01/10 12-14-32 307 Aug01/08
12-13-29 R 301 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 314 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 308 Feb01/10
12-13-29 R 302 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 315 Feb01/10 12-14-32 309 May01/07
12-13-29 R 303 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 316 Feb01/10 12-14-32 310 May01/07
12-13-29 R 304 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 317 Feb01/10 12-14-32 311 May01/07
12-13-29 R 305 Feb01/10 12-13-79 02 R 318 Feb01/10 12-14-32 312 May01/07
12-13-49 01 301 Nov01/04 12-13-80 01 R 301 Feb01/10 12-14-32 313 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 301 Nov01/08 12-13-80 01 302 Nov01/08 12-14-32 314 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 302 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 303 Feb01/09 12-14-32 315 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 303 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 304 Nov01/08 12-14-32 316 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 304 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 305 Nov01/07 12-14-32 317 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 305 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 306 Nov01/08 12-14-32 318 Aug01/08
12-13-79 01 306 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 307 Nov01/08 12-14-32 R 319 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 307 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 308 Nov01/08 12-14-32 320 May01/07
12-13-79 01 308 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 309 Nov01/08 12-14-32 321 Aug01/09
12-13-79 01 309 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 310 Nov01/08 12-14-32 R 322 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 310 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 311 Nov01/08 12-14-32 R 323 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 311 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 312 Nov01/08 12-14-32 R 324 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 312 Feb01/09 12-13-80 01 313 Nov01/08 12-14-32 R 325 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 313 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 301 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 326 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 314 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 302 Feb01/10 12-14-32 327 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 315 Aug01/09 12-13-80 02 R 303 Feb01/10 12-14-32 328 Feb01/07
12-13-79 01 316 Aug01/09 12-13-80 02 R 304 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 329 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 317 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 305 Feb01/10 12-14-32 330 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 318 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 306 Feb01/10 12-14-32 331 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 319 Nov01/09 12-13-80 02 R 307 Feb01/10 12-14-32 332 Aug01/07
12-13-79 01 320 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 308 Feb01/10 12-14-32 333 Aug01/07
12-13-79 01 321 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 309 Feb01/10 12-14-32 334 Aug01/07
12-13-79 01 322 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 310 Feb01/10 12-14-32 335 Aug01/05
12-13-79 01 323 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 311 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 336 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 324 Nov01/09 12-13-80 02 R 312 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 337 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 325 Feb01/09 12-13-80 02 R 313 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R 338 Feb01/10
12-13-79 01 326 Feb01/09 12-14-32 339 Feb01/08
12-13-79 01 327 Feb01/09 12-14-00 R 1 Feb01/10 12-14-32 340 Aug01/07
12-13-79 01 328 Feb01/09 12-14-29 301 Aug01/08 12-14-32 341 Aug01/07
12-13-79 01 329 Feb01/09 12-14-29 R 302 Feb01/10 12-14-32 342 Aug01/07
12-13-79 01 R 330 Feb01/10 12-14-29 R 303 Feb01/10 12-14-32 343 Aug01/05
12-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10
CES
12-14-32 344 Aug01/07 12-14-32 395 Nov01/09 12-16-38 303 May01/08

12-14-32 345 Aug01/07 12-14-32 396 Nov01/09 12-16-38 304 Nov01/09
12-14-32 346 Aug01/07 12-14-32 397 Nov01/09 12-16-38 305 Nov01/09
12-14-32 347 Aug01/05 12-14-32 398 Nov01/09 12-16-38 306 Nov01/09
12-14-32 R 348 Feb01/10 12-14-32 399 Nov01/09
12-14-32 R 349 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R A300 Feb01/10 12-17-00 1 Feb01/98
12-14-32 R 350 Feb01/10 12-14-32 R A301 Feb01/10 12-17-30 R 301 Feb01/10
12-14-32 351 May01/07 12-14-32 A302 Nov01/09 12-17-30 R 302 Feb01/10
12-14-32 352 Aug01/07 12-14-32 R A303 Feb01/10 12-17-30 R 303 Feb01/10
12-14-32 353 Aug01/07 12-14-32 R A304 Feb01/10
12-14-32 354 Aug01/07 12-14-32 A305 Nov01/09 12-20-00 1 Feb01/98
12-14-32 355 Aug01/09 12-14-32 R A306 Feb01/10
12-14-32 R 356 Feb01/10 12-14-35 301 Feb01/09 12-21-00 1 Feb01/98
12-14-32 357 Feb01/09 12-14-35 302 May01/05 12-21-11 301 Nov01/09
12-14-32 R 358 Feb01/10 12-14-35 303 May01/05 12-21-11 302 Nov01/09
12-14-32 359 Aug01/09 12-14-35 304 Feb01/09 12-21-11 303 Nov01/08
12-14-32 360 Aug01/09 12-14-35 305 May01/05 12-21-11 304 Feb01/09
12-14-32 361 Aug01/09 12-14-35 306 May01/05 12-21-11 305 Nov01/09
12-14-32 362 Aug01/09 12-14-35 307 Feb01/09 12-21-11 306 Nov01/09
12-14-32 363 Aug01/09 12-14-35 308 May01/08 12-21-11 307 Nov01/09
12-14-32 364 Aug01/09 12-21-11 R 308 Feb01/10
12-14-32 R 365 Feb01/10 12-15-00 1 Feb01/98 12-21-11 R 309 Feb01/10
12-14-32 366 Aug01/09 12-15-38 301 Nov01/04 12-21-11 R 310 Feb01/10
12-14-32 367 Aug01/09 12-15-38 R 302 Feb01/10 12-21-11 N 311 Feb01/10
12-14-32 R 368 Feb01/10 12-15-38 R 303 Feb01/10 12-21-12 R 301 Feb01/10
12-14-32 R 369 Feb01/10 12-15-38 R 304 Feb01/10 12-21-12 R 302 Feb01/10
12-14-32 370 Aug01/09 12-15-38 R 305 Feb01/10 12-21-12 303 Aug01/06
12-14-32 371 Aug01/09 12-15-38 306 May01/07 12-21-12 R 304 Feb01/10
12-14-32 R 372 Feb01/10 12-15-38 R 307 Feb01/10 12-21-12 305 Aug01/06
12-14-32 373 Aug01/09 12-15-38 R 308 Feb01/10 12-21-12 306 Feb01/08
12-14-32 R 374 Feb01/10 12-15-38 309 Nov01/09 12-21-12 307 Aug01/06
12-14-32 375 Aug01/09 12-15-38 310 Nov01/09 12-21-12 308 Aug01/06
12-14-32 376 Aug01/09 12-15-38 R 311 Feb01/10 12-21-12 309 Aug01/08
12-14-32 377 Aug01/09 12-15-38 R 312 Feb01/10 12-21-12 310 Aug01/06
12-14-32 R 378 Feb01/10 12-15-38 R 313 Feb01/10 12-21-12 311 Aug01/06
12-14-32 R 379 Feb01/10 12-15-38 R 314 Feb01/10 12-21-12 312 Nov01/07
12-14-32 R 380 Feb01/10 12-15-38 315 Nov01/09 12-21-12 313 Aug01/08
12-14-32 381 Nov01/09 12-15-38 R 316 Feb01/10 12-21-12 314 Aug01/08
12-14-32 382 Nov01/09 12-15-38 R 317 Feb01/10 12-21-12 315 Aug01/08
12-14-32 383 Nov01/09 12-15-38 318 Nov01/09 12-21-12 316 Nov01/07
12-14-32 R 384 Feb01/10 12-21-12 317 Nov01/07
12-14-32 R 385 Feb01/10 12-16-00 1 Feb01/98 12-21-12 318 Nov01/07
12-14-32 R 386 Feb01/10 12-16-25 301 May01/05 12-21-12 319 Nov01/07
12-14-32 R 387 Feb01/10 12-16-25 R 302 Feb01/10 12-21-12 320 Nov01/07
12-14-32 R 388 Feb01/10 12-16-25 303 Feb01/08 12-21-12 321 Aug01/08
12-14-32 R 389 Feb01/10 12-16-25 304 May01/05 12-21-12 322 Nov01/07
12-14-32 R 390 Feb01/10 12-16-25 305 Feb01/08 12-21-12 323 Nov01/08
12-14-32 R 391 Feb01/10 12-16-25 R 306 Feb01/10 12-21-12 324 Nov01/08
12-14-32 392 Nov01/09 12-16-25 R 307 Feb01/10 12-21-12 325 Nov01/07
12-14-32 393 Nov01/09 12-16-38 301 May01/08 12-21-12 326 Nov01/07
12-14-32 394 Nov01/09 12-16-38 302 May01/08 12-21-12 327 Feb01/08
12-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10
CES
12-21-12 328 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 710 Feb01/10 12-22-27 R 316 Feb01/10

12-21-12 329 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 711 Feb01/10 12-22-27 R 317 Feb01/10
12-21-12 330 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 712 Feb01/10 12-22-27 R 318 Feb01/10
12-21-12 331 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 713 Feb01/10 12-22-27 319 Aug01/07
12-21-12 332 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 714 Feb01/10 12-22-27 320 Aug01/07
12-21-12 333 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 715 Feb01/10 12-22-27 321 Nov01/09
12-21-12 334 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 716 Feb01/10 12-22-27 322 Aug01/07
12-21-12 335 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 717 Feb01/10 12-22-27 323 Aug01/07
12-21-12 336 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 718 Feb01/10 12-22-27 324 Aug01/07
12-21-12 337 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 719 Feb01/10 12-22-27 325 Aug01/07
12-21-12 338 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 720 Feb01/10 12-22-27 326 Aug01/07
12-21-12 339 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 721 Feb01/10 12-22-27 327 Feb01/07
12-21-12 340 Nov01/08 12-21-13 R 722 Feb01/10 12-22-27 328 Feb01/07
12-21-12 341 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 723 Feb01/10 12-22-27 329 Nov01/09
12-21-12 342 Nov01/08 12-21-13 R 724 Feb01/10 12-22-27 330 Aug01/07
12-21-12 343 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 725 Feb01/10 12-22-27 331 Feb01/07
12-21-12 R 344 Feb01/10 12-21-13 R 726 Feb01/10 12-22-27 332 Feb01/07
12-21-12 345 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 727 Feb01/10 12-22-27 333 Feb01/07
12-21-12 346 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 728 Feb01/10 12-22-27 334 Feb01/07
12-21-12 347 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 729 Feb01/10 12-22-27 335 Feb01/07
12-21-12 348 Aug01/09 12-21-13 N 730 Feb01/10 12-22-27 336 Feb01/07
12-21-12 349 Nov01/07 12-21-13 N 731 Feb01/10 12-22-27 337 Feb01/07
12-21-12 R 350 Feb01/10 12-22-27 338 Feb01/07
12-21-12 351 Aug01/09 12-22-00 R 1 Feb01/10 12-22-27 339 Feb01/07
12-21-12 352 Nov01/09 12-22-00 R 2 Feb01/10 12-22-27 340 Feb01/07
12-21-12 353 Aug01/09 12-22-00 N 3 Feb01/10 12-22-27 341 Feb01/07
12-21-12 354 Aug01/09 12-22-25 301 Feb01/08 12-22-27 342 Feb01/07
12-21-12 355 Feb01/08 12-22-25 302 Feb01/08 12-22-27 343 Nov01/07
12-21-12 356 Feb01/09 12-22-25 303 Feb01/08 12-22-27 344 Nov01/09
12-21-12 357 Nov01/07 12-22-25 304 Feb01/08 12-22-27 345 Aug01/08
12-21-12 358 Feb01/08 12-22-25 305 Feb01/08 12-22-27 346 Aug01/08
12-21-12 359 Nov01/07 12-22-25 306 Feb01/08 12-22-27 347 Nov01/07
12-21-12 360 Nov01/07 12-22-25 307 Feb01/08 12-22-27 348 Feb01/07
12-21-12 361 Nov01/07 12-22-25 308 Feb01/08 12-22-27 349 Aug01/08
12-21-12 R 362 Feb01/10 12-22-25 309 Feb01/08 12-22-27 350 Feb01/07
12-21-12 363 Feb01/09 12-22-25 310 Feb01/08 12-22-27 351 Feb01/07
12-21-12 364 Feb01/09 12-22-27 301 Aug01/07 12-22-27 352 Feb01/07
12-21-12 365 Feb01/08 12-22-27 302 Aug01/07 12-22-29 301 May01/09
12-21-12 366 Feb01/08 12-22-27 303 Aug01/08 12-22-29 302 Nov01/08
12-21-12 367 Nov01/07 12-22-27 304 Feb01/07 12-22-29 303 Nov01/08
12-21-12 368 Aug01/08 12-22-27 305 Aug01/08 12-22-32 301 Nov01/09
12-21-12 369 Aug01/08 12-22-27 306 Aug01/08 12-22-32 R 302 Feb01/10
12-21-13 701 Nov01/09 12-22-27 307 Aug01/08 12-22-32 R 303 Feb01/10
12-21-13 R 702 Feb01/10 12-22-27 308 Aug01/08 12-22-32 R 304 Feb01/10
12-21-13 R 703 Feb01/10 12-22-27 309 Nov01/07 12-22-32 R 305 Feb01/10
12-21-13 704 Nov01/09 12-22-27 310 Nov01/09 12-22-32 R 306 Feb01/10
12-21-13 R 705 Feb01/10 12-22-27 R 311 Feb01/10 12-22-32 R 307 Feb01/10
12-21-13 R 706 Feb01/10 12-22-27 312 May01/08 12-22-32 R 308 Feb01/10
12-21-13 707 Aug01/08 12-22-27 313 May01/08 12-22-32 R 309 Feb01/10
12-21-13 R 708 Feb01/10 12-22-27 R 314 Feb01/10 12-22-32 R 310 Feb01/10
12-21-13 R 709 Feb01/10 12-22-27 R 315 Feb01/10 12-22-32 R 311 Feb01/10
12-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10
CES
12-22-32 R 312 Feb01/10 12-22-32 R 363 Feb01/10 12-22-52 328 Aug01/08

12-22-32 R 313 Feb01/10 12-22-32 R 364 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 329 Feb01/10
12-22-32 314 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 365 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 330 Feb01/10
12-22-32 315 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 366 Feb01/10 12-22-52 331 Aug01/08
12-22-32 316 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 367 Feb01/10 12-22-52 332 Aug01/08
12-22-32 317 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 368 Feb01/10 12-22-52 333 Aug01/08
12-22-32 318 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 369 Feb01/10 12-22-52 334 Aug01/08
12-22-32 319 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 370 Feb01/10 12-22-52 335 Aug01/08
12-22-32 320 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 371 Feb01/10 12-22-52 336 Aug01/08
12-22-32 321 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 372 Feb01/10 12-22-52 337 Aug01/08
12-22-32 322 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 373 Feb01/10 12-22-52 338 Aug01/08
12-22-32 323 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 374 Feb01/10 12-22-52 339 Aug01/08
12-22-32 324 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 375 Feb01/10 12-22-52 340 Aug01/08
12-22-32 325 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 376 Feb01/10 12-22-52 341 May01/09
12-22-32 326 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 377 Feb01/10 12-22-52 342 Aug01/09
12-22-32 327 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 378 Feb01/10 12-22-52 343 Aug01/09
12-22-32 328 Aug01/09 12-22-32 379 Nov01/09 12-22-52 344 Aug01/09
12-22-32 329 Aug01/09 12-22-32 380 Nov01/09 12-22-52 345 Aug01/09
12-22-32 330 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 381 Feb01/10 12-22-52 346 Aug01/09
12-22-32 331 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 382 Feb01/10 12-22-52 347 Aug01/09
12-22-32 332 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 383 Feb01/10 12-22-52 348 Aug01/09
12-22-32 333 Aug01/09 12-22-32 R 384 Feb01/10 12-22-52 349 Aug01/09
12-22-32 334 Aug01/09 12-22-32 385 Nov01/09 12-22-52 350 Aug01/09
12-22-32 335 Aug01/09 12-22-32 386 Nov01/09 12-22-52 R 351 Feb01/10
12-22-32 336 Aug01/09 12-22-52 301 Feb01/98 12-22-52 R 352 Feb01/10
12-22-32 337 Aug01/09 12-22-52 R 302 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 353 Feb01/10
12-22-32 338 Aug01/09 12-22-52 R 303 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 354 Feb01/10
12-22-32 R 339 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 304 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 355 Feb01/10
12-22-32 R 340 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 305 Feb01/10 12-22-52 356 Aug01/09
12-22-32 R 341 Feb01/10 12-22-52 306 Aug01/08 12-22-52 357 Aug01/09
12-22-32 R 342 Feb01/10 12-22-52 307 Aug01/08 12-22-52 R 358 Feb01/10
12-22-32 R 343 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 308 Feb01/10 12-22-52 359 Aug01/09
12-22-32 344 Nov01/09 12-22-52 309 Aug01/08 12-22-52 360 Aug01/09
12-22-32 345 Nov01/09 12-22-52 R 310 Feb01/10 12-22-52 361 Aug01/09
12-22-32 R 346 Feb01/10 12-22-52 311 May01/08 12-22-52 362 Aug01/09
12-22-32 R 347 Feb01/10 12-22-52 312 May01/08 12-22-52 363 Aug01/09
12-22-32 348 Nov01/09 12-22-52 313 Nov01/08 12-22-52 364 Aug01/09
12-22-32 349 Nov01/09 12-22-52 314 Aug01/08 12-22-52 R 365 Feb01/10
12-22-32 R 350 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 315 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 366 Feb01/10
12-22-32 R 351 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 316 Feb01/10 12-22-52 367 Aug01/09
12-22-32 352 Nov01/09 12-22-52 317 May01/08 12-22-52 R 368 Feb01/10
12-22-32 353 Nov01/09 12-22-52 318 Nov01/08 12-22-52 R 369 Feb01/10
12-22-32 354 Nov01/09 12-22-52 319 Nov01/08 12-22-52 370 Aug01/09
12-22-32 R 355 Feb01/10 12-22-52 320 Aug01/08 12-22-52 371 Aug01/09
12-22-32 356 Nov01/09 12-22-52 321 Aug01/08 12-22-52 372 Aug01/09
12-22-32 357 Nov01/09 12-22-52 322 May01/08 12-22-52 373 Aug01/09
12-22-32 R 358 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 323 Feb01/10 12-22-52 374 Aug01/09
12-22-32 R 359 Feb01/10 12-22-52 324 Nov01/08 12-22-53 301 Aug01/08
12-22-32 R 360 Feb01/10 12-22-52 325 Nov01/08 12-22-53 302 May01/03
12-22-32 R 361 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 326 Feb01/10 12-22-53 303 Aug01/08
12-22-32 R 362 Feb01/10 12-22-52 R 327 Feb01/10 12-22-53 304 Feb01/98
12-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10
CES
12-22-53 305 Aug01/08 12-31-00 N 201 Feb01/10 12-31-28 205 Feb01/98

12-22-53 306 Aug01/08 12-31-00 N 202 Feb01/10 12-31-31 201 Feb01/98
12-22-53 307 Aug01/08 12-31-00 N 203 Feb01/10 12-31-31 202 Feb01/98
12-22-53 308 Aug01/08 12-31-00 N 204 Feb01/10 12-31-32 R 201 Feb01/10
12-22-55 301 Nov01/08 12-31-00 N 205 Feb01/10 12-31-32 R 202 Feb01/10
12-22-55 302 Nov01/08 12-31-00 N 206 Feb01/10 12-31-32 R 203 Feb01/10
12-22-55 303 Nov01/08 12-31-00 N 207 Feb01/10 12-31-35 201 May01/06
12-22-55 304 Feb01/98 12-31-00 N 208 Feb01/10 12-31-35 202 May01/05
12-22-55 305 Nov01/08 12-31-00 N 209 Feb01/10 12-31-38 201 May01/04
12-22-55 306 Nov01/08 12-31-11 201 Nov01/07 12-31-38 202 Aug01/06
12-22-55 307 Nov01/08 12-31-11 202 Nov01/08 12-31-38 203 May01/07
12-22-55 308 Nov01/08 12-31-11 203 Nov01/08 12-31-38 204 Feb01/08
12-22-55 309 Nov01/08 12-31-11 204 Nov01/08 12-31-38 205 Feb01/08
12-22-56 301 Nov01/04 12-31-11 205 Nov01/08 12-31-38 206 Feb01/08
12-22-56 302 Nov01/09 12-31-11 206 Nov01/08 12-31-49 201 Nov01/04
12-22-56 303 Feb01/02 12-31-12 201 May01/08 12-31-49 R 202 Feb01/10
12-22-56 304 Nov01/09 12-31-12 202 Feb01/09 12-31-49 R 203 Feb01/10
12-31-12 203 Feb01/09 12-31-49 204 May01/07
12-24-00 1 Feb01/98 12-31-12 204 Feb01/09 12-31-51 201 Feb01/98
12-24-34 301 Feb01/98 12-31-12 205 Feb01/09 12-31-51 202 Feb01/98
12-24-34 302 Feb01/98 12-31-12 206 Feb01/09 12-31-51 203 Feb01/98
12-24-34 303 Feb01/98 12-31-12 207 Feb01/09 12-31-52 201 May01/09
12-24-38 R 201 Feb01/10 12-31-12 208 Feb01/09 12-31-52 202 May01/09
12-24-38 202 May01/07 12-31-12 209 Nov01/08 12-31-52 R 203 Feb01/10
12-24-38 R 203 Feb01/10 12-31-12 210 Nov01/08 12-31-52 R 204 Feb01/10
12-24-38 R 204 Feb01/10 12-31-12 211 Aug01/08 12-31-52 R 205 Feb01/10
12-24-38 R 205 Feb01/10 12-31-12 212 May01/08 12-31-52 R 206 Feb01/10
12-24-38 R 206 Feb01/10 12-31-12 213 May01/08 12-31-52 207 Feb01/08
12-24-38 R 207 Feb01/10 12-31-12 214 May01/08 12-31-52 208 Nov01/09
12-24-38 208 Aug01/05 12-31-12 215 May01/08 12-31-52 209 Nov01/09
12-24-38 209 Aug01/08 12-31-21 201 May01/99 12-31-52 210 Nov01/09
12-24-38 R 210 Feb01/10 12-31-21 202 May01/99 12-31-52 R 211 Feb01/10
12-24-38 211 May01/07 12-31-21 203 May01/99 12-31-52 R 212 Feb01/10
12-24-38 R 212 Feb01/10 12-31-24 201 Feb01/05 12-31-52 213 Nov01/09
12-24-38 R 213 Feb01/10 12-31-24 202 Feb01/05 12-31-52 214 Nov01/09
12-24-38 R 214 Feb01/10 12-31-24 203 Feb01/05 12-31-52 215 Nov01/09
12-24-38 R 215 Feb01/10 12-31-25 201 Feb01/06 12-31-52 216 Nov01/09
12-24-38 216 Feb01/09 12-31-25 202 Feb01/08 12-31-52 217 Nov01/09
12-24-38 R 217 Feb01/10 12-31-25 203 Feb01/08 12-31-52 R 218 Feb01/10
12-31-25 204 Feb01/08 12-31-52 R 219 Feb01/10
12-28-00 1 Nov01/09 12-31-25 R 205 Feb01/10 12-31-52 R 220 Feb01/10
12-31-25 R 206 Feb01/10 12-31-52 R 221 Feb01/10
12-30-00 1 Feb01/98 12-31-25 R 207 Feb01/10 12-31-52 R 222 Feb01/10
12-31-25 208 Feb01/06 12-31-52 223 Feb01/08
12-31-00 1 Nov01/04 12-31-27 201 May01/07 12-31-52 224 Feb01/08
12-31-00 2 Nov01/04 12-31-27 202 May01/07 12-31-52 225 Feb01/08
12-31-00 3 Feb01/06 12-31-27 203 Feb01/98 12-31-52 226 Feb01/08
12-31-00 4 Feb01/06 12-31-28 201 Feb01/08 12-31-71 R 201 Feb01/10
12-31-00 5 Nov01/04 12-31-28 202 Feb01/08 12-31-71 N 202 Feb01/10
12-31-00 6 Aug01/09 12-31-28 203 Nov01/07 12-31-71 N 203 Feb01/10
12-31-00 7 Aug01/09 12-31-28 204 Feb01/09 12-31-71 N 204 Feb01/10
12-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10
CES
12-31-71 N 205 Feb01/10 12-32-29 311 Feb01/09 12-33-21 N 219 Feb01/10

12-32-29 312 Feb01/09 12-33-21 R 301 Feb01/10
12-32-00 1 Feb01/98 12-32-29 313 Feb01/09 12-33-21 R 302 Feb01/10
12-32-24 301 Nov01/09 12-32-29 314 Feb01/09 12-33-21 303 May01/04
12-32-24 302 May01/09 12-32-29 315 Feb01/09
12-32-24 R 303 Feb01/10 12-32-29 316 Feb01/09 12-34-00 1 Aug01/09
12-32-24 R 304 Feb01/10 12-32-29 317 Feb01/09 12-34-24 R 201 Feb01/10
12-32-24 305 Feb01/08 12-32-29 R 318 Feb01/10 12-34-24 R 202 Feb01/10
12-32-24 306 Nov01/08 12-32-29 R 319 Feb01/10 12-34-24 203 Feb01/98
12-32-24 R 307 Feb01/10 12-32-29 R 320 Feb01/10 12-34-24 204 Feb01/98
12-32-24 R 308 Feb01/10 12-32-29 R 321 Feb01/10 12-34-24 205 May01/09
12-32-24 309 Nov01/07 12-32-29 322 May01/09 12-34-24 R 206 Feb01/10
12-32-24 R 310 Feb01/10 12-32-49 R 301 Feb01/10 12-34-24 207 May01/09
12-32-24 R 311 Feb01/10 12-32-49 R 302 Feb01/10 12-34-24 208 May01/09
12-32-24 312 Nov01/07 12-32-49 R 303 Feb01/10 12-34-24 209 Feb01/09
12-32-28 301 Nov01/06 12-32-49 304 Nov01/09 12-34-24 R 210 Feb01/10
12-32-28 R 302 Feb01/10 12-32-49 305 Nov01/09 12-34-24 211 Feb01/09
12-32-28 R 303 Feb01/10 12-32-49 R 306 Feb01/10 12-34-24 212 Feb01/09
12-32-28 R 304 Feb01/10 12-32-49 307 Nov01/07 12-34-24 R 213 Feb01/10
12-32-28 305 Nov01/06 12-32-49 308 May01/05 12-34-24 214 Feb01/09
12-32-28 R 306 Feb01/10 12-32-79 01 301 Nov01/08
12-32-28 R 307 Feb01/10 12-32-79 01 302 Nov01/08 12-36-00 1 Feb01/98
12-32-28 R 308 Feb01/10 12-32-79 01 303 Nov01/08 12-36-29 301 Feb01/05
12-32-28 309 Nov01/07 12-32-79 01 304 Nov01/08 12-36-29 302 Aug01/09
12-32-28 310 Nov01/07 12-32-79 01 305 Nov01/08 12-36-29 R 303 Feb01/10
12-32-28 311 May01/09 12-32-79 01 306 Nov01/08 12-36-29 304 Aug01/09
12-32-28 R 312 Feb01/10 12-32-79 02 R 301 Feb01/10 12-36-29 305 Aug01/09
12-32-28 R 313 Feb01/10 12-32-79 02 R 302 Feb01/10 12-36-29 306 Aug01/09
12-32-28 R 314 Feb01/10 12-32-79 02 R 303 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 307 Feb01/10
12-32-28 315 Aug01/08 12-32-79 02 R 304 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 308 Feb01/10
12-32-28 316 May01/09 12-32-79 02 R 305 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 309 Feb01/10
12-32-28 317 Nov01/06 12-36-29 R 310 Feb01/10
12-32-28 318 Nov01/06 12-33-00 1 Feb01/98 12-36-29 311 Aug01/09
12-32-28 319 Nov01/06 12-33-21 R 201 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 312 Feb01/10
12-32-28 320 Nov01/06 12-33-21 R 202 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 313 Feb01/10
12-32-28 321 May01/09 12-33-21 203 Nov01/06 12-36-29 R 314 Feb01/10
12-32-28 322 Aug01/08 12-33-21 R 204 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 315 Feb01/10
12-32-28 323 May01/09 12-33-21 R 205 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 316 Feb01/10
12-32-28 324 Nov01/06 12-33-21 R 206 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 317 Feb01/10
12-32-28 R 325 Feb01/10 12-33-21 R 207 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 318 Feb01/10
12-32-28 326 Nov01/06 12-33-21 R 208 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 319 Feb01/10
12-32-29 301 Feb01/07 12-33-21 R 209 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 320 Feb01/10
12-32-29 302 Aug01/08 12-33-21 R 210 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 321 Feb01/10
12-32-29 303 Nov01/03 12-33-21 R 211 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 322 Feb01/10
12-32-29 R 304 Feb01/10 12-33-21 R 212 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 323 Feb01/10
12-32-29 305 Feb01/07 12-33-21 R 213 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 324 Feb01/10
12-32-29 306 Nov01/03 12-33-21 R 214 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 325 Feb01/10
12-32-29 307 Nov01/03 12-33-21 R 215 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 326 Feb01/10
12-32-29 R 308 Feb01/10 12-33-21 R 216 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 327 Feb01/10
12-32-29 R 309 Feb01/10 12-33-21 R 217 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 328 Feb01/10
12-32-29 310 Nov01/09 12-33-21 R 218 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 329 Feb01/10
12-L.E.P. Page 9
Feb 01/10
CES
12-36-29 R 330 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 381 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A332 Aug01/09

12-36-29 R 331 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 382 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A333 Nov01/09
12-36-29 R 332 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 383 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A334 Nov01/09
12-36-29 R 333 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 384 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A335 Nov01/09
12-36-29 R 334 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 385 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A336 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 335 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 386 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A337 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 336 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 387 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A338 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 337 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 388 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A339 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 338 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 389 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A340 Nov01/09
12-36-29 R 339 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 390 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A341 May01/09
12-36-29 R 340 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 391 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A342 Nov01/09
12-36-29 R 341 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 392 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A343 May01/09
12-36-29 R 342 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 393 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A344 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 343 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 394 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A345 Nov01/09
12-36-29 R 344 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 395 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A346 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 345 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 396 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A347 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 346 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 397 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A348 May01/09
12-36-29 R 347 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 398 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A349 May01/09
12-36-29 R 348 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 399 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A350 May01/09
12-36-29 R 349 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A300 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A351 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 350 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A301 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A352 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 351 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A302 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A353 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 352 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A303 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A354 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 353 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A304 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A355 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 354 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A305 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A356 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 355 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A306 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A357 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 356 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A307 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A358 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 357 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A308 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A359 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 358 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A309 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A360 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 359 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A310 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A361 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 360 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A311 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A362 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 361 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A312 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A363 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 362 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A313 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A364 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 363 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A314 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A365 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 364 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A315 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A366 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 365 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A316 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A367 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 366 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A317 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A368 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 367 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A318 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A369 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 368 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A319 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A370 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 369 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A320 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A371 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 370 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A321 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A372 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 371 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A322 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A373 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 372 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A323 Feb01/09 12-36-29 A374 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 373 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A324 Feb01/09 12-36-29 A375 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 374 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A325 Feb01/09 12-36-29 A376 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 375 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A326 Feb01/09 12-36-29 A377 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 376 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A327 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A378 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 377 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A328 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A379 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R 378 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A329 Feb01/09 12-36-29 A380 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 379 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R A330 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A381 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R 380 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A331 May01/09 12-36-29 A382 Feb01/09
12-L.E.P. Page 10
Feb 01/10
CES
12-36-29 A383 Feb01/09

12-36-29 R A384 Feb01/10
12-36-29 A385 Feb01/09
12-36-29 A386 May01/09
12-36-29 A387 May01/09
12-36-29 R A388 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R A389 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R A390 Feb01/10
12-36-29 A391 Feb01/09
12-36-29 A392 Feb01/09
12-36-29 A393 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R A394 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R A395 Feb01/10
12-36-29 A396 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R A397 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R A398 Feb01/10
12-36-29 A399 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B300 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B301 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B302 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B303 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B304 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B305 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B306 May01/09
12-36-29 B307 May01/09
12-36-29 B308 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B309 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B310 Feb01/09
12-36-29 R B311 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R B312 Feb01/10
12-36-29 R B313 Feb01/10
12-36-29 B314 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B315 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B316 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B317 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B318 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B319 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B320 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B321 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B322 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B323 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B324 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B325 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B326 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B327 Feb01/09
12-36-29 B328 Feb01/09
12-L.E.P. Page 11
Feb 01/10
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING - GENERAL
___________________ 12-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
NO STEP Areas 1 ALL
Ground Service Connections 1 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Ground Service Connections 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Drainage Points 7 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Drainage Points 11 301-399,
____________________
SERVICING - GENERAL 12-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Wingrip 201 ALL
____________
REPLENISHING 12-10-00
General 1 ALL
FUEL 12-11-00
General 1 ALL
FUEL SYSTEM 12-11-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
General Refuel/Defuel Safety 301 ALL
Procedures
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures 307 ALL
for use in the Hangar
Pressure Refuel with Automatic 309 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel with Manual 325 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel without Electrical 340 ALL
Power
Overwing (Gravity) Refuel 351 ALL
Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find 362 ALL
the Pitch and Roll Data
Procedure to use the FQIC Input 367 ALL
Parameters to Find the Pitch and
12-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Roll Data
Use of Magnetic Level Indicators 372 ALL
(MLI)
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12-12-00

General 1 ALL
Specifications of Phosphate 1 ALL
Ester Base Fluids.
Fluid Monitoring 1 ALL
Hydraulic Ground Power Cart 4 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Property 4 ALL
In-Service limits.
Specifications of Mineral Base 6 ALL
Fluids.
Safety Precautions (Ref. TASK 6 ALL
29-00-00-910-00200).
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-12-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 301 ALL
with a Hand Pump
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 310 ALL
with a Hydraulic Service Cart
LANDING GEAR 12-12-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level 301 ALL
NLG Shock Absorber Oil 321 ALL
Replenishment and Nitrogen Filling
(Aircraft on Jacks)
Replenishment of the Alternate 337 001-049, 051-099
Brake Reservoir (2624GM) 101-149, 151-199
201-233, 236-238
301-304,
Check Fluid Level of Main Landing 342 ALL
Gear Shock Absorber
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG 351 ALL
Two-Stage Shock Absorber
Replenishment of the MLG Torque 365 ALL
Link Damper
Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid 371 ALL
Level and Charge Pressure
(Two-Point Check - Aircraft on
Jacks to start)
Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid 383 ALL
Level and Charge Pressure
(Two-Point Check - Aircraft on
12-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Ground to start)
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge 395 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge A313 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level
OIL 12-13-00
General 1 ALL
ELECTRICAL POWER 12-13-24
SERVICING 1 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Draining of the Oil from the IDG 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG 309 001-049, 051-099
with Oil or Addition of Oil after 101-149, 151-199
a Level Check 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Do Quick Oil Servicing - Filling 321 001-049, 051-099
of the Integrated Drive Generator 101-149, 151-199
(IDG) with Oil for Oil Complement 201-233, 236-238
after Level Check 301-304,
SERVICING 2 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Draining of the Oil from the IDG 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG 308 501-509, 511-526
with Oil or Addition of Oil after 528-599,
a Level Check
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-13-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Replenishment of the THS 301 ALL
Actuator (9CE)
Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU 307 ALL
(6201CM) Gearbox
Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU 313 ALL
(6001CM) Gearbox
Drain and Refill Offset Gearboxes 318 001-049, 051-061
of Rotary Actuators with 101-105, 201-203
Semi-fluid
Drain and Refill Flap Actuator 337 062-099, 106-149
Assemblies with Semi-fluid 151-199, 204-249
12-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
SERVICING 301 062-099, 106-149
151-199, 204-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Servicing of the Ram Air Turbine 301 062-099, 106-149
(RAT) 2GE 151-199, 204-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
APU 12-13-49
SERVICING 1 301 ALL
Check APU Oil Level and Replenish 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-13-79
SERVICING 1 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Check oil level and replenish 301 001-049, 051-099
Check Pop Out Indicator of EMCD 101-149, 151-199
(Electrical Master Chip Detector) 201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Check oil level and replenish 315 001-049, 051-099
(Pressure Filling) 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Oil Tank Draining 319 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Draining of the Accessory Drive 324 001-049, 051-099
Section 101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Flushing of Oil System 329 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
SERVICING 2 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Drain the Engine Oil System 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
12-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Check Oil Level and Replenish 311 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Prime the Engine Oil System 317 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
ENGINE STARTING 12-13-80
SERVICING 1 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Drain and Replenish Oil System 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Replenish Oil System 310 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
SERVICING 2 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Drain and Replenish Oil System 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replenishment of Starter Oil 307 501-509, 511-526
System 528-599,
GAS 12-14-00
General 1 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Power 301 ALL
Accumulators 1070GM/2070GM/3070GM
with Nitrogen
SERVICING 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Tires 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow 309 ALL
Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure
Accumulator
Check Charge Pressure of Main 321 ALL
Landing Gear Shock Absorber
Inspection of the MLG Shock 375 ALL
Absorbers Before Flight
Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge 379 ALL
Pressure
Check NLG Shock Absorber Bottoming A304 ALL
OXYGEN 12-14-35
12-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING 301 051-099,
Servicing of the 301 051-099,
Oxygen-Replenishing
WATER 12-15-00
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
POTABLE WATER 12-15-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 301 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power
Available)
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 311 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power not
Available)
LAVATORY 12-16-00
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
LAVATORY ARTICLE 12-16-25
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Liquid Soap 301 ALL
Dispenser
TOILET SANITARY FLUID 12-16-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Toilet System 301 ALL
RAIN REPELLENT 12-17-00

General 1 ALL
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 12-17-30
SERVICING 301 001-049, 051-052
054-099, 101-149
151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Inspection/Check of the Level and 301 001-049, 051-052
Pressure of the Rain Repellent 054-099, 101-149
Fluid 151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
12-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SCHEDULED SERVICING
___________________ 12-20-00
General 1 ALL
CLEANING 12-21-00
General 1 ALL
EXTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-11
SERVICING 301 ALL
External Cleaning 301 ALL
INTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-12
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Cockpit 301 ALL
Display-Units
Cleaning of the Cockpit 306 ALL
Equipment/Furnishings
Cleaning of the Carpets and 312 ALL
Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces 318 ALL
and Mirrors
Cleaning of the Seat Covers and 323 ALL
the Curtains
Cleaning of the Light Alloy and 327 ALL
Steel Components
Cleaning of the Cargo Compartments 330 ALL
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and 334 ALL
Display Screens (if installed)
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin 335 ALL
in the Lavatories
Cleaning of the Galleys 339 ALL
Disinfection of the Aircraft 343 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Disinsectization of the Aircraft 348 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Fuselage 355 ALL
Pressurized Areas with
Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
Special Precautions to Apply 367 ALL
Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary
Area Compartments and Cargo
Compartments, during Turn-Around
DUST REMOVAL 12-21-13
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the Avionics 701 ALL
Compartment
Cleaning of the Grids of the 70VU, 728 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
103VU, 106VU and 107VU
LUBRICATION 12-22-00
General 1 ALL
Equipment and Materials 1 ALL
Lubricant Grease Specifications 1 ALL
General Requirements 2 ALL
Lubrication Symbols 2 ALL
CARGO LOADING SYSTEM 12-22-25
SERVICING 301 305-399,
Lubrication of Screw Shaft of 301 305-399,
Drive Unit of Sliding Carpet
System
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-22-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Trimmable 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
Ball Screw Nut
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on 309 ALL
all Flap Tracks
Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 320 ALL
Servo Control Bearings
Lubrication of all Slat Track 328 ALL
Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions
and Rack Teeth
Lubrication of the THS Mechanical 335 ALL
Control Chains
Remove Flap Rotary Actuators For 343 001-049, 051-061
Regreasing 101-105, 201-203
Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable 348 ALL
(Area of Tension Regulator)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Ram Air Turbine 301 ALL
(RAT) Door Hinges
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the MLG and Doors 301 ALL
Lubrication of the NLG and Doors 356 ALL
DOORS 12-22-52
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 301 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors
Lubrication of the Door-Warning 332 ALL
Proximity-Switch
12-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Actuating-Mechanism
Lubrication of the External 336 ALL
Control Handles of the FWD and AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors
Lubrication of the BULK-Cargo 341 001-049, 051-099
Compartment-Door Handle and Hinge 101-149, 221-221
Arms Bearings 224-224, 228-228
251-299,
Lubrication of the Avionics 346 ALL
Compartment-Door Handles
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 350 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door Handle
Lubrication of the External 359 301-399,
Control Handle and the Telescopic
Arm
Lubrication of Safety Pin Guide 364 ALL
Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming
Mechanism
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm 371 ALL
Support-Fitting Bearings
FUSELAGE 12-22-53
SERVICING 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and
Attachment Fittings with Grease
Mat. No. 04-004
Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and
Attachment Fittings with Grease
Mat. No. 04-037
STABILIZERS 12-22-55
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Rudder Hinge 301 ALL
Bearing No. 6 with Grease Mat. No.
04-004
Lubrication of Rudder Hinge 306 ALL
Bearing No. 6 with Grease MAT. No.
04-037
WINDOWS 12-22-56
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding 301 ALL
Window Tracks
DRAINAGE 12-24-00
General 1 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 9
Nov 01/09
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
The drainage points and their 1 ALL
locations are specified in
12-00-00 page 1.
AIR DATA SYSTEM 12-24-34
SERVICING 301 ALL
Bleeding of the Standby Air Data 301 ALL
System
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 12-24-38
Draining of the Potable Water 201 ALL
System (with Electrical Power)
Draining of the Potable Water 212 ALL
System (without Electrical Power)
USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY 12-28-00

INDICATORS
General 1 ALL
_____________________
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING 12-30-00
General 1 ALL
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

General 1 ALL
De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines 2 ALL
De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary 2 ALL
Recommendations 3 ALL
De-icing and/or Anti-icing 4 ALL
Equipment and Materials
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

Cold Weather Maintenance 201 ALL
Procedures
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION 12-31-11
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Anti-Icing Protection
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL 12-31-12
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in 201 ALL
an Open Area (Engines Stopped)
De-icing with the Aircraft Parked 207 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
in an Open Area (Engines Running)
De-icing of the Aircraft by 214 ALL
InfraRed Facilities
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR 12-31-21
CONDITIONING
Cold Weather Maintenance - Air 201 ALL
Conditioning
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL 12-31-24
POWER
Electrical Power
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-25
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Equipment/Furnishings
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT 12-31-27
CONTROLS
Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight 201 ALL
Controls
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL 12-31-28
Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-31
INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND
NAVIGATION
Indicating/Recording systems and
Navigation
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING 12-31-32
GEAR
Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing 201 ALL
Gear
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN 12-31-35
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen 201 ALL
System
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ 12-31-38
WASTE
12-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Water/Waste
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE 12-31-49
AUXILIARY POWER
Auxiliary Power Unit
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE 12-31-51
Structure
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS 12-31-52
Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT 12-31-71
Cold Weather Maintenance - Power 201 ALL
Plant
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS 12-32-00

General 1 ALL
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL 12-32-24
SERVICING 301 ALL
Sampling of the IDG Oil for 301 ALL
Analysis
FUEL 12-32-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
Drain Water Content 301 ALL
Sample Fuel for Microbiological 311 ALL
Contamination Analysis
HYDRAULIC FLUID 12-32-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, 301 ALL
Blue and Yellow Systems for
Analysis
APU 12-32-49
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Sampling for Analysis 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-32-79
SERVICING 1 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
301-399, 401-499
Sampling of the Oil For Analysis 301 001-049, 051-099
101-149, 151-199
201-249, 251-299
12-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
301-399, 401-499
SERVICING 2 301 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Sampling of the Engine Oil for 301 501-509, 511-526
Analysis 528-599,
PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-00
General 1 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
Pre-conditioning through the LP 201 ALL
Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning through the HP 206 ALL
Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning with the APU 214 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
SERVICING 301 ALL
Pre-conditioning through the LP 301 ALL
Ground Connection
GROUNDING POINTS 12-34-00

General 1 ALL
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING 12-34-24
Aircraft Grounding for the 201 001-049, 101-149
Refuel/Defuel Operations 151-199, 201-249
251-299, 301-399
401-499, 501-509
511-526, 528-599
Aircraft Grounding for the 207 051-099,
Refuel/Defuel and Oxygen Servicing
Operations
Aircraft Grounding for the 210 ALL
Maintenance Operations
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING 12-36-00

General 1 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 301 ALL
System of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) 1030GK
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 311 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
System of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) 3030GD
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 321 ALL
System of the Electrically Driven
Pump 2075GJ
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
System of the Electrically Driven
Pump 3075GX
System of the Flap Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6201CM
System of the Flap Power
System of the Slat Power
System of the Slat Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6001CM.
System of the Constant Speed
Motor/Generator (CSM/G) 8XE
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in 390 ALL
the Green Hydraulic System
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in A307 ALL
the Yellow Hydraulic System
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in A322 ALL
the Blue Hydraulic System
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A333 ALL
in the Green Hydraulic System
in the Yellow Hydraulic System
12-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/10
R
CES
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
in the Blue Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Green A355 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow A363 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Blue A370 ALL
Hydraulic System
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid A377 ALL
of the Yellow Hydraulic System
with the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid
Change (DH0501)
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid B300 ALL
of the Green Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid B316 ALL
of the Blue Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
12-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/10
R
CES
SERVICING - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This chapter provides the instructions related to the replenishing and
scheduled and unscheduled servicing operations applicable to the aircraft.
It is broken down as follows:
- REPLENISHING (Ref. ATA 12-10),
- SCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-20),
- UNSCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-30).
2. NO
_______________
STEP Areas
(Ref. Fig. 001)
On the aircraft, a black point strip shows the NO STEPareas.
The position of the english or bilingual markings permits to read them when
you go near the aircraft from either the front or the rear.
It is permitted to walk on the THS in the center section only to use
protective mat of 3/8 inch thick rubber.It is not permitted to walk on the
leading/trailing edges and the tips.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
3. __________________________
Ground Service Connections
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 002A)

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 1
Nov 01/08

CES
NO STEP Areas
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98

CES
Figure 002

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
12-00-00

Page 3
Nov 01/08

CES
R Ground Service Connectrions
R Figure 002A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-00-00

Page 4
May 01/04

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ITEM| DESIGNATION |Mean Height from Ground in Meters|
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
| 1A |Forward Lavatory Service Door | 2.35 (7.8) |
| | (If installed) | |
| 1B |Aft Lavatory Service Door | 2.79 (9.1) |
| 2A |Potable Water Service Door | 1.75 (5.8) |
| 2B |Potable Water Service Door | 2.59 (8.6) |
| 3 |External Power Receptacle | 2.00 (6.7) |
| 4 |Ground Service Conditioned Air | 2.60 (8.6) |
| |Connection | |
| 5 |HP Air Ground Connector | 1.76 (5.7) |
| 6 |Hydraulic System Ground Service Panels| 1.76 (5.7) |
| 7 |Engine Oil Filling Connector : | |
| |- Gravity Filling Cap | 1.46 (4.9) |
| |- Pressure Filling Connection | 1.42 (4.7) |
| 8 |Refuel/Defuel Coupling | 3.40 (11.2) |
| 9A |Gravity Filling Panels (R. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 9B |Gravity Filling Panels (L. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 10 |Refuel/Defuel Control Panel | 1.80 (5.9) |
| 11 |APU Oil Filling Connector | 4.20 (13.7) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. Ground
__________________________
Service Connections
(Ref. Fig. 002B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
| 1A |Forward Lavatory Service Door | 2.35 (7.8) |
| | (If installed) | |
| 1B |Aft Lavatory Service Door | 2.79 (9.1) |
| 2A |Potable Water Service Door | 1.75 (5.8) |
| 2B |Potable Water Service Door | 2.59 (8.6) |
| 3 |External Power Receptacle | 2.00 (6.7) |
| 4 |Ground Service Conditioned Air | 2.60 (8.6) |
| |Connection | |
| 5 |HP Air Ground Connector | 1.76 (5.7) |
| 6 |Hydraulic System Ground Service Panels| 1.76 (5.7) |

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Figure 002B

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
| 7 |Engine Oil Filling Connector : | |
| |- Gravity Filling Cap | 0.68 (2.2) |
| |- Pressure Filling Connection | 0.70 (2.3) |
| 8 |Refuel/Defuel Coupling | 3.40 (11.2) |
| 9A |Gravity Filling Panels (R. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 9B |Gravity Filling Panels (L. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 10 |Refuel/Defuel Control Panel | 1.80 (5.9) |
| 11 |APU Oil Filling Connector | 4.20 (13.7) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. _______________
Drainage Points
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 003B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | MEAN HEIGHT FROM GROUND IN METERS |
| | | ( ft. ) |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1A | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 1B | DRAIN MAST FUEL | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 1C | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 2 | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 3.40 ( 11.2 ) |
| 2A | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 4 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.75 ( 5.80 ) |
| 6 | POTABLE WATER FULL DRAIN | 2.59 ( 8.60 ) |
| | WASTE DRAIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Drainage Points
Figure 003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
12-00-00

Page 8
Nov 01/08

CES
Drainage Points
Figure 003A

EFF :

301-399, 12-00-00

Page 9
Nov 01/07

CES
Drainage Points
Figure 003B

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-00-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
4. Drainage
_______________
Points
(Ref. Fig. 003A)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | MEAN HEIGHT FROM GROUND IN METERS |
| | | ( ft. ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1A | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 1B | DRAIN MAST FUEL | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 1C | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 2 | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 3.40 ( 11.2 ) |
| 2A | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 6 | POTABLE WATER FULL DRAIN | 2.59 ( 8.60 ) |
| | WASTE DRAIN | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

301-399, 12-00-00

Page 11
Nov 01/07

CES
SERVICING - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
TASK 12-00-00-481-002
Installation of the Wingrip
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE YOU ARE ALWAYS ATTACHED WHEN YOU ARE ON THE WING.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
15318-00 2 WINGRIP
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-080-002 Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

(98D27803000000)
27-00-00-480-002 Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking
Tool (98D27803000000)
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-00-00-991-003 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R 12-00-00-991-003-B Fig. 201A
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 12-00-00-991-003-A Fig. 201B
R **ON A/C ALL
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-00-00-866-051
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the flaps and the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-
R 50-00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
R Subtask 12-00-00-941-061
R B. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flap and slat control lever.
R (2) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (98D27803000000) on the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-
R 00-480-002).
R Subtask 12-00-00-010-052
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R wing.

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 202
Aug 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-00-00-481-052
A. Installation of the WINGRIP (15318-00)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 201B/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

the Wingrip system.
NOTE : Only personnel with special training are authorized to

____
install/use the Wingrip system.
(a) The Wingrip system includes the individual pad system or the
multi-pad system.
1
_ Individual pad system
The individual pad system contains a Wingrip single-point
anchor (5) installed on the wing in an area near the working
zone. A primary hose (2) connects the Wingrip single-point
anchor (5) to the vacuum module (1). The body harness (3) is
attached to the Wingrip single-point anchor with the double
lanyard (4).

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
Installation of the Wingrip
Figure 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-00-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201A/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-B

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 12-00-00

Page 205
Aug 01/07

CES
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201B/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-00-00

Page 206
Aug 01/07

CES
2
_ Multi-pad system
The multi-pad system contains two Wingrip end anchors (8). A
primary hose (7) connects the anchor (8) to the vacuum module
(6). The multi-pad system also contains Wingrip intermediate
anchors (9) and secondary hoses (13) (the quantity is related
to the system length). The body harness (10) (one for each
user) is attached to the Wingrip shuttle (12) with the double
lanyard (11).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-00-00-081-053
A. Removal of the WINGRIP (15318-00)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003)
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 201B/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the

Wingrip individual pad system or the Wingrip multi-pad system.
Subtask 12-00-00-942-056
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Remove the access platform(s).
(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002).
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 208
Aug 01/07

CES
REPLENISHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides all data for accomplishment of replenishing
operations.
It is divided as follows:
- FUEL SYSTEM (Ref. ATA 12-11),
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Ref. ATA 12-12),
- OIL (Ref. ATA 12-13),
- GAS (Ref. ATA 12-14),
- WATER (Ref. ATA 12-15),
- TOILET SANITARY FLUID (Ref. ATA 12-16),
- RAIN REPELLENT (Ref. ATA 12-17).

EFF :

ALL 12-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
FUEL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________
1. General
_______
Refer to (Ref. 20-31-00) for data on the types of fuel that can be used.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
FUEL SYSTEM - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-11-28-650-001
General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedure that follows contains information as specified in the IATA

Guidance Material on Standard Into-Plane Fuelling Procedures
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations

28-00-00-910-001 Fuel Safety Procedures
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
R
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-064
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-050
A. Safety Precautions
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
(1) You must obey the Fuel Safety Procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you refuel/defuel an aircraft.
(2) Do not let the tanker go near the aircraft until the anti-collision
lights have been set to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 301
Nov 01/09

CES
Refuel Safety Area
Figure 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 302
May 01/00
R
CES
(3) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure, make sure that all the
electrical circuits in the fuel system are complete.
(4) Do not spill fuel on the engines or the brakes. If you spill fuel on
engines or brakes that are hot, it can cause fires.
(5) Ground and bond the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001).
R NOTE : Bonding is mandatory. For grounding you must obey the local
____
R area regulations.
(6) Move all the equipment and material which is not necessary for the
refuel/defuel procedure out of the safety area.
(7) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the ACCU PRESS on the triple
indicator has sufficient pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(8) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the PARK BRK is on.
(9) If the Main Landing Gear (MLG) doors are open during the refuel
procedure:
- visually examine the tires and shock absorbers
- make sure you will have sufficient clearance to the ground after
the refuel is complete.
(10) Make sure that the chocks are in the correct position.
(a) If the ramp does not slope:

- move the aft Nose Landing Gear (NLG) chocks away from the
tires. During the refuel,the NLG tires will roll aft as the MLG
shock absorber compresses
- make sure that the chocks do not touch the MLG tires. The
weight of the fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the tires
to catch the chocks.
(b) If the ramp slopes:

- make sure that all the chocks down from the tires touch the NLG
and MLG tires
- make sure that all the chocks up from the tires do not touch
the NLG and MLG tires.
(11) Make sure that there is no equipment below the aircraft which can
cause damage. The weight of the fuel can suddenly compress the
landing gear and lower the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 303
Feb 01/09

CES
(12) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure make sure that these are
available:
- a fuelling supervisor or fuelling safety person
- the correct fire-fighting equipment
- approved persons to use the fire-fighting equipment.
(13) Make sure that the overboard vent lines are not blocked. If they are
blocked, damage to the fuel tanks can occur.
(14) Make sure that the fuel tanker (or hydrant) contains the correct
R fuel. The correct fuels are shown in the Flight Manual (Ref. FM
R 2.04.00).
(15) Make sure that the fuel tanker or the pump unit (if you use a hydrant
to refuel the aircraft) is in the correct position.
(16) Make sure that, if there is an emergency, you can move the fuel
tanker/pump unit and the other equipment away quickly.
(17) Do not operate the aircraft main engines during a refuel/defuel

procedure.
R NOTE : In an emergency it is permitted to refuel with one engine

____
R running (Ref. FCOM 2.01.30).
(18) Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) starts or shutdowns are permitted during
refuel/ defuel procedures. If it is necessary to operate the APU, the
limits that follow apply:
(a) An APU start is not permitted during a refuel/defuel procedure if

the APU has failed to start or an automatic shutdown has
occurred.
(b) You must complete a normal APU shutdown if a fuel spill has
occurred during the refuel/defuel procedure.
(19) Make sure that the electrical equipment you use will not cause a
spark.
(20) Do not refuel/defuel in bad weather conditions and electrical storms.

Lightning is dangerous.
(21) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not operate the aircraft

external lighting.
(22) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not fill the oxygen system or
change the oxygen bottles.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 304
Nov 01/09

CES
(23) During the refuel/defuel procedure do only essential aircraft
maintenance and/or servicing that will not cause a spark.
(24) Do not refuel the aircraft if a fire or engine overheat warning is

displayed on the flight deck.
(25) You are only permitted to replace or do small maintenance work on

radio, radar and electrical equipment during refuelling.
(26) You are not permitted to remove, install or test aircraft batteries
or related equipment during refuelling.
(27) Do not use the microphone on the High Frequency (HF) transmitter
during refuel/defuel operations.
(28) Immediately flush away with water, or remove, fuel leakage.
(29) Obey the safety distances for 60 m (196.85 ft.) from aircraft:
(a) Stop the fuel tanker 60 m (196.85 ft.) from the aircraft nose
while the weather radar operates. Do not operate the fuel
tanker/pump unit until you stop operation of the weather radar.
(a) Aircraft must not be refueled/defueled less than 30 m (98.42 ft.)

from the radar or HF radio equipment under test in the aircraft
or ground installation.
(a) Put NO SMOKING warning notices around the work area not less
than 15 m (49.21 ft.) from the refuel/defuel equipment and
aircraft and aircraft tank vents.
(b) Do not connect electrical equipment to a power source less than

15 m (49.21 ft.) away, unless the power source has spark-proof
connectors.
(c) Refuelling/defuelling equipment and aircraft fuel-tank vents must

not be nearer than 15 m (49.21 ft.) to a building during
refuelling/defuelling. Make sure the position of the
refuelling/defuelling area cannot let this occur. Because of the
design of some buildings, you can do refuelling/defuelling
operations nearer than 15 m (49.21 ft.). Examples of this type of
building are nose loaders and aerobridges.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 305
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
(a) Ground power units (GPUs) can be operated when they are put not
less than 6 m (19.68 ft.) from:
- the aircraft filling and venting points
- the hydrant valves and other refuel/defuel equipment when in
use.
(b) Photographic flash bulbs or electronic flash equipment must not

be used less than 6 m (19.68 ft.) from:
- the refuel/defuel equipment
- any filling or venting points of the aircraft.
(c) The refuel/defuel zone must be regarded as extending not less

than 6 m (19.68 ft.) radially from:
- the filling and venting points on the aircraft
- the refuel/defuel equipment
- the hydrant valve in use for refueling (when applicable).
When defueling is taking place, the vehicle will be venting and

will generate a zone radiating from the tank vent.
(d) Do not operate the items that follow inside the 6 m (19.68 ft.)
zone:
- radios
- radio telephones (cell phones or mobile phones)
- pagers
- switches on lighting systems of other than intrinsically safe
types.
(e) Personnel in the refuel/defuel zone and those employed in

refueling/defueling must not:
- carry matches or other means of ignition
- put on foot-wear with exposed iron or steel studs, nails or
tips.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 306
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 12-11-28-650-002
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers

No specific warning notices
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-11-28-941-065
R A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 307
May 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-051
WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
(1) Open all the hangar doors. Do not close the hangar doors until you
have completed the refuel/defuel procedure.
(2) Make the limits of the safety area the limits of the hangar.
(3) Put the safety barriers and the NO SMOKING warning notices at all
the hangar entrances.
(4) To be prepared to tow the aircraft out of the hangar for an

emergency, do these steps:
(a) Move the equipment which is not necessary for the refuel/defuel
procedure from between the aircraft and the hangar exit.
(b) Attach a towing vehicle to the aircraft.
(5) Make sure that the driver of the fuel tanker puts the fuel tanker in
the correct position adjacent to the aircraft. Keep the exit of the
hangar clear for the fuel tanker.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 308
May 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-11-28-650-003
Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control

_______
R WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
R THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
R DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
R OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although

____
R approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
R to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
R list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
R Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
R precautions with mixed fuel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 309
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-650-001 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures

12-11-28-650-002 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
12-11-28-650-007 Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
28-25-00-650-001 Pressure Defuel
28-25-00-869-001 Fuel Transfer
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
**ON A/C 051-051,
12-11-28-991-002-A Fig. 302A
**ON A/C ALL
12-11-28-991-004 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002)
**ON A/C 051-051,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-11-28-991-002-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 310
Feb 01/10

CES
Refuel/Defuel Coupling
Figure 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002

R

EFF : 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 311
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Refuel/Defuel Coupling
R Figure 302A/TASK 12-11-28-991-002-A

R

EFF :

051-051, 12-11-28

Page 312
May 01/05

CES
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-941-050
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the refuel
coupling 40QM.
(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the chocks to catch.
(4) Put the safety barriers in position.
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-941-050-A
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
CAUTION : DO NOT REFUEL OR DEFUEL THROUGH THE TWO REFUEL/DEFUEL

_______
COUPLINGS AT THE SAME TIME.
THIS IS TO PREVENT PRESSURE DIFFERENCE PROBLEMS.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the
applicable refuel coupling 100QM(40QM).
fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the chocks to catch.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 313
Feb 01/10

CES
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
Figure 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 314
May 01/05
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-281-051
B. Do a Check for Water in the Fuel Tanker
(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-050
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.
NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.

____
(2) Remove the refuel coupling cap (41QM).
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.
(4) If you have external power available, energize the aircraft

electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-050-A
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 315
Feb 01/10

CES

____
(2) Remove the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM).

**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-010-051-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 192MB.
NOTE : After the refuel control panel access door has opened, if you
____
use refuel battery power only:
- it is not possible to start the refuel sequence until after
approximately 35 to 40 seconds.
This is because the Fuel Quantity Indication Computer (FQIC)
and FLSS BITE sequences operate first.
Do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the
battery can discharge.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-051
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) If you do not have ground power available:
WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 316
Feb 01/10

CES
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
R switch to the ON position and release.
NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that you do not remove the power from the FQIC until the
refuel procedure is complete.
(2) If you do not have ground power available, on the refuel/defuel

R control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER switch to the ON position
R and release.
NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this is
____
to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless you
put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel panel) to
REFUEL.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-740-050
F. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 800VU: On the panel 800VU:
- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the HI LVL lights and the DEFUEL/XFR
position and hold it there OPEN lights are on and the CKPT and
END lights come on
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show all 8s.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 317
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the TEST switch - the lights go back to their initial
condition
displays go back to their initial
condition
- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change condition.
position and hold it there If they were on, they will go off. If
they were off, they will come on
- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their

initial condition.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-074
A. Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control
NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
on, if:
- there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
applicable wing-tank.
NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or

____
transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
(1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:

- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
the P/BSW are off).
(2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

- make sure that the REFUEL VALVES switches are in the NORM position.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 318
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) On the preselector 5QT:
- put the PRESELECTED rocker switch to the INC position and hold it
there
- make sure that the number on the PRESELECTED display increases
- when the PRESELECTED display shows the necessary fuel load, release
the PRESELECTED rocker switch.
(4) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT switch
to the REFUEL position.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
(5) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL display increases.
(7) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the FUEL QTY displays increase.
(8) When the refuel operation is complete, make sure that:
(a) On the preselector 5QT:

- the END light comes on
- the numbers on the ACTUAL and the PRESELECTED displays are
stable and the same +/- 100 kg (220.4622 lb).
(b) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:

- the FUEL QTY display for each tank show that the fuel is
divided correctly between the tanks.
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

- if the tanks are full, the HI LVL lights come on.
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.
(9) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump-unit.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 319
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-074-A
A. Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control
____
on, if:

____

the P/BSW are off).

- make sure that the REFUEL VALVES switches are in the NORM position.

- put the PRESELECTED rocker switch to the INC position and hold it
there
- make sure that the number on the PRESELECTED display increases
- when the PRESELECTED display shows the necessary fuel load, release
the PRESELECTED rocker switch.
(4) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT switch
to the REFUEL position.
_______
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL display increases.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 320
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(7) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the FUEL QTY displays increase.
(8) When the refuel operation is complete, make sure that:
(a) On the preselector 5QT:

- the END light comes on
- the numbers on the ACTUAL and the PRESELECTED displays are
stable and the same +/- 100 kg (220.4622 lb).
(b) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:

- the FUEL QTY display for each tank shows that the fuel is
divided correctly between the tanks.
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

- if the tanks are full, the HI LVL lights come on.
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).
(9) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump-unit.
(10) If you have had a problem, to disconnect the fuel supply hose, then
do the step that follows:
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

- put a refuel valve switch to OPEN then to NORM.
NOTE : You should use a tank refuel valve switch which does not
____
show a HI LVL indication.

- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position.

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 321
May 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-052
A. Refuel on Batteries
(1) If you refueled the aircraft with battery power, on the refuel/defuel
control panel (800VU), release the BATT POWER switch from the ON
position. The switch will go back to the NORM position.
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
configuration before the subsequent flight.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-052-A
A. Refuel on Batteries
(1) If you refueled the aircraft with battery power, on the refuel/defuel
control panel (800VU), release the BATT POWER switch from the ON
position. The switch will go back to the NORM position.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 192MB.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 322
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-11-28-862-050
C. De-energize the Electrical Circuits
(1) If you have external power available, de-energize the aircraft

R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-869-067
D. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
refuel/defuel coupling.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
(2) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM.
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-869-067-A
_______
(2) Install the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 323
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-942-051
E. Removal of Equipment
(1) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:

- between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 324
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-11-28-650-004
Pressure Refuel with Manual Control

_______
WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although

____
approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
precautions with mixed fuel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 325
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content
External Power
28-25-00-650-001 Pressure Defuel
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
**ON A/C 051-051,
12-11-28-991-002-A Fig. 302A
**ON A/C ALL
12-11-28-991-004 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 326
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-051,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-11-28-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-941-052
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
coupling 40QM.
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-941-052-A
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 327
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-281-052
B. Drain the Water from the Fuel
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-053
_______
(1) Remove the refuel coupling cap 41QM.
NOTE : Bonding is mandatory. For grounding you must obey the local
____
area regulations.
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel-supply hose is clean, then
(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(5) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) (Electronic Centralized

Aircraft Monitoring - ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
(6) On the panel 11VU, push (in) the FUEL pushbutton switch.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 328
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-053-A
_______
____
area regulations.

(5) If you have external power available:

- do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
- on the panel 11VU, push (in) the FUEL pushbutton switch.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-010-053-A
D. Get Access
R NOTE : If operating in battery power:

____
R - put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position
R - do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the
R battery can discharge.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 329
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-057
WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.
switch to the ON position and release.
____
panel) to REFUEL.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-057-A
switch to the ON position and release.
____
panel) to REFUEL.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 330
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-740-051
F. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 800VU: On the panel 800VU:
- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the High (HI) Level (LVL) lights and
position and hold it there the DEFUEL/XFR OPEN lights are on and
the CKPT and END lights come on
displays show all 8s.
- release the TEST switch - the lights go back to their initial

condition
displays go back to their initial
condition
- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change their
position and hold it there condition. If they were on, they will
go off. If they were off, they will
come on
- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their

initial condition.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002)
**ON A/C 051-051,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-11-28-991-002-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 331
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-054
A. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
____
on, if:

____
(1) To prevent a fuel spill, on the panel 40VU, make sure that:
- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
- the MODE SEL P/BSW 48QA is in the AUTO position
- the CTR TK PUMP 1 & 2 P/BSW are released out (OFF).
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position.
(b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s)
to the OPEN position.
(c) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not
be refuelled to the SHUT position.
_______
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
displays increase.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 332
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
____
fuel tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-650-007).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.
(c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE
switch to the SHUT position.
(5) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard
on the switch.
(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position
and put the guard(s) on the switch(es).
(7) If you have ground power available, make sure that the ECAM lower DU
shows the correct fuel quantities.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-054-A
A. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
____
on, if:

____
(1) To prevent a fuel spill, on the panel 40VU, make sure that:
- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
- the MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position
- the CTR TK L and R XFR P/BSW are released out (OFF).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 333
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R (2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:
R (a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position.
R (b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s)
R to the OPEN position.
R (c) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not
R be refuelled to the SHUT position.
R (3) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
R CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
R SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
R (a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
R displays increase.
R (b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
R NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
R fuel tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-
R 11-28-650-007).
R NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
R will prevent the risk of structural damage.
R (c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE
R switch to the SHUT position.
R (5) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel
R tanker/pump unit.
R (a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard
R on the switch.
R (b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position
R and put the guard(s) on the switch(es).
R (7) If you have ground power available, make sure that the ECAM lower DU
R shows the correct fuel quantities.

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 334
Nov 01/09

CES
R Subtask 12-11-28-650-080
R B. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control (If ACT is Installed)
R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.
R NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or

____
R transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
R (1) To prevent a fuel spill, on the panel 40VU, make sure that:
R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
R - the MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position
R - the CTR TK L and R XFR P/BSW are released out (OFF).
R (a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position.
R (3) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU and 801VU:
R (a) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s)
R to the OPEN position.
R (b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not
R be refuelled to the SHUT position.
R (4) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
_______
R (a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
R displays increase.
R (b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
____
R 11-28-650-007).

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 335
Nov 01/09

CES
____
R (c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE
R switch to the SHUT position.
R (6) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel
R tanker/pump unit.
R (a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard
R on the switch.
R (8) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU and 801VU:
R (a) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position
R and put the guard(s) on the switch(es).
R (9) If you have ground power available, make sure that the ECAM lower
R Display Unit (DU) shows the correct fuel quantities.
R Subtask 12-11-28-650-083
R C. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control (If ACT(s) are Installed)
R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.
R NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or

____
R transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
R (1) To prevent a fuel spill, on the panel 40VU, make sure that:
R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
R - the MODE SEL P/BSW 4QL is in the AUTO position
R - the CTR TK L and R XFR P/BSW are released out (OFF).
R (2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU/801VU:

R - put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position
R - put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s) to
R the OPEN position
R - put the REFUEL VALVES switches for the tanks which will not be
R refuelled to the SHUT position.

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 336
Nov 01/09

CES
R (a) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
_______
R (b) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

R - make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
R displays increase
R - monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
R (c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 801VU:

R - set the ACT rotary selector to each applicable ACT in turn
R - make sure that the numbers on the ACT FUEL QTY display
R increases for each applicable ACT
R - monitor the ACT FUEL QTY display.
____
R 11-28-650-007).
____
R (d) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity, put its REFUEL
R VALVE switch to the SHUT position.
R (e) When the fuel tank quantities are correct, stop the pump on the
R fuel tanker/pump unit.
R (f) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU/801VU:

R - put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position
R - put all the REFUEL VALVES switches to the NORM and guarded
R position.
R (g) If you have ground power available:

R - make sure that the ECAM lower DU shows the correct total fuel
R quantities
R - make sure that the fuel indicators on the panel 28VU show the
R correct quantity for each ACT.

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 337
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-058
A. Aircraft Configuration
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(4) Install the coupling cap.
_______
(5) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-058-A
(1) If you have external power available, do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002) then de-energize the aircraft electrical
circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(3) Install the coupling cap.
_______
(4) Install the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 338
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-410-052
B. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-11-28-942-053
C. Removal of Equipment


EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 339
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-11-28-650-005
Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power

_______
_______
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 340
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
**ON A/C 051-051,
12-11-28-991-002-A Fig. 302A
**ON A/C ALL
12-11-28-991-006 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002)
**ON A/C 051-051,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-11-28-991-002-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 341
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-941-054
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
coupling 40QM.
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-941-054-A
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 342
Feb 01/10

CES
Refuel Valve
Figure 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 343
Nov 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-281-053
001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-010-054
C. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 622JB.
(2) If you refuel the center tank, do these steps:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON

_______
THE LANDING GEAR.
(3) Open the Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
001).
(4) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-010-054-A
C. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable access panel 522JB(622JB).
(2) If you refuel the center tank, do these steps:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON

_______
THE LANDING GEAR.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 344
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Open the MLG door 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(4) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-059
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
_______
____
area regulations.
(4) Release the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI) of the tanks to be

refuelled (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).
(5) If the intercell transfer valves are open:

- the inner and outer cells of the wing tanks fill together
- the full capacity of the wing tank is less than normal
- make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 345
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-059-B
_______
____
area regulations.

(5) If the intercell transfer valves are open:

- the inner and outer cells of the wing tanks fill together
- the full capacity of the wing tank is less than normal
- make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-059-A
_______

R

EFF :

051-051, 301-399, 12-11-28

Page 346
Nov 01/09

CES

____

**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL NOT TO FILL THE TANKS MORE THAN NECESSARY NEAR THE END
_______
OF THE REFUEL. BECAUSE THERE IS NO ELECTRICAL POWER, THE
HIGH-LEVEL PROTECTION SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE.
CAUTION : DO NOT REFUEL OR DEFUEL THROUGH THE TWO REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLINGS AT

_______
THE SAME TIME.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM SAFE
_______
PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-056
A. Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power
(2) Push and hold in the manual plunger(s) on the refuel valve(s) of the
applicable fuel tank(s).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 347
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Use the MLIs to monitor the quantity of fuel in each tank (Ref. TASK
12-11-28-650-007).
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each fuel
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity. If the intercell
transfer valves are open, the full capacity of a wing tank is
less than normal.
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
prevent the risk of structural damage.
(4) When the quantity of fuel in a tank is correct, release the manual
plunger on the related refuel valve.
(5) When all the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-056-A
A. Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power
(2) Push and hold in the manual plunger(s) on the refuel valve(s) of the
applicable fuel tank(s).
(3) Use the MLIs to monitor the quantity of fuel in each tank (Ref. TASK
12-11-28-650-007).
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each fuel
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity.
(4) When the quantity of fuel in a tank is correct, release the manual
plunger on the related refuel valve.
(5) When all the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
configuartion before the subsequent flight.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 348
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-060
(1) Retract and lock the MMIs (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).
refuel coupling.

R **ON A/C 001-049, 052-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-410-054
B. Close Access
(1) To install the coupling cap and the access panel:
_______
(a) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM and close the access panel
622JB.
(2) If you have refuelled the center tank, close the MLG door 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 349
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 051-051,
Subtask 12-11-28-410-054-A
B. Close Access
(1) To install the coupling cap and the access panel:
_______
(a) Install the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM) and close
the applicable access panel 522JB(622JB).
(2) If you have refuelled the center tank, close the MLG door 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-942-056
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 350
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 12-11-28-650-006
Overwing (Gravity) Refuel

_______
_______
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
WARNING : DO NOT GET YOUR CLOTHES SOAKED WITH FUEL.

_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 351
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-008 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-008)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-057
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the wing
leading edge at the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
Subtask 12-11-28-281-054
001).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 352
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Gravity Refuel Cap
Figure 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-008

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 353
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-065
____
area regulations.

002).
(4) In the cockpit:
(a) Do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
(b) On panel 11VU, push the FUEL pushbutton switch (in).
(5) Monitor the aircraft fuel configuration.
(6) If the intercell transfer valves are closed, open the access door
192MB.
NOTE : If operating in battery power, do not keep the door open

____
longer than necessary because the battery can discharge.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 354
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-065-A
____
area regulations.

002).
(4) In the cockpit:
(a) Do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
(b) On panel 11VU, push the FUEL pushbutton switch (in).
(5) Monitor the aircraft fuel configuration.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-865-050
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 355
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Subtask 12-11-28-860-063
(1) After five seconds, remove the safety clips and the tags and close
the circuit breakers 1QP, 2QP, 3QP and 4QP.
NOTE : The intercell transfer valves will stay open until the next
____
refuel selection.
(2) Make sure that the ECAM Display Unit (DU) shows the intercell
transfer valves in the open position.
Subtask 12-11-28-865-052
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-060
A. Overwing (Gravity) Refuel
____
on, if:

the P/BSW are off).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 356
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Connect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle to the wing
ground-connection.
(3) Remove the applicable overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
(4) Put the fuel nozzle in the overwing refuel point.
CAUTION : KEEP THE RATE OF REFUEL THE SAME AS, OR LESS THAN, THE RATE
_______
OF FLOW THROUGH THE TRANSFER VALVES.
(6) Use the fuel pumps in the wing tanks to move the fuel to the center
tank from the wing tanks (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
(7) Monitor the fuel quantities continuously on the ECAM lower DU.
NOTE : The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point on the
____
wing. Thus you cannot refuel the wing tanks to full.
(8) When the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(9) Remove the fuel nozzle from the overwing refuel point.
(10) Install the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
(11) Disconnect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle from the wing
ground-connection.
(12) Do the refuel procedure again for the other wing.
(13) Correct the fuel configuration (move the fuel from the inner cells of
the wing tanks to fill the outer cells of the wing tanks (Ref. TASK
28-25-00-869-001)).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
prevent the risk of structural damage.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 357
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-650-060-A
A. Overwing (Gravity) Refuel
____
on, if:

the P/BSW are off).
(2) Connect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle to the wing

ground-connection.
(3) Remove the applicable overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
(4) Put the fuel nozzle in the overwing refuel point.
(6) Monitor the fuel quantities continuously on the ECAM lower DU.
NOTE : The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point on the
____
wing. Thus you cannot refuel the wing tanks to full.
(7) When the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(8) Remove the fuel nozzle from the overwing refuel point.
(9) Install the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
(10) Disconnect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle from the wing
ground-connection.
(11) Do the refuel procedure again for the other wing.

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 358
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-865-059
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-11-28-860-062
B. Aircraft Configuration

(2) To close the intercell transfer valves:
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU put the MODE SELECT
switch to REFUEL.
(b) Make sure that the ECAM DU shows the intercell transfer valves
closed (cross-line).
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT
switch to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 359
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-11-28-410-057
C. Close Access
items.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-062-A

Subtask 12-11-28-410-057-A
C. Close Access
items.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-860-064
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 360
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-11-28-942-058
E. Removal of Equipment
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 361
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 12-11-28-860-001
Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-861-054
A. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 362
Nov 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 203-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-069
A. Procedure to enter the Parameter Alpha Call-up through the MCDU
(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 ADIRS switches to the NAV position:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU turn the BRT knob to The MCDU is on.

the ON position.
2. Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU display:
A. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the AIDS indication.
B. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS ALPHA CALL-UP page comes into
the PARM ALPHA CALL-UP view.
indication.
4. On the MCDU keypad enter the code ROLL appears at the bottom of the
for ROLL into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
5. Push the 2L line key. The ROLL data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
6. Read and write down the ROLL

data.
7. On the MCDU keypad enter the code PITCH appears at the bottom of the
for PTCH into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
8. Push the 3L line key. The PITCH data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
9. Read and write down the PITCH

data.
10. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the CLEAR ALL indication.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 363
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.
(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.
(4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
in the MLI procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).
TABLE 1
-------------------------------------------
| Pitch | Ref | Roll | Ref |
-------------------------------------------
| minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
-------------------------------------------
| minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
-------------------------------------------
| minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
-------------------------------------------
| 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
-------------------------------------------
| plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
-------------------------------------------
| plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
-------------------------------------------
| plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
-------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 201-202,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-069-A
A. Procedure to enter the Parameter Alpha Call-up through the Multipurpose

Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 ADIRS switches to the NAV position:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU turn the BRT knob to The MCDU is on.

the ON position.
2. Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU display:

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 364
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the AIDS indication.
B. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS PARAM ALPHA CALL-UP menu page
the CALL-UP PARM ALPHA> comes into view.
indication.
4. On the MCDU keypad enter the code ROLL appears at the bottom of the
for ROLL into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
5. Push the 2L line key. The ROLL data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
6. Read and write down the ROLL

data.
7. On the MCDU keypad enter the code PITCH appears at the bottom of the
for PTCH into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
8. Push the 3L line key. The PITCH data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
9. Read and write down the PITCH

data.
10. Push the line key adjacent to The scratchpad display is cleared.
the CLR key, and push the line
key adjacent to the data field.

R

EFF :

201-202, 12-11-28

Page 365
Nov 01/09

CES
TABLE 1
-------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------
| minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
-------------------------------------------
| minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
-------------------------------------------
| minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
-------------------------------------------
| 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
-------------------------------------------
| plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
-------------------------------------------
| plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
-------------------------------------------
| plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
-------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-070
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 switches on the ADIRS to the OFF
position.
(2) On the MCDU control panel:
(a) Push the RETURN key until the initial screen shows.
(b) Set the BRT knob to the OFF position.
Subtask 12-11-28-862-054
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 366
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 12-11-28-860-002
Procedure to use the FQIC Input Parameters to Find the Pitch and Roll Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-860-071

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) start procedure (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-001).
(4) Do the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) start procedure

(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 367
Nov 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-11-28-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/1 1QT A13
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHANNEL/1 AND 2 8QT L26
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/2 2QT M27
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-072
A. Get Access to the Fuel Quantity Indication Computer (FQIC) Input

Parameters Page 1
NOTE : This procedure can only be used if:

____
- the PITCH and ROLL data is taken from the ADIRS (identified by
an A after the PITCH and ROLL title)
- the PITCH data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other
- the ROLL data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other.
NOTE : The FQIS input parameter pages are not automatically updated. The
____
operation of the Fuel System can be monitored through the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) input parameter pages. The
pages must be continuously updated. Use the NEXT PAGE control on
the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) to cycle the
pages to update the screen.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 368
Feb 01/10

CES
(1) When the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu page comes into view, do this
procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the FUEL Main Menu first page comes
FUEL indication. into view.
2. On the MCDU control panel push - the FUEL Main Menu second page comes
the NEXT PAGE key. into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the MCDU shows the page FQIS INPUT
INPUT PARAMETER VALUES PARAMETERS - RECORD THE PITCH AND
indication. ROLL DATA.
in the Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI) procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).
TABLE 1
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
| minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
-----------------------------------------
| minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
-----------------------------------------
| minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
-----------------------------------------
| 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
-----------------------------------------
| plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
-----------------------------------------
| plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
-----------------------------------------
| plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
-----------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 369
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-072-A
A. Get Access to the FQIC Input Parameters Page 1
NOTE : This procedure can only be used if:

____
- the PITCH and ROLL data is taken from the ADIRS (make sure that
the FQIS Status page does not show NO DATA FROM ADIRU 1 and
NO DATA FROM ADIRU 2)
- the PITCH data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other
- the ROLL data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other.
NOTE : The FQIS input parameter pages are automatically updated every 5.5
____
seconds.
(1) When the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu page comes into view, do this
procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the FUEL Main Menu first page comes
FUEL indication. into view.
2. On the MCDU control panel push - the FUEL Main Menu second page comes
the NEXT PAGE key. into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the MCDU shows the page FQIS INPUT
INPUT PARAMETER VALUES PARAMETERS - RECORD THE PITCH AND
indication. ROLL DATA.

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 370
Nov 01/09

CES
TABLE 1
---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
| minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
---------------------------------------------
| minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
---------------------------------------------
| minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
---------------------------------------------
| 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
---------------------------------------------
| plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
---------------------------------------------
| plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
---------------------------------------------
| plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
---------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-073
(1) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(a) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU Menu page comes into view.
(b) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.
(c) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(d) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(e) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 371
Nov 01/09

CES
TASK 12-11-28-650-007
Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
CAUTION : RETRACT THE MLIs AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. YOU CAN EASILY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
_______
AN EXTENDED MLI.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE MLIs FALL FREELY.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-860-001 Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll
Data
12-11-28-860-002 Procedure to use the FQIC Input Parameters to Find
the Pitch and Roll Data
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28-991-009 Fig. 306
R **ON A/C 251-299, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-009-B Fig. 306A

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 372
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-11-28-991-009-A Fig. 306B
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
12-11-28-991-011 Fig. 307
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28-991-012 Fig. 308
R **ON A/C 251-299, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-012-B Fig. 308A
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-11-28-991-012-A Fig. 308B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-024 Fig. 309
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28-991-014 Fig. 310
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-025 Fig. 311

12-11-28-991-015 Fig. 312
12-11-28-991-026 Fig. 313
12-11-28-991-036 Fig. 314

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 373
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28-991-016 Fig. 315
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-027 Fig. 316

12-11-28-991-017 Fig. 317
12-11-28-991-028 Fig. 318
12-11-28-991-037 Fig. 319
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28-991-018 Fig. 320
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-029 Fig. 321

12-11-28-991-019 Fig. 322
12-11-28-991-030 Fig. 323
12-11-28-991-038 Fig. 324
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28-991-020 Fig. 325
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-031 Fig. 326

12-11-28-991-034 Fig. 327
12-11-28-991-035 Fig. 328
12-11-28-991-039 Fig. 329
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-11-28-991-021 Fig. 330

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 374
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-991-032 Fig. 331

12-11-28-991-022 Fig. 332
12-11-28-991-033 Fig. 333
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-11-28-991-055 Fig. 334

12-11-28-991-056 Fig. 335
12-11-28-991-057 Fig. 336
12-11-28-991-058 Fig. 337
12-11-28-991-059 Fig. 338
12-11-28-991-040 Fig. 339
12-11-28-991-044 Fig. 340
12-11-28-991-060 Fig. 341
12-11-28-991-061 Fig. 342
12-11-28-991-062 Fig. 343
12-11-28-991-063 Fig. 344
12-11-28-991-064 Fig. 345
12-11-28-991-041 Fig. 346
12-11-28-991-045 Fig. 347
12-11-28-991-065 Fig. 348
12-11-28-991-066 Fig. 349
12-11-28-991-067 Fig. 350
12-11-28-991-068 Fig. 351
12-11-28-991-069 Fig. 352
12-11-28-991-042 Fig. 353
12-11-28-991-046 Fig. 354
12-11-28-991-070 Fig. 355
12-11-28-991-071 Fig. 356
12-11-28-991-072 Fig. 357
12-11-28-991-073 Fig. 358
12-11-28-991-074 Fig. 359
12-11-28-991-043 Fig. 360
12-11-28-991-047 Fig. 361

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 375
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009)
R **ON A/C 251-299, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 306A/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 306B/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-011)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-11-28-941-058
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
Subtask 12-11-28-281-050
B. Fuel Sampling
(1) Get a fuel sample from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) and
measure its Specific Gravity (SG).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 376
Feb 01/10

CES
R Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
Figure 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 377
Nov 01/09

CES
Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
Figure 306A/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-B

R

EFF :

251-299, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page 378
Feb 01/10

CES
R Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
R Figure 306B/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 379
Nov 01/09

CES
Attitude Monitor
Figure 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-011

R

EFF :
201-213,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 12-11-28

Page 380
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-11-28-010-058
C. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform below the applicable MLI.
NOTE : If operating in battery power, do not keep the door open

____
longer than necessary because the battery can discharge.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-066
(1) Find and write down the aircraft attitude figure (pitch and roll
data) as follows:
- read the aircraft attitude (grid square letter and grid square
number) shown by the bubble on the attitude monitor 39QM
or
- use the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU) to find the
aircraft attitude figure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-001)
or
- use the Fuel Quantity Indication Computer (FQIC) input parameters
to find the aircraft attitude figure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-002).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 214-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-860-066-A
(1) Find and write down the aircraft attitude figure (pitch and roll
data) as follows:
- use the ADIRU to find the aircraft attitude figure (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-860-001)
or
- use the FQIC input parameters to find the aircraft attitude figure
(Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 381
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009)
R **ON A/C 251-299, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 306A/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 306B/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-011)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
Subtask 12-11-28-869-053
A. Use of the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
(1) Use the flow chart and do these steps:

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-11-28-991-012, 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-024)
(a) Use a screwdriver to push the applicable MLI and turn it through
90 deg.
(b) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully. Then carefully lift the
MLI until you feel the magnets engage.
(c) Read the units mark nearest to the bottom-skin of the wing and
write down the number.
(2) Retract the MLI and use a screwdriver to turn it through 90 deg. to
lock it.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 382
Feb 01/10

CES
R How to Read a Wing Tank MLI
Figure 308/TASK 12-11-28-991-012

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 383
Nov 01/09

CES
How to Read a Wing Tank MLI
Figure 308A/TASK 12-11-28-991-012-B

R

EFF :

251-299, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page 384
Feb 01/10

CES
R How to Read a Wing Tank MLI
R Figure 308B/TASK 12-11-28-991-012-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page 385
Nov 01/09

CES
How to Read the CTR MLI
Figure 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-024

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 386
Nov 01/09

CES
(3) Find the volume of fuel in each tank as follows:
(a) Use the applicable MLI stick number and the applicable aircraft
attitude grid-square letter to find the correct fuel quantity
table.
NOTE : For a
____ grid reading of C3:
- use the attitude monitor reading CLEFT WING column 3 for
the LH wing
- use the attitude monitor reading CRIGHT WING column 3
for the RH wing.
(b) Find the applicable MLI unit number row and the applicable
aircraft attitude (grid-square letter and number) row in the
table. Find the intersection of the applicable rows to give the
correct volume of fuel in the tank.
NOTE : Only even number MLI units are listed in the tables. To
____
calculate the volume of fuel for uneven numbers,
interpolate between the nearest even numbers in the table.
R Example: MLI stick No. 1 (LH Wing)

R UNIT reading : 36
Pitch and Roll attitude : C3 on (attitude monitor)
R Fuel Quantity table reading (volumn) : 1150 liters
Specific gravity (SG) of fuel sample : 0.81 SG
R Actual fuel mass at 0.81 SG = 1150 x 0.81 = 931.5
NOTE : The above example is for one MLI only.

____
R
R - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G
R (Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-014)
- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G

R (Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)

R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-015)

R (Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-026)

R (Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-036)
R

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 387
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G
R Figure 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-014

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 388
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G
Figure 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-025

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 389
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-015

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 390
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-026

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 391
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-036

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 392
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-016)
- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F

R (Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-027)

R (Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-017)

R (Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-028)

R (Ref. Fig. 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-037)
R
R - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E
R (Ref. Fig. 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-018)
- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E

R (Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-029)

R (Ref. Fig. 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-019)

R (Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-030)

R (Ref. Fig. 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-038)
R
R - MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D
R (Ref. Fig. 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-020)
- MLI Stick No.2 Attitude D

R (Ref. Fig. 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-031)

R (Ref. Fig. 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-034)

R (Ref. Fig. 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-035)

R (Ref. Fig. 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-039)
- CTR MLI Attitudes A and G

R (Ref. Fig. 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-021)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 393
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F
R Figure 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-016

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 394
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F
Figure 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-027

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 395
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-017

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 396
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-028

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 397
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-037

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page 398
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E
R Figure 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-018

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page 399
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E
Figure 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-029

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A300
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-019

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A301
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-030

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A302
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-038

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A303
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D
R Figure 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-020

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 401-499, 501-509,
12-11-28

Page A304
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitude D
Figure 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-031

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A305
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-034

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A306
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-035

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A307
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Figure 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-039

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A308
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes A and G
R Figure 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-021

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A309
Nov 01/09

CES
- CTR MLI Attitudes B and F
(Ref. Fig. 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-032)
- CTR MLI Attitudes C and E

(Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-022)
- CTR MLI Attitude D.

(Ref. Fig. 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-033)
(4) Add together the values for each tank to find the total volume of
fuel.
NOTE : The MLI are accurate to +/- 5% of their indication. This is

____
not sufficiently accurate to use them as a datum for the Fuel
Quantity Indication (FQI).
(5) Multiply the total volume of the fuel by the SG of the fuel. The
result is the total mass of the fuel.
NOTE : When the outer cell is full it is not possible to get an

____
accurate reading above 220 l (58.1173 USgal). This is because
of the MLI No.5 position and the shape of the cell.
NOTE : MLI No. 5 can only record a maximum fuel reading of 850 l
____
(224.5444 USgal). The maximum capacity of the outer wing cell
is 880 l (232.4695 USgal).
NOTE : When the aircraft is fully refueled, the maximum capacity of

____
the inner wing cell is 6924 l (1829.1123 USgal).
R **ON A/C 251-299, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-11-28-869-053-B

(Ref. Fig. 308A/TASK 12-11-28-991-012-B, 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-024)
90 deg.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-11-28

Page A310
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes B and F
R Figure 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-032

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A311
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes C and E
R Figure 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-022

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A312
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitude D
R Figure 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-033

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A313
Nov 01/09

CES
lock it.
table.
NOTE : For a
the LH wing
for the RH wing.
____
Example: MLI stick No. 2 (LH Wing)

UNIT reading : 20
Fuel Quantity table reading (volumn) : 4000 liters
Actual fuel mass at 0.81 SG = 4000 x 0.81 = 3240

____

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-015)

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-026)

R

EFF :

251-299, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A314
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-036)

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-027)

(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-017)

(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-028)

(Ref. Fig. 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-037)

(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-029)

(Ref. Fig. 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-019)

(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-030)

(Ref. Fig. 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-038)

(Ref. Fig. 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-031)

(Ref. Fig. 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-034)

(Ref. Fig. 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-035)

(Ref. Fig. 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-039)

(Ref. Fig. 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-021)

(Ref. Fig. 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-032)

(Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-022)

R

EFF :

251-299, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A315
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. Fig. 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-033)
fuel.

____
not sufficiently accurate to use them as a datum for the Fuel
Quantity Indication (FQI).
NOTE : When the outer cell is full it is not possible to get an

____
accurate reading above 220 l (58.1173 USgal). This is because
of the MLI No.5 position and the shape of the cell.
NOTE : MLI No. 5 can only record a maximum fuel reading of 850 l
____
(224.5444 USgal). The maximum capacity of the outer wing cell
is 880 l (232.4695 USgal).

____
the inner wing cell is 6924 l (1829.1123 USgal).
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-11-28-869-053-A

(Ref. Fig. 308B/TASK 12-11-28-991-012-A, 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-024)
90 deg.
lock it.

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A316
Feb 01/10

CES
table.
NOTE : For a
the LH wing
for the RH wing.
____
R Example: MLI stick No. 1 (LH Wing)

UNIT reading : 20
R Fuel Quantity table reading (volumn) : 500 liters
R Actual fuel mass at 0.81 SG = 500 x 0.81 = 405

____
R
R (Ref. Fig. 334/TASK 12-11-28-991-055)

R (Ref. Fig. 335/TASK 12-11-28-991-056)

R (Ref. Fig. 336/TASK 12-11-28-991-057)

R (Ref. Fig. 337/TASK 12-11-28-991-058)

R (Ref. Fig. 338/TASK 12-11-28-991-059)
R

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A317
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 1 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 334/TASK 12-11-28-991-055

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A318
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 335/TASK 12-11-28-991-056

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A319
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 336/TASK 12-11-28-991-057

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A320
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 337/TASK 12-11-28-991-058

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A321
Feb 01/10

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 338/TASK 12-11-28-991-059

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A322
Nov 01/09

CES
R (Ref. Fig. 339/TASK 12-11-28-991-040)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-044)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 341/TASK 12-11-28-991-060)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 342/TASK 12-11-28-991-061)

R (Ref. Fig. 343/TASK 12-11-28-991-062)

R (Ref. Fig. 344/TASK 12-11-28-991-063)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 345/TASK 12-11-28-991-064)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 346/TASK 12-11-28-991-041)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 347/TASK 12-11-28-991-045)

R (Ref. Fig. 348/TASK 12-11-28-991-065)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 349/TASK 12-11-28-991-066)

R (Ref. Fig. 350/TASK 12-11-28-991-067)

R (Ref. Fig. 351/TASK 12-11-28-991-068)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 352/TASK 12-11-28-991-069)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 353/TASK 12-11-28-991-042)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 354/TASK 12-11-28-991-046)

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A323
Nov 01/09

CES
R Figure 339/TASK 12-11-28-991-040

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A324
Nov 01/09

CES
R Figure 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-044

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A325
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 341/TASK 12-11-28-991-060

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A326
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 342/TASK 12-11-28-991-061

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A327
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 343/TASK 12-11-28-991-062

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A328
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 344/TASK 12-11-28-991-063

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A329
Feb 01/10

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 345/TASK 12-11-28-991-064

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A330
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 6 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 346/TASK 12-11-28-991-041

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A331
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 7 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 347/TASK 12-11-28-991-045

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A332
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 348/TASK 12-11-28-991-065

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A333
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 349/TASK 12-11-28-991-066

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A334
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 350/TASK 12-11-28-991-067

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A335
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 351/TASK 12-11-28-991-068

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A336
Feb 01/10

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 352/TASK 12-11-28-991-069

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A337
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 6 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 353/TASK 12-11-28-991-042

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A338
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 7 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 354/TASK 12-11-28-991-046

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A339
Nov 01/09

CES
R
R (Ref. Fig. 355/TASK 12-11-28-991-070)

R (Ref. Fig. 356/TASK 12-11-28-991-071)

R (Ref. Fig. 357/TASK 12-11-28-991-072)

R (Ref. Fig. 358/TASK 12-11-28-991-073)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 359/TASK 12-11-28-991-074)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 360/TASK 12-11-28-991-043)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 361/TASK 12-11-28-991-047)

R (Ref. Fig. 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-021)

R (Ref. Fig. 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-032)

R (Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-022)

R (Ref. Fig. 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-033)
fuel.

____
not sufficiently accurate to use them as a datum for the FQI.

____
the wing cell is 7750 l (2047.3167 USgal).

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A340
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 355/TASK 12-11-28-991-070

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A341
Nov 01/09

CES
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 356/TASK 12-11-28-991-071

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A342
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 357/TASK 12-11-28-991-072

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A343
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 358/TASK 12-11-28-991-073

R

EFF :

251-299, 301-399, 511-526, 528-599, 12-11-28

Page A344
Feb 01/10

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 359/TASK 12-11-28-991-074

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A345
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 6 Attitude D (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 360/TASK 12-11-28-991-043

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A346
Nov 01/09

CES
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 7 Attitude D (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 361/TASK 12-11-28-991-047

EFF :

301-399, 12-11-28

Page A347
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-11-28-942-059
B. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A348
Nov 01/09

CES
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The hydraulic fluid instructions give specifications and special
instructions.
A. Specifications of Phosphate Ester Base Fluids.
R (1) The aircraft hydraulic systems are filled with hydraulic fluids on
R phosphate ester base. The Material Numbers (Mat No.) are as follows:
- 02-003,
- 02-003A,
- 02-003B,
- 02-003C,
- 02-003D.
R - 02-003E
(2) The hydraulic fluid is specified by the operator. All fluids are to
NSA 307110 specification. They can be mixed.
R (3) For the fluid characteristics refer to Fig. 001.

(Ref. Fig. 001)
B. Fluid Monitoring
(1) Hydraulic fluid with a high degree of cleanliness is required for the
correct operation of the hydraulic systems and equipment.
R (2) To monitor the hydraulic fluid, it is necessary to frequently sample,

R count particles (physical contamination) and inspect the filter
R clogging indicators.
(3) If the filter clogging indicator is shown you must:

R - Stop the related hydraulic system
R - Replace the clogged filter
- Take a sample of the system hydraulic fluid and send it for
analysis.
R (4) Use the results of the analysis record (physical contamination) to

R reclaim the hydraulic fluid:
R - (Ref. 12-36-29-600-004)
R - (Ref. 12-36-29-600-005)
- (Ref. 12-36-29-600-006).
R NOTE : The number of particles contained in 100 cm3 (6.10 in.3) of

____
R hydraulic fluid must not be more the class 9 requirements of
the NAS specification 1638 (final or rejection state).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 1
May 01/08

CES
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 2
May 01/08

CES
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 3
May 01/08

CES
NOTE : The degree of cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid used for
____
R replenishing (topping up of the hydraulic systems and
R hydraulic cart reservoirs) must agree with class 7 of the NAS
specification 1638 (initial state).
C. Hydraulic Ground Power Cart

Only hydraulic ground power carts with a hydraulic reservoir must be
used.
R The fluid sampling operation for contamination of the hydraulic fluid
R must be monitored and the sample analysis record kept on file.
D. Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service limits.

The hydraulic fluid property in-service limits are:
- The physical properties,
- The chemical properties.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
NOTE : The maximum water contents permitted by the manufacture in

____
hydraulic fluids is 0.8 %. But this limit together with very high
temperatures decreases the life of the hydraulic fluids. Airbus
Industrie thus recommends to decrease the limit to 0.5 % which
will increase the life of the hydraulic fluid.
(1) The quality of the hydraulic fluid must be in the limits given in
Fig. 002.
(a) If the water or chlorine content of the hydraulic fluid are equal
or more than the permitted values:
Clean it with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J):
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-003)
Or change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)
(b) If the acidity, density or viscosity of the hydraulic fluid are

more than the permitted values:
Change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 4
May 01/08

CES
Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service Limits
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 5
May 01/08
R
CES
(c) If the conductivity of the hydraulic fluid is less than the
permitted value:
Change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)
E. Specifications of Mineral Base Fluids.
(1) Each aircraft landing-gear shock-absorber is supplied filled with a

hydraulic fluid (Mat. No 02-001) to the MIL-H-5606 specification.
(2) Fluid Characteristics.

(Ref. Fig. 003)
F. Safety Precautions (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-00200).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 6
May 01/08
R
CES
Characteristics of Mineral Base Fluids
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 7
May 01/08

CES
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-12-29-611-001
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hydraulic fluid container

B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003A F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003B F NSA 307-110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003C F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV
Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 301
Nov 01/08

CES
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-29-614-001 Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators

1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
External Power
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-00-00-870-003 Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Engine Pump
29-00-00-870-007 Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-00-00-870-008 Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Blue E-Pump
Downstream of the Blue E-Pump
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-680-001 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Green Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-002 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-003 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
32-44-11-200-001 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure On Parking/Emergency
Accumulator By Reading Gauge
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 302
Nov 01/08
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-860-051
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is in this configuration:

- the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
- the thrust reversers are stowed (closed),
- the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,
R - the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors 825 and 826 are closed,
- all the other hydraulically controlled systems are in the normal
position.
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the system reservoirs.

____

002).
Subtask 12-12-29-010-054
B. Get Access
R (1) Open the left Main Landing Gear (MLG) door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
001).
(2) Open the access panels 197CB, 198CB.
(3) Put the access platform in position.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 303
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-12-29-210-052
C. Inspection of the Pressure Values
(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).
If necessary, adjust the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-29-614-
001).
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-12-29-863-050
D. Pressurize the Auxiliary Braking System.
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the Yellow E-pump
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator
system to 206 bar (2987.7766 psi).
(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.
(4) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-

001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the alternate braking system.

____
(5) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(6) Put the warning notices on the panel 40VU in the cockpit to tell
persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 304
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-12-29-611-052
R A. Fill the Hydraulic Reservoirs (Refer to the Table)
(1) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the service panel of the
Yellow hydraulic system.
(2) On the service panel of the Green hydraulic system, connect the hand
pump lever 3270GM to the shaft of the hand pump 1009GM.
(3) Remove the flexible hose 1699GM from the service panel compartment of
the Green hydraulic system.
(4) Remove the blanking cap and connect the flexible hose to the fill
valve 1698GM. Put the other end in the hydraulic fluid container with
one of these hydraulic fluids:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).
R (5) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the position that is correct for the
R system you will fill.
R (6) Make sure that, on the quantity indicator 1834GQ, the colored light
R of the related system comes on.
(7) Fill the hydraulic reservoir:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
(a) Operate the hand pump 1009GM.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 305
May 01/08

CES
Ground Service Panel of the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 306
Feb 01/98

CES
(b) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:
1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
almost to the fill level given in the table.
2
_ Slowly continue to fill again, until the pointer shows almost
to the fill level given in the table.
NOTE : The hydraulic fluid volume in the reservoirs can change

____
with the temperature. For each 10 DEG.C scale Celcius
(which is each 18 DEG.F on the scale Fahrenheit) change
in outside air temperature:
- The volume in the reservoir of the Green hydraulic

system can change by 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal)
- The volume in the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic

- The volume in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic

system can change by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal).
NOTE : If the temperature is above 20 DEG.C (68.00 DEG.F) the

____
quantity indicator pointer must be in the top half of
the related scale range.
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR CAPACITIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
R | |-------------------------| |
R | | LITERS | US GAL | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | GREEN SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 23 | 6.1 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 14 | 3.7 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | BLUE SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 307
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
| |-------------------------| |
| | LITERS | US GAL | |
|-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | Fill Level | 6 | 1.6 | AT 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | | | | with the normal nitrogen|
R | | | | precharging pressure in |
R | | | | the brake accumulator |
R | | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary|
R | | | | brake system pressurized|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) If a reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic

fluid:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).
(9) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the NEUTRAL position.
(10) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(11) Remove the flexible hose and install the blanking cap on the pump.
(12) Put the flexible hose back in position in the service panel
compartment of the Green hydraulic system.
(13) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the hand pump 1009GM. Then put
the hand pump lever in position on the service panel of the Yellow
hydraulic system.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 308
Aug 01/08

CES
(14) If you filled the hydraulic reservoir after:
- Maintenance
- Removal/installation of hydraulic components
- Hydraulic fluid low level (loss of the hydraulic system)
- High loss of hydraulic fluid,
(a) Use the related bleeding procedure as follows:

- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-003)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-007)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-008) and (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 197CB, 198CB and if necessary 197EB.
Subtask 12-12-29-860-050
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 309
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 12-12-29-611-002
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hydraulic service cart

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003A F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003B F NSA 307-110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003C F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 310
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
R HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-29-614-001 Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators

1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
External Power
29-00-00-870-003 Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System
29-00-00-870-007 Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Blue E-Pump
Downstream of the Blue E-Pump
System
System
System
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 311
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-44-11-200-001 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure On Parking/Emergency

Accumulator By Reading Gauge
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-860-053

_______
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the system reservoirs.

____

002).
(4) Make sure that the aircraft is in this configuration:

- the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
- the thrust reversers are stowed (closed),
- the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,
R - the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors 825 and 826 are closed,
- all the other hydraulically controlled systems are in the normal
position.
Subtask 12-12-29-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Open access panel 197CB.
R (2) Open the left Main Landing Gear (MLG) door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 312
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-12-29-210-053
C. Inspection of the Pressure Values
(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).
(3) If necessary, adjust the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-29-614-

001).
(4) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-12-29-863-051
D. Pressurize the Auxiliary Braking System.
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK 29-
24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator system to 206 bar
(2987.7766 psi).
(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.

001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the alternate braking system.

____
(5) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 313
May 01/07
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-12-29-611-053
R A. Fill the Hydraulic Reservoirs (Refer to the Table)
R (1) Connect the Hydraulic Service Cart:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU CONNECT THE GROUND HYDRAULIC CART. MAKE
_______
SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE LESS
THAN THESE LIMITS:
- THE SUPPLY PRESSURE MUST BE LESS THAN 30 BAR (435.1132
PSI).
- THE FLOW RATE MUST BE LESS THAN 12L/MIN (3.1700 US
GAL/MIN).
IF THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE MORE THAN
THESE LIMITS, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR.
R (a) Remove the blanking cap.
R (b) Connect a hydraulic service cart with one of the hydraulic fluids
R that follow to the reservoir fill connection 1007GM:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).
R (2) Turn the selector valve 1134GQ to the correct position of the related
R hydraulic system which you will fill.
(3) Make sure that on the quantity indicator 1834GQ the colored light of
the related system comes on.
R (4) Operate the hydraulic service cart:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
R (a) Operate the hydraulic service cart with a minimum output pressure
R of 7 bar (101.5263 psi).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 314
May 01/08

CES
(b) Make sure that:
- The output pressure is not more than 30 bar (435.1131 psi)
- The flow rate is not more than 12 l.min (3.1700 USgal.mn).
(c) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:
1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
almost to the fill level given in the table.
2
_ Slowly continue to fill again until the pointer shows almost
the fill level given in the table.
NOTE : The hydraulic fluid volume in the reservoirs can change

____
with the temperature. For each 10 DEG.C scale Celcius
(which is each 18 DEG.F on the scale Fahrenheit) change
in outside air temperature:
- The volume in the reservoir of the Green hydraulic

- The volume in the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic

- The volume in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic

system can change by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal).
NOTE : If the temperature is above 20 DEG.C (68.00 DEG.F) the

____
quantity indicator pointer must be in the top half of
the applicable scale range.
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR CAPACITIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
R | |-------------------------| |
R | | LITRES | US GAL | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | GREEN SYSTEM | |||
R | | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | BLUE SYSTEM | | | |

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 315
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
| |-------------------------| |
| | LITRES | US GAL | |
|------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | | | | |
R | the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | | | | |
R | YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | | | | with the normal nitrogen |
R | | | | precharging pressure in |
R | | | | the brake accumulator |
R | | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary |
R | | | | brake system pressurized |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) If the reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic
fluid:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).
(6) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the NEUTRAL position.
(7) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(8) Disconnect the hydraulic service cart from the reservoir fill
connection 1007GM and install the blanking cap.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 316
Aug 01/08

CES
(9) If you filled the hydraulic system after:
- Maintenance
- Removal/installation of hydraulic components
- Hydraulic fluid low level (loss of the hydraulic system)
- High loss of hydraulic fluid.
(a) Use the related bleeding procedure as follows:

- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-003)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-007)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-008)
and
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 197CB
Subtask 12-12-29-860-052
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Remove the access platform.

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 317
Aug 01/08
R
CES
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________
TASK 12-12-32-611-001
Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 322113-02
R NOTE : If possible, it is recommended that the NLG shock absorber is

____
R replenished with the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
NOTE : This procedure must be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This is to let the separation of nitrogen from
the oil in the shock absorber occur.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 301
Feb 01/10

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific approved nitrogen supply

No specific standard charging equipment
No specific thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy
+/- 2 Deg.C)
No specific GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/-
0.5 bar)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
M21930 1 FILLING ASSEMBLY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-PRF-5606

OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-004
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-006 USA BMS 3-32 TYPE II
Material No. 05-004B USA MIL-L-25567 TYPE I
OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 302
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
12-14-32-614-004 Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-029 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-050
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA)
is in the DOWN position.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear controls.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-050
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE
_______
CLEAR.
(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the NLG.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
NOTE : For the tasks completed with the A/C in a Weight-On-Wheels

____
configuration, the A/C must be stable (no movement of people in the
A/C).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-074
A. Preparation for Replenishment
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(1) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY as

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(a) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the hydraulic

power-supply inflation bench (16).
(b) Make sure that the control valves (13) and (19) of the three-way
valve (12) are closed.
(c) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the three-way valve
(12).
(d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the three-way valve (12).
NOTE : It is recommended to use a filling hose (11) of less than

____
3 m (9.84 ft.) long. A filling hose length of more than 3m
(9.84 ft.) will decrease pressure measurement accuracy.
(e) Remove the blanking cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY.
(f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the
FILLING ASSEMBLY.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 304
Feb 01/10
R
CES
NLG Shock Absorber Replenishment - Location and Detail
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 305
Aug 01/06
R
CES
R NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 306
Nov 01/09

CES
(g) Connect the translucent bleed hose (14) between the three-way
valve (12) and the drain container (15).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.
(h) Install the GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/-
0.5 bar) (10) on the three-way valve (12).
(i) Fill the hydraulic source with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
(2) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (6) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(a) Remove the blanking cap (7) from the charging valve (6).
(b) Move the wrench (9) up to the knurled shoulder (3) and install
the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6).
(c) Turn the core (8) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
knurled shoulder (3). Install the seal (4) on the charging valve
(6).
(3) Make sure that the charging equipment is correctly installed and does
not leak.
(4) Deflate the shock absorber as follows:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE
SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE
AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES
_______
IN YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Move the wrench (9) down and slowly turn counterclockwise to open
the charging valve (6).
R
R NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that you deflate the
____
R shock absorber slowly:

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 307
Feb 01/10

CES
- to prevent possible shock when the shock absorber gets
to the lower limit of its travel
- so that the gas does not mix with the oil in the shock
absorber.
R (b) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to
release the nitrogen pressure. This will let the shock absorber
fully deflate.
NOTE : The pressure gage (10) will show approximately 1 bar

____
(14.5037 psi) when the shock absorber is fully deflated.
R (c) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, close the control
valve (13) of the three-way valve (12).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-053
R B. Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF PERSONS
_______
AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT
WILL MOVE.

_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT NEAR THE L/G
_______
SHOCK ABSORBER DURING REPLENISHMENT. THERE IS A RISK THAT
PRESSURIZED GASES OR FLUID CAN ESCAPE AND CAUSE INJURY OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-006) as follows:
CAUTION : WHEN YOU FILL THE SHOCK ABSORBER, MAKE SURE TO STOP THE
_______
R FLUID SUPPLY IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SHOCK ABSORBER MOVES TO
R ITS LIMITS. THIS WILL PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE CAUSED BY
R OVERPRESSURE.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
R (a) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930). Put the free end of the filling hose (11) in the drain
container (15).
R (b) Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and

slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
Bleed the filling hose (11) with hydraulic fluid.
R (c) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
R (d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930).
R (e) Open the control valve (19) of the three-way valve (12).
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AIRCRAFT IS STABLE AND CANNOT TILT ON TO

_______
R ITS TAIL.
R (f) Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and

slowly fill the shock absorber with fluid. Inflate the shock
absorber until it is fully extended.
NOTE : This will lift the nose of the aircraft.

____
NOTE : When the shock absorber is fully extended, dimension H is

____
449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm.
R (g) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
R (h) Do not continue the procedure for a minimum of ten minutes. This
R will make sure that all air is isolated from the hydraulic fluid.
R (i) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
R NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure

____ that you deflate the
R shock absorber slowly:
R - this is to prevent possible shock when the shock
R absorber gets to the limit of its travel
R - so that the gas does not mix with the oil in the shock
R absorber.
R (j) Let the hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (15) until
the shock absorber is fully compressed.
NOTE : This will isolate the gas from the fluid.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 309
Feb 01/10

CES
R (k) Keep the shock absorber compressed fully and close the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
R (l) Make sure that hydraulic fluid is released from the shock
absorber during the shock absorber compression.
R NOTE : If hydraulic fluid is not released, do steps (f) to (l)

____
R again.
R (m) Make sure the fluid released from the shock absorber through the
translucent bleed hose (14) does not contain gas bubbles or
emulsion.
R NOTE : If gas bubbles or emulsion are found do steps (f) to (m)

____
R again.
R (n) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
R (o) Open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
R (p) Disconnect the hydraulic source hose (17) from the three-way
valve (12).
R (q) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930). Put the free end of the filling hose (11) in the drain
container (15) to drain the hydraulic fluid.
R (r) Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
R (s) Remove the translucent bleed hose (14) from the three-way valve
(12).
(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE
TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) of an approved nitrogen

supply to the three-way valve (12).
(b) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 310
Feb 01/10

CES
(c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source to release
nitrogen pressure and bleed the circuit with dry nitrogen.
(d) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(e) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(g) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy +/- 2

Deg.C) to measure and record the temperature of the NLG shock
absorber adjacent to the charging valve (6). Make sure that the
thermometer touches the shock absorber outer-cylinder. If
possible, measure the temperature at the top part of the cylinder
(through the vent hole) at the aft part of the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(h) Open the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(i) Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging valve
(6).
(j) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) to
inflate the shock absorber with nitrogen. Do this until the
dimension H is 30 mm (1.1811 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(k) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and
close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(l) Let the pressure become stable, open the control valve (19) after
fifteen minutes to record the pressure. When the pressure has
been recorded, close the control valve (19).
(m) Refer to the pressure/temperature/stroke table for the correct H

value for the recorded temperature and pressure values.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(n) Open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Slowly open the
control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) to inflate the
shock absorber. Do this until you get the correct H dimension
plus 30 mm (1.1811 in.).
(o) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and
close the control valve of the nitrogen supply.
(p) Let the pressure become stable, continue after fifteen minutes.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 311
Feb 01/10
R
CES
NLG Shock Absorber - Dimension H
Figure 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 312
Feb 01/10
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-12-32

Page 313
Feb 01/10

CES
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
R Figure 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029- 15 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 314
Nov 01/09

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 315
Nov 01/09

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 316
Nov 01/09

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 317
Nov 01/09

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 318
Nov 01/09

CES
(q) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to
deflate the shock absorber. Do this until you get the correct H
value given in step (m).
(r) Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
(s) Continue after a minimum of ten minutes.
(t) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and
measure:
- the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10)
- the dimension H.
(u) If necessary, adjust the pressure to get the correct H value

given in step (n) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(v) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
Close the control valve (19) and open the control valve (13) to
release the nitrogen from the filling system.
(w) Remove the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930).
(x) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) from the charging valve (6).
(y) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(z) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

of the charging valve (6).
(aa) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-280-050
R C. Nitrogen Dissolving Compensation
R (1) It is recommended to do a check of the NLG shock absorber charge

R pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004) four days after the end of this
R task. The check must be done in less than seven days or 50 Flight
R Cycles.
NOTE : This check is necessary because the nitrogen will mix with the
____
oil and cause the pressure to decrease.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 319
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-12-32-780-050
D. Test
(1) Move the aircraft to make the shock absorber move inside its leg.
NOTE : It is possible that the shock absorber is held in an incorrect

____
position because of friction loads.
(2) Do the pressure check of the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-
004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-050
A. Removal of Support Equipment
items.
(2) Remove the access platform.
Subtask 12-12-32-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-051
R (1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIERS.
(2) Disassemble the standard charging equipment.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 320
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-12-32-611-005
R NLG Shock Absorber Oil Replenishment and Nitrogen Filling (Aircraft on Jacks)
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
_______
KILL YOU.
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self explanatory
R
R NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully lifted on jacks
____
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or lifted at the forward jacking point
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
R NOTE : This procedure must be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
R aircraft operation. This is to let the separation of nitrogen from
R the oil in the shock absorber occur.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 321
Nov 01/09

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific approved nitrogen supply

R No specific hydraulic fluid source tank - 81 (2.1133 Usgal)
No specific hydraulic source
R No specific thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy
R +/- 2 Deg.C)
R No specific GAGE 30 BAR (435 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/- 0.2
R bar)
No specific drain container 15 l (3.9625 USgal)
R No specific hydraulic power-supply inflation bench - 200 bar
R 200 bar (2900.7540 psi)
No specific trolley jack 500 mm (19.6850 in.)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D32203502000 2 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-004
R Material No. 05-004B USA MIL-L-25567 TYPE I
R OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 322
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations

07-11-00-581-003 Lifting of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point, MLG
Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-001 Lowering of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point,
MLG Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-14-32-614-004 Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
Gears
32-00-00-860-001 Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical
Power
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
R 12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-064
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit, to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear or the landing gear doors.
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-869-052
B. Flight Configuration Precautions
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 323
Nov 01/09

CES
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the flight configuration
precautions with electrical power before you open the Landing Gear
Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-582-052
C. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
07-11-00-581-003).
NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted.

____
The shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured
until the aircraft has been on jacks for fifteen minutes. This
will let the shock absorber pressure become stable and make
sure that the value recorded is accurate.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-052
D. Get Access
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE
_______
R CLEAR.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
NLG.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-059
R A. Preparation for Replenishment
R WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
R YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
R YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
R EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
R HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 324
Nov 01/09

CES
R (1) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY
R (M21930) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
R (a) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the hydraulic source
R (16).
R NOTE : The hydraulic source (16) can be a hydraulic power-supply

____
R inflation bench - 200 bar or a hydraulic fluid source tank
R - 81 (2.1133 Usgal). If a tank is used it must be in
R position above the charging valve (6).
R (b) Make sure the control valves (13) and (19) of the three-way valve
R (12) are closed.
R (c) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the three-way valve
R (12).
R
R (d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the three-way valve (12).
R NOTE : It is recommended to use a filling hose (11) of less than

____
R 3 m (9.84 ft.) long. A filling hose length of more than 3m
R (9.84 ft.) will decrease pressure measurement accuracy.
R (e) Remove the blanking cap (1) and the plug from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY (M21930).
R (f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the
R FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930).
R
R (g) Connect the translucent bleed hose (14) between the three-way
R valve (12) and the drain container (15).
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
R PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
R PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.
R (h) Install the GAGE 30 BAR (435 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/- 0.2
R bar) (10) on the three-way valve (12).
R (i) Fill the hydraulic source with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
R

R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 325
Nov 01/09

CES
follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
R
R (b) Move the wrench (9) up to the knurled shoulder (3) and install
R (c) Turn the core (8) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
R knurled shoulder (3). Install the seal (4) on the charging valve
R (6).
R
R (3) Make sure that the charging equipment is correctly installed and does
R not leak.
R (4) Deflate the shock absorber as follows:
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
R PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE
R SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE
R AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.
R WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES
_______
R IN YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.
R (a) Move the wrench (9) down and turn counterclockwise to open the
R charging valve (6).
R
R (b) Make sure that you deflate the shock absorber slowly. This is to
R prevent fluid bleed from the shock absorber with the gas.
R
R (c) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
R This is to release the nitrogen pressure and let the shock
R absorber fully deflate.
R NOTE : The pressure gage (10) will show approximately 1 bar

____
R (14.5037 psi) when the shock absorber is fully deflated.
R

R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 326
Nov 01/09

CES
(d) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, close the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-052
R B. Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber

_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT NEAR THE L/G
_______
SHOCK ABSORBER DURING REPLENISHMENT. THERE IS A RISK THAT
PRESSURIZED GASES OR FLUID CAN ESCAPE AND CAUSE INJURY OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-006), as follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN

_______
22bar (319psi). THIS WILL PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE.
(a) Make sure that you compress/extend the shock absorber slowly:
- to prevent possible shock when the shock absorber gets to the
limit of its travel
- so that the gas does not mix with the oil in the shock
absorber.
(b) If you use the hydraulic fluid source tank as the hydraulic
source (16) to fill the shock absorber, do the steps that follow:
1
_ Before you do the procedure make sure that the hydraulic
fluid-source tank (16) is in position above the charging valve
(6).
2
_ Put the trolley jack below the jacking dome of the shock
absorber.
3
_ Open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
4
_ Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
Dimension H must be 19 mm (0.7480 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
(0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 327
Feb 01/10

CES
5
_ Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
6
_ Turn the wrench (9) clockwise and close the charging valve
(6).
7
_ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend. Dimension
H must be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
8
_ Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after a minimum
of fifteen minutes.

____
NOTE : The indication of the pressure gage (10) does not apply
____
during this step.
9
10
__ Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging
valve (6).
11
__ Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
12
__ Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
13
__ Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
14
__ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend for
hydraulic fluid to fill the shock absorber. Dimension H must
be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
15
__ Let the hydraulic fluid fill the shock absorber, continue
after a minimum of ten minutes.
16
17
18
Monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain container
(15) through the translucent bleed hose (14).
NOTE : When the shock absorber is first compressed it is

____
possible that no hydraulic fluid goes into the

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 328
Feb 01/10
R
CES
container. This can occur if the shock absorber is
empty of fluid, or the fluid level is low.
19
20
21
__ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend for
hydraulic fluid to fill the shock absorber. Dimension H must
be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
22
__ Let the hydraulic fluid fill the shock absorber, continue
after a minimum of twenty minutes.
23
24
25
(15) through the translucent bleed hose (14).
26
__ The hydraulic fluid must be released from the shock absorber
during the shock absorber compression.
NOTE : If hydraulic fluid is not released, do steps 19_ thru

____
25_ again.
27
__ The fluid released from the shock absorber through the
translucent bleed hose (14) must not contain gas bubbles or
emulsion.
NOTE : If gas bubbles or emulsion are found, do steps 19_ thru

____
25_ again.
28
29
__ Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
30
__ Disconnect the hydraulic source hose (17) from the three-way
valve (12).
31
__ Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930). Put the free end of the filling hose (11) in the
drain container (15) to drain the hydraulic fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 329
Feb 01/10
R
CES
32
__ Tighten the filling hose (11) on the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930).
33
__ Remove the translucent bleed hose (14) from the three-way
valve (12).
(c) If you use the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench as the

hydraulic source (16) to fill the shock absorber, do the steps
that follow:
1
_ Put the trolley jack below the jacking dome of the shock
absorber.
2
3
_ Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
Dimension H must be 19 mm (0.7480 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
(0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
4
_ Close the control valve (13) on the three way valve (12).
5
_ Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
6
_ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend. Dimension
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
7
_ Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after a minimum
of fifteen minutes.

____
8
9
_ Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging
valve (6).
10
11
12

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 330
Feb 01/10
R
CES
13
drain container to drain the hydraulic fluid.
14
__ Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and
slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve
(12). Bleed the filling hose (11) with hydraulic fluid.
15
16
__ Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930).
17
valve (6).
18
19
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TROLLEY JACK CANNOT TOUCH THE
_______
R SHOCK ABSORBER DURING SHOCK ABSORBER EXTENSION.
R 20
__ Release the jack load and lower the trolley jack fully.
R
21
__ Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and
slowly fill the shock absorber with fluid until the leg is
fully extended. Dimension H must be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus
or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
22
__ When the leg is fully extended, continue to inflate the shock
absorber until the pressure is 10 bar (145.0377 psi).
23
24
__ Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve
(12).
25
__ Use the trolley jack to slowly compress the shock absorber
until the dimension H is 300 mm (11.8110 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
26
27

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 331
Feb 01/10

CES
28
__ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend. Dimension
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
29
__ Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after a minimum
of ten minutes.

____
30
31
valve (6).
32
(15).
33
__ The hydraulic fluid must be released from the shock absorber
during the shock absorber compression.
NOTE : If hydraulic fluid is not released, do steps 18_ to 32_

____
again.
34
__ The fluid released from the shock absorber through the
translucent bleed hose (14) must not contain gas bubbles or
emulsion.
NOTE : If gas bubbles or emulsion are found, do steps 18_ to

____
32_ again.
35
36
37
__ Disconnect the hydraulic source hose (17) from the three-way
valve (12).
38
drain container (15) to drain the hydraulic fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 332
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R 39
__ Remove the translucent bleed hose (14) from the three-way
R valve (12).
R (2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:
R WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
R GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
R THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
R CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
R ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE
R TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK
R ABSORBER PRESSURE.
R (a) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) of an approved nitrogen

R supply to the three-way valve (12).
R (b) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
R (c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source to release
R nitrogen pressure and bleed the circuit with dry nitrogen.
R (d) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
R (e) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
R (f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930).
R (g) Lower the trolley jack to let the shock absorber extend fully.
R Dimension H must be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
R (0.0787 in.). Make sure that the jack is disengaged from the
R shock absorber jacking dome.
R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R (h) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy +/- 2

R Deg.C) to measure and record the temperature adjacent to the
R charging valve (6). Make sure that the thermometer touches the
R shock absorber outer-cylinder. If possible, measure the
R temperature at the top part of the cylinder (through the vent
R hole) at the aft part of the main fitting.
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
R (i) Refer to the pressure/temperature table to know the shock

R absorber charge pressure with relation to the temperature
R measured at step (h).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 333
Nov 01/09

CES
R (j) Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging valve
R (6).
R (k) Open the control of the nitrogen source.
R (l) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
R This is to inflate the shock absorber up to the necessary charge
R pressure.
R (m) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
R (n) Let the pressure become stable, continue after a minimum of

R fifteen minutes.
R (o) Make sure that the pressure/temperature conditions are the same
R as in steps (h) and (i). If not, do steps (l) thru (o) again.
R (p) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
R (q) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
R (r) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
R (s) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12),
R to release the nitrogen pressure from the filling system.
R (t) Remove the filling hose (11) and the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930)
R from the charging valve (6).
R (u) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
R (v) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

R of the charging valve (6).
R (w) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 334
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-12-32-280-051
R C. Nitrogen Dissolving Compensation
R (1) It is recommended to do a check of the NLG shock absorber charge

R pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004) four days after the end of this
R task. The check must be done in less than seven days or 50 Flight
R Cycles.
NOTE : This check is necessary because the nitrogen will mix with the
____
oil and cause the pressure to decrease.
Subtask 12-12-32-942-060
D. Removal of the Equipment
(1) Disassemble the standard charging equipment.
(2) Remove the trolley jack.
items.
Subtask 12-12-32-410-052
E. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-869-053
F. Ground Configuration
(1) If you opened the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the flight
configuration precautions with electrical power were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 335
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-12-32-586-051
G. Lower the Aircraft
(1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-780-052
H. Pressure Check
(1) Do a pressure/extension check of the NLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK

12-14-32-614-004).
NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lowered

____
to the ground. The shock absorber pressure/extension values
should not be measured for fifteen minutes. This will let the
shock absorber pressure/extension become stable and make sure
that the values recorded are accurate.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-061
A. Removal of the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 336
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
TASK 12-12-32-611-002
Replenishment of the Alternate Brake Reservoir (2624GM)
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake reservoir.
____
But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed procedure of
the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001, Filling and Bleeding
of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate Braking).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific standard filling equipment
No specific vinyl tube
R No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-12-32

Page 337
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-991-004 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-004)
Subtask 12-12-32-941-052
(2) On panel 400VU, make sure the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in

the DOWN position.
(3) On panel 110VU, make sure the parking-brake switch is in the OFF
position.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the brake controls.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) at the access door 811.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 811.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-12-32

Page 338
Nov 01/09

CES
Alternate-Brake Reservoir Replenishment - Detail and Location
Figure 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-004

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-12-32

Page 339
Nov 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-004)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-075
A. Preparation for Replenishment
(1) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the filling valve (3) and disconnect
the drain line (5) from the bleed valve (1).
(2) Install a vinyl tube on to the bleed valve (1).
R (3) Put the vinyl tube into a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE full of
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) that does not have gas in it.
(4) Make sure that the pipes on the standard filling equipment are filled
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) which does not have gas
in it. Connect the pipe of the filling equipment to the charging
valve (3).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-050
B. Replenishment of the Alternate Brake Reservoir
NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake
____
reservoir. But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed
procedure of the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001,
Filling and Bleeding of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate
Braking).
(1) Open the bleed valve (1).
(2) Use the handpump to fill the brake reservoir (2) with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003). Keep the hydraulic fluid flow rate
constant and at a pressure of less than 4 bar (58 psi) as shown on
the pressure gage.
(3) When the hydraulic fluid that comes from the bleed valve (1) does not
have gas in it, close the bleed valve (1).
(4) Open the bleed valve (1) and put the brake reservoir (2) to its
correct level (on the green ring). Close the bleed valve (1).
(5) Remove the vinyl tube from the bleed valve (1) and disconnect the
pipe from the filling valve (3).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-12-32

Page 340
Feb 01/10

CES
(6) Make sure that there is no leakage of fluid from the bleed valve (1).
(7) Install the blanking cap (4) on the filling valve (3).
(8) TORQUE the blanking cap (4) to between 1.1 and 1.25 m.daN (97.34 and
110.61 lbf.in).
(9) Install the drain line (5) on the bleed valve (1).
(10) TORQUE the drain line (5) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 811.
Subtask 12-12-32-942-053

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-12-32

Page 341
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-12-32-611-004
Check Fluid Level of Main Landing Gear Shock Absorber
_______
GEAR.
_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R +/- 2 Deg.C)
No specific 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278) psi (accurate to
+/- 0.1 bar)
No specific 1 standard charging equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 342
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-611-008 Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock

Absorber
12-14-32-614-003 Check Charge Pressure of Main Landing Gear Shock
Absorber
Gears
12-12-32-991-033 Fig. 306
12-12-32-991-030 Fig. 307
12-12-32-991-031 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-063
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) On the panel 400VU:

- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
landing gear doors.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-220-051
R A. Check the Fluid Level of the MLG Shock Absorber
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND
DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 343
Feb 01/10

CES
_______
WILL MOVE.
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE TEMPERATURE
WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK ABSORBER
PRESSURE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
NOTE : To do this procedure it is necessary to have 1 standard charging

____
equipment and 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278) psi (accurate to
+/- 0.1 bar). The charging equipment must be safe to use at over
140 bar (2030.5278 psi).
(1) Do the nitrogen filling of the MLG two-stage shock absorber (aircraft
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
NOTE : It is recommended that you wait a minimum of 1 hour after you

____
remove the jacks before you do the procedure that follows.
This will let you get a stable temperature and an accurate
value of the shock absorber extension and pressure.
(2) Measure and record the dimension H.

R (Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-033)
(3) Install the standard charging equipment on the top charging valve
(1):
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-030, 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-031)
NOTE : If the equipment manufacturers assembly/operating

____
instructions are different to the data given, use the
equipment manufacturerss instructions.
(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the top charging valve (1).
(b) Make sure that the control valves (13) and (15) are closed.
(c) Connect the filling hose (11) to the three-way valve (12).
(d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the top charging valve (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 344
Nov 01/09

CES
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Dimension H
R Figure 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-033

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 345
Nov 01/09

CES
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber Charging Valves - Detail and Location
Figure 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-030

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 346
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Typical Filling System
Figure 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-031

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 347
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(e) Install the pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (10) on the
three-way valve (12).
(4) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(5) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown on
the pressure gage (10).
(6) Close the top charging valve (1).
R (7) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy +/- 2 Deg.C)
to measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging
valve (1).
NOTE : It is necessary to know the accurate temperature measurement

____
to follow the procedure.
(8) Find the dimension H for the pressure at the top-charging valve (1)
for the measured temperature ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram
1). Compare the H dimension given in ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003)
diagram 1) to the measured dimension H and do one of the steps that
follows:
(a) If the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) (of

the dimension given in ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1),
do step (9). This result means that the fluid level is correct.
or
(b) If the measured H dimension is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.)

but is between+/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) (of the dimension given in
(Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1), do step (10).
or
(c) If the measured H dimension is more than +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.)

(of the dimension given in (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram
1), do step (12).
(9) If the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) (of the
dimension H given in (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1), do the
steps that follow:
NOTE : The measured H dimension can be as low as 33 mm (1.2992 in.)

____
at very low ambient temperatures. This is usual for a shock
absorber in good condition and no maintenance action is
necessary (if the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm
(0.5905 in.) of the correct value).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 348
Feb 01/10

CES
(a) Make sure that the control valve (15) is closed.
(b) Open the control valve (13) to release all pressure from the
filling hose (11).
(c) Close the control valve (13).
(d) Remove the pressure gage (10) from the three-way valve (12).
(e) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the top charging valve (1)
and the three-way valve (12).
(f) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(g) Do the close-up procedure in Para 5.A.
(10) If the measured H dimension is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) but
is between +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) (of the dimension H given in
(Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1), do one of the steps that
follow:
(a) Do step (11)

or
(b) Do the hydraulic replenishment of the MLG two-stage shock

absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008).
(11) If the measured H dimension is between +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) of the

dimension H given in (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) (diagram 1):
- make a note in the aircraft log to do the hydraulic replenishment
of the two-stage shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008) before
50 flight cycles
- do the steps that follow:

____
(a) Make sure that the control valve (15) is closed on the three-way
valve (12).
(b) Open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12), to
release all pressure from the filling hose (11).
(c) Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 349
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(f) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(g) Do the close-up procedure in Para 5.A.
(12) If the measured H dimension is more than +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) of

the dimension H given in ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1):
- do the hydraulic replenishment of the MLG two-stage shock absorber
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-076
A. Remove the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 350
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-12-32-611-008
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific axle jack

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 351
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-004
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 packing 32-11-13 01A-015

5 packing 32-11-13 01E-015
5 packing 32-11-13 01F-015
5 packing 32-11-13 01G-015
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-32-200-001 Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
Absorber
Gears
12-12-32-991-009 Fig. 309
12-12-32-991-008 Fig. 310

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 352
Nov 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-068
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) On panel 400VU:

position
landing gear.
landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-582-055
B. Lift the Aircraft
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the applicable
shock absorber.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-12-32-991-009, 310/TASK 12-12-32-991-008)
Subtask 12-12-32-611-059
A. Hydraulic Replenishment of the Main Landing Gear (MLG) Two-Stage Shock

Absorber
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : As an alternative procedure to replenish the MLG you can use the
____
vacuum procedure in paragraph 4.B. The vacuum procedure will let
the MLG be replenished without extending and compressing the MLG
again and again.
(1) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the bottom charging valve (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 353
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Replenishment Location and Detail
Figure 309/TASK 12-12-32-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 354
Nov 01/09
R
CES
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 310/TASK 12-12-32-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 355
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(2) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the top charging valve (4).
(3) Release the nitrogen pressure:
(a) Slowly open the bottom charging valve assembly (1).
(b) Slowly open the top charging valve assembly (4).
NOTE : During the steps that follow some oil can come out of the
____
top charging valve (4).
(4) Remove and discard the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) from the
body of the top charging valve (4).
(5) Remove the top charging valve assembly (4).
(6) Remove and discard the packing (5) from the top charging valve
assembly (4).
(7) Install the standard charging equipment on the two-stage shock

absorber:
(a) Install the filler adaptor (17) in the port of the top charging
valve.
(b) TORQUE the filler adaptor (17) to between 1.13 and 1.58 m.daN
(99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(c) Connect the elbow-fitting (18) to the filler adaptor (17).
(d) Connect the filling hose (16) to the elbow fitting (18).
(e) Install the 28 bar (406.1055 psi) pressure gage (15) on the
(f) Connect the three-way valve (19) to the filling hose (16).
(g) Connect the hydraulic pump (24) and the hydraulic fluid reservoir
(23) to the three-way valve (19) with the supply hose (25).
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES

_______
OR IN YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN
GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH
HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN
YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 356
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(h) Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004)
or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in

____
all applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.
(i) Connect the bleed hose (21) between the three-way valve (19) and
the drain container (22).
(j) Open the control valves (20) and (26).
(k) Bleed the filling system with the hydraulic pump (24).
(8) Put the axle jack in position under the jacking dome (6) of the
applicable landing gear. Make sure that the axle jack is free to move
forward and aft.
(9) Fill the shock absorber with hydraulic fluid:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN 22

_______
BAR (319 PSI). IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.

_______
BAR (203 PSI) IF THE CHARGING EQUIPMENT HAS A SIGHT GLASS.
IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SIGHT GLASS.
NOTE : 20 l (5.2833 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill

____
each shock absorber.
(a) Make sure that:

- the bottom charging valve (1) is open
- the control valve (20) is open
- the control valve (26) is closed.
(b) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber. At the
same time, monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (22).
NOTE : It is possible that no hydraulic fluid will bleed into the

____
drain container (22) when you initially compress the shock
absorber.
(c) Close the control valve (20) and open the control valve (26).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 357
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(d) Use the hydraulic pump (24) to slowly increase the pressure of
the hydraulic supply to 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). Let the pressure
become stable.
(e) Keep the pressure of the hydraulic supply at 13.8 bar (200.1520
psi). At the same time, slowly lower the axle jack to let the
shock absorber fully extend.
(f) When the shock absorber is fully extended, let the pressure
become stable at 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi).
(g) Release the hydraulic supply pressure.
(h) Close the control valve (26) and open the control valve (20).
(10) Do the step (9) again until the hydraulic fluid from the bleed hose
(21) contains no air. (There are no bubbles in the fluid).
(11) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
(12) Keep the shock absorber compressed and the hydraulic pressure
released.
(13) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (25) from the three-way valve
(19).
(14) Loosen the elbow fitting (18) at the filler adaptor (17) and let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (22).
(15) Remove the elbow fitting (18) from the filler adaptor (17).
(16) Close the control valve (20) and remove the bleed hose (21) and the
drain container (22).
(17) Remove the filler adaptor (17).
(18) Install a new packing (5) to the top charging valve assembly (4).
(19) Install the charging valve assembly (4) in the top charging valve
port.
(20) TORQUE the body of the top charging valve (4) to between 1.13 and
1.58 m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(21) Safety the body of the charging valve (4) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 358
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(22) Make sure that the bottom charging valve (1) and the top charging
(23) Install the blanking cap (2) on the bottom charging valve (1).
(24) Install the blanking cap (3) on the top charging valve (4).
(25) Lower and remove the axle jack.
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
(27) Make a note in the aircraft log:

- it is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less than 24
hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.
NOTE : New hydraulic fluid can absorb nitrogen.

____
Shock absorber nitrogen pressure can decrease.
Subtask 12-12-32-611-069
B. Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber with the

Vacuum Procedure
_______
NOTE : This procedure will allow the MLG to be replenished without

____
extending and compressing the MLG again and again.
(1) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the bottom charging valve (1).
(2) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the top charging valve (4).
(3) Release the nitrogen pressure:
(a) Slowly open the bottom charging valve assembly (1).
(b) Slowly open the top charging valve assembly (4).
NOTE : During the steps that follow some oil can come out of the
____
top charging valve (4).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 359
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(4) Remove the gas from the oil as follows:
(a) Put the axle jack in position under the jacking dome (6) of the
applicable landing gear. Make sure that the axle jack is free to
move forward and aft.
(b) Release all the nitrogen from the bottom charging valve assembly
(1).
(c) Close the bottom charging valve assembly (1).
(d) Make sure that:

- the top charging valve assembly (4) is open
- the bottom charging valve assembly (1) is closed.
(e) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
(f) Close the top charging valve assembly (4).
(g) Slowly lower the axle jack to fully extend the shock absorber.
(h) When the shock absorber is fully extended, do not continue the
procedure for a minimum of 30 minutes (to let the shock absorber
become stable).
NOTE : A vacuum will be present in the shock absorber chamber 1

____
for 30 minutes.
(i) Slowly open the top charging valve assembly (4).
NOTE : Nitrogen will be released.

____
(5) Remove and discard the lock wire from the body of the top charging
valve (4).
(6) Remove the top charging valve assembly (4).
(7) Remove and discard the packing (5) from the top charging valve
assembly (4).
(8) Install the standard charging equipment on the two-stage shock

absorber:
(a) Install the filler adaptor (17) in the port of the top charging
valve.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 360
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(b) TORQUE the filler adaptor (17) to between 1.13 and 1.58 m.daN
(99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(c) Connect the elbow fitting (18) to the filler adaptor (17).
(d) Connect the filling hose (16) to the elbow fitting (18).
(e) Install the 28 bar (406.1055 psi) pressure gage (15) on the
(f) Connect the three-way valve (19) to the filling hose (16).
(g) Connect the hydraulic pump (24) and the hydraulic fluid reservoir
(23) to the three-way valve (19) with the supply hose (25).
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES

_______
OR IN YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN
GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH
HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN
YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(h) Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS

(Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004)
or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in

____
all applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.
(i) Connect the bleed hose (21) between the three-way valve (19) and
the drain container (22).
(j) Open the control valves (20) and (26).
(k) Bleed the filling system with the hydraulic pump (24).
(9) Fill the shock absorber with hydraulic fluid:

_______
BAR (319 PSI). IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.

_______
BAR (203 PSI) IF THE CHARGING EQUIPMENT HAS A SIGHT GLASS.
IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SIGHT GLASS.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 361
Nov 01/09
R
CES
NOTE : 20 l (5.2833 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill
____
each shock absorber.
(a) Make sure that:

- the bottom charging valve (1) is open
- the control valve (20) is open
- the control valve (26) is closed.
(b) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber. At the
same time, monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (22).
NOTE : It is possible that no hydraulic fluid will bleed into the

____
drain container (22) when you initially compress the shock
absorber.
(c) Close the control valve (20) and open the control valve (26).
(d) Use the hydraulic pump (24) to slowly increase the pressure of
the hydraulic supply to 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). Let the pressure
become stable.
(e) Keep the pressure of the hydraulic supply at 13.8 bar (200.1520
psi). At the same time, slowly lower the axle jack to let the
shock absorber fully extend.
(f) When the shock absorber is fully extended, let the pressure
becomes stable at 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). When the pressure
becomes stable, do not continue the procedure for a minimum of 5
minutes.
(g) Release the hydraulic supply pressure.
(h) Close the control valve (26) and open the control valve (20).
(10) Use the axle jack to slowly and fully compress the shock absorber.
NOTE : Oil that comes out must not contain bubbles.

____
(11) Keep the shock absorber compressed and the hydraulic pressure
released.
(12) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (25) from the three-way valve
(19).
(13) Loosen the elbow-fitting (18) at the filler adaptor (17) and let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (22).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 362
Nov 01/09
R
CES
(14) Remove the elbow-fitting (18) from the filler adaptor (17).
(15) Close the control valve (20) and remove the bleed hose (21) and the
drain container (22).
(16) Remove the filler adaptor (17).
(17) Install a new packing (5) to the top charging valve assembly (4).
(18) Install the charging valve assembly (4) in the top charging valve
port.
(19) TORQUE the body of the top charging valve (4) to between 1.13 and
1.58 m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(20) Safety the body of the top charging valve (4) with MISCELLANEOUS
(21) Make sure that the bottom charging valve (1) and the top charging
valve are closed (4).
(24) Slowly lower and remove the axle jack.
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
(26) Make a note in the aircraft log:

- It is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less than 24
hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 363
Nov 01/09
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-586-053
A. Lower the Aircraft
items.
(3) Lower the aircraft on its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-067
B. Remove the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 364
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-12-32-611-006
Replenishment of the MLG Torque Link Damper
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific approved AN connector

No specific hydraulic source (minimum supply pressure 50 psi)
R No specific 1 CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
No specific AR GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
No specific AR HOSE - BLEED
No specific AR SPATULA - NON METALLIC

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 365
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
460006804 1 BLEED ADAPTOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
12-12-32-991-014 Fig. 311

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 366
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-067
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

position
landing gear.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-054
A. Replenishment of the Main Landing Gear (MLG) Torque Link Damper

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-12-32-991-014)
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Remove the sealant from the bleed screw (1) and the bleed plug (2)
with the SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cap assembly (6) and the
bleed screw (1).
(3) Clean the items that follow with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
R made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003):
- the bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).
(4) Remove the cap assembly (6) and the bleed screw (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 367
Feb 01/10

CES
Torque Link Damper
Figure 311/TASK 12-12-32-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 368
Nov 01/09

CES
(5) Install the BLEED ADAPTOR (460006804) to the bleed plug (2).
(6) Install the HOSE - BLEED on the BLEED ADAPTOR.
R (7) Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the bleed hose.
(8) Open the bleed plug (2).
(9) Install an approved AN connector to the check valve (7).
(10) Connect a GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC or a hydraulic source (minimum

supply pressure 50 psi) that contains HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
02-003), to the approved AN connector.
(11) You must obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-
910-002).
(12) Supply hydraulic fluid, at a pressure of between 2.42 bar (35 psi)
and 2.75 bar (40 psi), to the check valve (7).
(13) Keep the hydraulic pressure until you get an air-free flow of fluid
from the bleed plug (2).
(14) Increase the pressure of the hydraulic fluid to between 2.75 bar (40
psi) and 3.45 bar (50 psi).
(15) Close the bleed plug (2).
(16) Make sure that the reservoir can (4) moves between 1.5 mm (0.05 in.)
and 3.1 mm (0.12 in.) above the FULL level indicator line.
(17) Keep the hydraulic pressure for a time of 3 minutes. During the 3
minutes make sure that:
- no external leakage of fluid occurs
- the reservoir can (4) does not move.
(18) If there is leakage and/or the reservoir-can (4) moves:

- slowly open the bleed plug (2) to release the hydraulic pressure
- do the steps (9) thru (14) again.
(19) Decrease the hydraulic pressure to zero. Disconnect the hydraulic

ground cart or the hydraulic source and the approved AN connector
from the check valve (7).
(20) Measure the quantity of hydraulic fluid that comes out of the check
valve (7) during a time of 15 seconds. There must be no more than 15
drops.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 369
Feb 01/10

CES
(21) Open the bleed plug (2) slowly until the reservoir can (4) becomes
level with the FULL line. Close the bleed plug (2).
(22) If the released hydraulic fluid contains air:

- slowly open the bleed plug (2) to release the hydraulic pressure
- do the steps (9) thru (18) again.
(23) Remove the bleed hose and the BLEED ADAPTOR from the bleed plug (2).
(24) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(25) Install the cap assembly (6) on the check valve (7).
(26) Install the bleed screw (1) in the bleed plug (2).
(27) TORQUE the bleed screw (1) to between 0.17 and 0.22 m.daN (15.04 and
19.46 lbf.in).
(28) TORQUE the cap assembly (7) to between 0.57 and 0.67 m.daN (50.44 and
59.29 lbf.in).
R (29) Safety the items that follow with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 010):
- the bleed screw (1) to the piston assembly (3)
- the cap assembly (6) to the adjacent bolt (5).
(30) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the items that follow:
- bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-066
A. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 370
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-12-32-610-001
R Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level and Charge Pressure (Two-Point Check -
R Aircraft on Jacks to start)
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The NLG shock absorber charge pressure must be measured with the
____
aircraft lifted on jacks and on the ground. This procedure does the
aircraft-on-jacks check first and then the on-ground check. If
necessary, the on-ground check can be done first followed by the
on-jacks check with the procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-610-001-01).
NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully lifted on jacks
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or lifted at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 371
Feb 01/10

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accurate to
+/- 2 Deg.C)
0.5 bar)
No specific GAGE 30 BAR (435 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/- 0.2
bar)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-32-611-005 NLG Shock Absorber Oil Replenishment and Nitrogen
Filling (Aircraft on Jacks)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 372
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-029 Fig. 304
R 12-12-32-991-024 Fig. 312
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-073
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is
in the DOWN position.
NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-054
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 373
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-12-32-991-024)
Subtask 12-12-32-582-056
A. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks
07-11-00-581-003).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-080
B. Adjust the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Dimension H must
be between 447 mm (17.5984 in.) and 451 mm (17.7559 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(2) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY

(M21930) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(a) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) to the nitrogen source.
(b) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) to the three-way valve
(12).

____
(d) Remove the blanking cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY.
(e) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(f) Slowly open the control valves (13) and (19) on the three-way
valve (12) and the control valve of the nitrogen source. Blow
nitrogen through the charging equipment to bleed the system with
nitrogen.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 374
Feb 01/10

CES
R NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Jacks to Start
R Figure 312/TASK 12-12-32-991-024

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 375
Feb 01/10

CES
(g) Close the control valves (13) and (19) on the three-way valve
(12) and the control valve of the nitrogen source.
_______
(h) Install the GAGE 30 BAR (435 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/- 0.2
bar) (10) on the three-way valve (12).
(3) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
knurled shoulder (3). This will install the seal (4) on the
charging valve (6).
(4) Do a check of the charging equipment for leaks as follows:
(a) Make sure that the charging valve (6) and the control valve (13)
on the three-way valve (12) are closed.
(b) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Add
nitrogen until the pressure shown on the pressure gage is 19 bar
(275.5716 psi).
(e) Let the pressure become stable, continue after a minimum of five
minutes. This will make sure that there are no leaks in the
charging equipment.
(f) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(5) Do a check of the NLG shock absorber charge pressure as follows:
(a) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accurate to +/- 2

Deg.C) to measure and record the temperature adjacent to the
charging valve (6). Make sure that the thermometer touches the
shock absorber outer-cylinder. If possible, measure the

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 376
Feb 01/10
R
CES
temperature at the top part of the cylinder (through the vent
hole) at the aft part of the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to open the charging valve (6). Open the
control valve (19) and record the pressure shown on the pressure
gage (10).
(c) Close the control valve (19) and the charging valve (6).
(d) Refer to the table and use the recorded temperature value to
identify the correct charge pressure.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(e) If the recorded pressure value is the same as the correct

pressure plus or minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi), go to step (7).
(6) If the pressure is incorrect, inflate the NLG shock absorber as

follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to open the charging valve (6).
(c) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source to adjust
the charge pressure in the shock absorber. Do this until you get
the correct value as identified in step (5)(d).
(d) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(e) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to close the charging valve (6).
(f) Let the pressure become stable, continue after fifteen minutes.
(g) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and the
charging valve (6). Make sure that the pressure gage (10) shows
the same pressure as the correct pressure in step (5)(d) plus or
minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(h) If necessary, do steps (a) to (g) again to adjust the pressure.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 377
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(7) Remove the equipment as follows:
(a) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to close the charging valve (6).
(c) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(d) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12). Close the control
valve (13).
NOTE : Do not remove the charging equipment if you do the

____
aircraft-on-ground measurement after the aircraft-on-jacks
measurement. If you do not remove the charging equipment,
go to Para.4.C.
(e) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(f) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment
from the charging valve (6).
(g) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(h) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(i) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-586-054
C. Lower the Aircraft
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 378
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-12-32-614-081
D. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on

Ground)
NOTE : The aircraft-on-ground measurement must be done less than eight

____
days after the on-jacks measurement.
NOTE : For the tasks completed with the A/C in a weight-on-wheels

____
configuration, the A/C must be stable (no movement of persons in
the A/C).

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 379
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
charging valve (6).
(c) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accurate to +/- 2

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(d) Measure and record the shock absorber extension (dimension H).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(e) Use the recorded dimension H and temperature values to identify

the correct pressure for the shock absorber extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(f) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Do this
until the pressure gage (10) shows the necessary pressure plus or
minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(g) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(h) Do a check of the pressure in the charging equipment. Make sure

that the pressure stays stable for five minutes and there are no
leaks.
(i) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 380
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(a) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accurate to +/- 2

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to slowly open the charging valve (6).
(c) Open the control valve (19) and record the pressure shown on the
pressure gage (10).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(e) Use the recorded pressure and temperature values to identify the
correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension. Compare
this value with the dimension H recorded in step (d).
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(f) If the recorded H value is the same as the correct dimension H

plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (5).
(g) If the dimension H is incorrect, do the NLG shock absorber oil

replenishment and nitrogen filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-
611-005).
(5) Remove the charging equipment as follows:
(c) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12).
(d) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(e) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 381
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(f) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(g) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(h) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-054
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-072
B. Removal of the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 382
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-12-32-610-001- 01
R Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level and Charge Pressure (Two-Point Check -
R Aircraft on Ground to start)
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The Nose Landing Gear (NLG) shock absorber charge pressure must be
____
measured with the aircraft on the ground and lifted on jacks. This
procedure does the aircraft-on-ground check first and then the
on-jacks check. If necessary, the on-jacks check can be done first
followed by the on-ground check with the procedure (Ref. TASK
12-12-32-610-001).
NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully lifted on jacks
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or lifted at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
____

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 383
Feb 01/10

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

+/- 2 Deg.C)
0.5 bar)
No specific GAGE 30 BAR (435 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/- 0.2
bar)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 384
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-029 Fig. 304
R 12-12-32-991-025 Fig. 313
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-074
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-055
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 385
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-12-32-991-025)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-082
A. Adjust the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Wheels)

____
the A/C).

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
valve (12) and the control valve on the nitrogen source. Blow
nitrogen.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 386
Feb 01/10

CES
NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Ground to start
R Figure 313/TASK 12-12-32-991-025

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 387
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
knurled shoulder (3). This will install the seal on the charging
valve (6).
(c) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy +/- 2

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(f) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Do this
until the pressure gage (10) shows the necessary charging
pressure plus or minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(h) Do a check of the pressure in the charging equipment. Make sure

leaks.
(i) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 388
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(a) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy +/- 2

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
pressure gage (10).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
this value with the dimension H you recorded in step (d).
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(f) If the measured H value is the same as the reference value plus
or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (6).
(5) If the shock absorber extension (dimension H) is incorrect, inflate

the NLG shock absorber as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to open the charging valve (6).
(c) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source to adjust
the shock absorber extension. Do this until you get the correct
value as identified in step (4)(e).
(d) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(e) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to close the charging valve (6).
(f) Let the pressure become stable, continue after fifteen minutes.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 389
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(g) Repeat steps (a) to (f) until the measured dimension H agrees
with the correct value plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(6) Remove the charging equipment as follows:
(c) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(d) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12). Close the control
valve (13).
NOTE : Do not remove the charging equipment if you do the

____
aircraft-on-jacks measurement after the aircraft-on-ground
measurement. If you do not remove the charging equipment,
go to Para.4.B.
(e) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(f) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment
(g) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).
(h) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(i) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-582-057
B. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks
07-11-00-581-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 390
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-12-32-614-083
C. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
NOTE : The aircraft-on-jack measurement must be done less than eight days
____
after the on-ground measurement.
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Dimension H must
be between 447 mm (17.5984 in.) and 451 mm (17.7559 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
(12) and the control valve on the nitrogen source.
_______
(h) Install the GAGE 30 BAR (435 PSI) - PRESSURE (accurate to +/- 0.2
bar) (10) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 391
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
charging valve (6).
(b) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Add
nitrogen until the pressure shown on the pressure gage is 19 bar
(275.5716 psi).
(e) Let the pressure become stable, continue after a minimum of five
minutes. This will make sure that there are no leaks in the
charging equipment.
(f) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(a) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy +/- 2

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
pressure gage (10).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 392
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(d) Use the table to identify the correct pressure value for the
recorded temperature. Compare this value with the pressure
recorded in step (c).
(e) If the recorded pressure value is the same as the correct

pressure plus or minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi), go to step (6).
(f) If the pressure is incorrect, do the NLG shock absorber oil

replenishment and nitrogen filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-
611-005).
(6) Remove the equipment as follows:
(c) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12).
(d) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(e) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment
(f) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(g) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(h) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-586-055
D. Lower the Aircraft
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 393
Feb 01/10
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-055
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-073

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 394
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-12-32-610-002
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fluid Level
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The NLG shock absorber nitrogen pressure and fluid level must be
____
measured with the aircraft in heavy configuration and light
configuration. This procedure does at first the heavy configuration
check and then the light configuration check. If necessary, the light
configuration check can be done first followed by the heavy
configuration check in Task 12-12-32-610-002-01.
NOTE : To get the necessary Center of Gravity (CG) weight and configuration
____
for this task, refer to TSM Task 32-31-00-810-876. This task will
give the H values for each aircraft weight and CG.
____

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 395
Feb 01/10
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

+/- 2 Deg.C)
0.5 bar)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-00-00-081-002 Removal of the Safety Devices from the Landing Gear
Doors
Gears
Gear Doors
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 396
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302

12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-029 Fig. 304
R 12-12-32-991-038 Fig. 314
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R 12-12-32-991-026 Fig. 315
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R 12-12-32-991-026-B Fig. 315A
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 12-12-32-991-026-A Fig. 315B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-075
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
NLG doors.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 397
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-12-32-010-056
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR in the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the NLG.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-12-32-991-038)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-084
A. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Heavy
Aircraft Configuration

____
the A/C).
(1) Measure and record the shock absorber extension, (dimension H).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(2) Use a thermometer (range -45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C, accuracy +/- 2 Deg.C)
to measure and record the temperature adjacent to the charging valve
(6). Make sure that the thermometer touches the shock absorber
outer-cylinder. If possible, measure the temperature at the top part
of the cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the main
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(3) Read the values H1 and H2 in the related diagram for the recorded
temperature and the aircraft. Make sure that the measured dimension H
is between the values H1 and H2.
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 398
Feb 01/10

CES
R NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft in Heavy Configuration to Start
R Figure 314/TASK 12-12-32-991-038

R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 399
Feb 01/10

CES
Limit of the H Dimension
R Figure 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-12-32

Page A300
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND BALANCE STAY IN THE
_______
SPECIFIED LIMITS WHILE YOU SELECT A CORRECT CONFIGURATION.
(4) If the recorded dimension H is not between the values H1 and H2, the
aircraft is not in a correct configuration. Put the aircraft in a
heavy configuration so that dimension H is between H1 and H2.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A301
Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 12-12-32

Page A302
Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-12-32

Page A303
Feb 01/10

CES
_______
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
charging valve (6).
(7) Do a check for leaks in the standard charging equipment as follows:
(c) Measure and record the shock absorber extension (dimension H).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(d) Use the recorded dimension H and the temperature measured in step
(2) to identify the correct pressure for the shock absorber
extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(e) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Do this
until the pressure gage shows the correct pressure plus or minus
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(f) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(g) Do a check of the pressure in the charging equipment. Make sure

leaks.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A304
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(h) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(8) Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging valve (6).
(9) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(10) Record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10).
(11) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(14) Use the recorded pressure and temperature values to identify the
correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension. Compare this
value with the dimension H you recorded in step (13).
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(15) If the correct dimension H is the same as the value recorded in step
(1) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (17).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A305
Feb 01/10

CES
(16) If the difference between the recorded dimension H and the correct H
value is higher than 10 mm (0.3937 in.), continue as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(b) Inflate the shock absorber until it gets to the correct dimension
H plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(d) Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after fifteen
minutes.
(e) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(f) Measure and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10)
and the shock absorber extension (dimension H).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(g) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(h) Use the new recorded pressure and temperature values to identify
in the related table the correct dimension H for the shock
absorber extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(i) Do steps (a) to (h) again until the recorded dimension H is the
same as the correct H value identified in step (14)(h) plus or
minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(17) When the dimension H is correct, turn the wrench (7) clockwise to
close the charging valve (6).
(18) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to release the pressure in the
charging system.
NOTE : Do not remove the charging equipment and the filling assembly
____
if you do the light aircraft configuration measurement after
the heavy aircraft configuration measurement. If you do not
remove the charging equipment and the filling assembly go to
Para.4.B.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A306
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(19) Remove the nitrogen source hose (18) from the nitrogen source.
(20) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(21) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment.
(22) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24 and
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(23) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of

(24) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-086
B. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Light
Aircraft Configuration
NOTE : The light aircraft pressure/stroke measurement must be done less

____
than 8 days after the heavy aircraft pressure/stroke measurement.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A307
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
temperature and the aircraft. Make sure that the dimension H is
between the values H3 and H4.
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
_______
aircraft is not in a suitable configuration. Put the aircraft in a
light configuration so that dimension H is between H3 and H4.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A308
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A309
Feb 01/10

CES
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(6).
(a) Make sure the charging valve (6) and the control valve (13) on
the three-way valve (12) are closed.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
until pressure gage (10) shows the correct pressure plus or minus
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).

leaks.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A310
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(11) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(14) Measure and record the shock absorber extension (dimension H).
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(16) If the recorded dimension H is the same as the correct H value

identified in step (15) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step
(19).
(17) If the difference between the two values is higher than 10 mm (0.3937
in.), do the NLG shock absorber oil replenishment and nitrogen
filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A311
Feb 01/10

CES
(18) If the pressure and the extension are correctly related, remove the
pressure gage (10).
(19) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) and the standard charging
equipment.
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-056
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-081-002).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-074
B. Removal of the Equipment.
(1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIERS.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A312
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-12-32-610-002- 01
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fluid Level
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The NLG shock absorber nitrogen pressure and fluid level must be
____
measured with the aircraft in light configuration and heavy
configuration. This procedure does at first the light configuration
check and then the heavy configuration check. If necessary, the heavy
configuration check can be done first followed by the light
configuration check in Task 12-12-32-610-002.
NOTE : To get the necessary weight and Center of Gravity (CG) configuration
____
for this task, refer to TSM Task 32-31-00-810-876. This task will
give the H values for each aircraft weight and CG.
____

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A313
Feb 01/10
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

+/- 2 Deg.C)
0.5 bar)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-00-00-081-002 Removal of the Safety Devices from the Landing Gear
Doors
Gears
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A314
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-991-029 Fig. 304
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R 12-12-32-991-026 Fig. 315
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R 12-12-32-991-026-B Fig. 315A
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R 12-12-32-991-026-A Fig. 315B
R **ON A/C ALL
R 12-12-32-991-039 Fig. 316
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-076
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
NLG doors.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A315
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-12-32-010-057
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR in the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-12-32-991-039)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-085
A. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Light
Aircraft Configuration.

____
the A/C).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A316
Feb 01/10

CES
R NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft in Light Configuration to Start
R Figure 316/TASK 12-12-32-991-039

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A317
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
_______
aircraft is not in a correct configuration. Put the aircraft in a
light configuration so that dimension H is between H3 and H4.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A318
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
than 3 m (9.84 ft.) long. A filling hose length of more
than 3 m (9.84 ft.) will decrease pressure measurement
accuracy.
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A319
Feb 01/10

CES
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(6).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).

leaks.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A320
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(10) Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10).
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(15) If the correct dimension H is the same as the value recorded in step
(13) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (17).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A321
Feb 01/10

CES
(16) If the difference between the recorded dimension H and the correct H
value is higher than 10 mm (0.3937 in.), proceed as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(b) Inflate the shock absorber until it gets to the correct dimension
H plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(d) Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after fifteen
minutes.
(e) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (10).
(f) Measure and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10)
and the shock absorber extension (dimension H).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(g) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(h) Use the new recorded pressure and temperature values to identify
the correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension in the
related table.
(i) Do steps (a) to (h) again until the dimension H is the same as
the correct H value read at step (14)(h) plus or minus 10 mm
(0.3937 in.).
(17) When the dimension H is correct, turn the wrench (9) clockwise to
close the charging valve (6).
(18) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to release the pressure in the
charging system.
NOTE : Do not remove

____ the charging equipment and the filling assembly
if you do the heavy configuration measurement after the light
configuration measurement. If you do not remove the charging
equipment and the filling assembly, go to Para.4.B.
(19) Remove the nitrogen source hose (18) from the nitrogen source.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A322
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(20) Remove the pressure gage (10).
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

Subtask 12-12-32-614-087
B. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Heavy
Aircraft Configuration.
NOTE : The heavy aircraft pressure/stroke measurement must be done less

____
than 8 days after the light aircraft pressure/stroke measurement.
(1) Measure and record the shock absorber extension (dimension H).
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A323
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
_______
aircraft is not in a suitable configuration. Put the aircraft in a
heavy configuration so that dimension H is between H1 and H2.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A324
Feb 01/10

CES
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A325
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).

leaks.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(11) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A326
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
R **ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 315A/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-B)
R **ON A/C 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 315B/TASK 12-12-32-991-026-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-029)
(16) If the recorded dimension H is the same as the correct H value plus
or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (19).
(17) If the difference between the values is higher than 10 mm (0.3937

in.), do the NLG shock absorber oil replenishment and nitrogen
filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
(18) If the pressure and the extension are correctly related, remove the
pressure gage (10).
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.


EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A327
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-057
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-081-002).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-075

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A328
Feb 01/10
R
CES
NLG Shock Absorber - Dimension H
R Figure 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-035

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A329
Feb 01/10

CES
NLG Shock Absorber - Pressure Table
R Figure 318/TASK 12-12-32-991-021

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A330
Feb 01/10

CES
OIL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to oil replenishing of the engine
and the accessories such as the IDG, the pneumatic starter etc...

EFF :

ALL 12-13-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
ELECTRICAL POWER - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-13-24-680-040
Draining of the Oil from the IDG
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.

_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:

_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF

_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)

No specific warning notice
No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 301
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP8001 *

Lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101
LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 O-ring 24-21-51 02 -020

2 O-ring 24-21-51 02A-020
2 O-ring 24-21-51 02C-020
2 O-ring 24-21-51 02D-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-24-612-041 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or

Addition of Oil after a Level Check
12-32-24-281-001 Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
24-21-00-612-043 Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 302
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24-991-300 Fig. 301
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,
12-13-24-991-300-A Fig. 301A
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-057
A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-13-24-941-063
B. Safety Precautions
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize

the FADEC 1(2).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 303
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-13-24-010-060
C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 12-13-24-481-054
D. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-300)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-13-24-991-300-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 12-13-24-864-059
R A. Depressurization of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) Case
WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (5).
(2) Remove the dust cap (3) from the overflow drain valve (4).
(3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
FILLING UP in the container.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 304
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
IDG Servicing - IDG Drain and Fill Ports
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-300

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 305
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 301A/TASK 12-13-24-991-300-A

R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 12-13-24

Page 306
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:
(a) Connect the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (4).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (6) of
____
the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.
Subtask 12-13-24-680-059
B. Draining of the IDG Oil
_______
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (1).
NOTE : Approximately 3.8 l (1.0038 USgal) of oil will flow into the
____
container.
(2) Remove the case drain plug (1).
(3) Remove the O-ring (2) and discard it.
(4) Drain the oil.
NOTE : - If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the
____
IDG after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-
043)
- If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-24-281-001).
Subtask 12-13-24-640-053
C. Lubricate the new O-ring (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-13-24-420-059
D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug
(1) Install the new O-ring (2) on the case drain plug (1).
(2) Install the case drain plug (1).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 307
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (1) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (1) with Lockwire (Material No. CP8001)
0.032 in. (0.8127 mm) dia..
Subtask 12-13-24-420-065
E. Installation of the Dust Cap
(1) Remove the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
UP from the overflow drain valve (4).
(2) Install the dust cap (3) on the overflow drain valve (4).
Subtask 12-13-24-612-065
F. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-041), if you must not remove the IDG.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-440-051
A. Make the thrust reverser serviceable after maintenance (Ref. TASK 78-30-
00-081-041).
Subtask 12-13-24-410-062
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-862-057
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 308
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
TASK 12-13-24-612-041
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after a Level
Check
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______

_______
CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure if you:

- fill an IDG installed on aircraft after you drained it,
- fill replacement IDG installed on the aircraft,
- add oil when the oil level at the sightglass is not correct,
- add oil after replacement of the scavenge filter element,
- add oil after replacement of a component of the IDG-oil cooling system. *

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 309
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-21-00-612-046 IDG Oil-Type Change

Power
the External Power
71-00-00-710-001 Dry Motoring Check
71-00-00-710-003 Engine Automatic Start
Maintenance
Maintenance
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24-991-301 Fig. 302

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 310
Config-1 Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,
12-13-24-991-301-A Fig. 302A
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-13-24-941-066
engine.
R minutes before you do this procedure.

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 12-13-24-010-062

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 311
Config-1 Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-13-24-481-053
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-301)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-13-24-991-301-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 12-13-24-864-061
A. Depressurization of the IDG Case
_______
SKIN.
_______
____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 312
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-24

Page 313
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-301- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 314
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 315
Config-1 Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 302A/TASK 12-13-24-991-301-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 12-13-24

Page 316
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES

R

EFF :
401-499,
234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 12-13-24

Page 317
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-13-24-612-062
B. Filling of the IDG with Oil
CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX

_______
TYPES//BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
NOTE : In case of OIL type/brand change, refer to (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-

____
612-046).
NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water

____
contamination of the IDG oil during the filling procedure.
(1) Remove the dust cap (2) from the pressure fill valve (6).
(2) Connect the pressure fill hose (1) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
UP to the pressure fill valve (6).
(3) Fill the IDG with filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a maximum
pressure of 35 psi (2.4131 bar).
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of approved oil brand-names for
____
IDG servicing.
(4) Stop this operation when the quantity of oil collected from the
overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is 0.95 l
(0.2509 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 12-13-24-080-062
C. Removal of the Hoses
(1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (1) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
FILLING UP from the pressure fill valve (6).
(2) Install the dust cap (2) on the pressure fill valve (6).
(3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (7) of the
TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , remove the hose (7).
Subtask 12-13-24-710-055
D. If you replaced a part of the oil system (filter, external system

component, drain plug), do a dry motoring for leak check before
inspection (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 318
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-13-24-210-056
E. Inspection of the Oil Level
NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).
Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine run at minimum
idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003). This is to make sure you get
maximum filling of the external oil circuit.
(1) Inspection of the oil level with or without dry motoring.
CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable.
(b) Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:

- if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil
servicing is not necessary.
- if the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the green band, do the steps 4.A. and
4.C. again.
(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine run (alternative

procedure).
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.
(b) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:

- if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing
is not necessary,
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
and 4.C. again.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 319
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-410-059
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-862-054
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-24

Page 320
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
TASK 12-13-24-612-041- 01
Do Quick Oil Servicing - Filling of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) with
Oil for Oil Complement after Level Check
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______

_______
_______
THE IDG.
_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is for quick adjustment of the IDG oil level during transit
only if there is no time to do the normal procedure.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 321
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-21-00-612-046 IDG Oil-Type Change

Power
the External Power
Maintenance
Maintenance
12-13-24-991-302 Fig. 303

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 322
Config-1 Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
Subtask 12-13-24-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 12-13-24-941-067
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
R minutes before you do this procedure.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
Subtask 12-13-24-010-063

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-481-051

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 323
Config-1 Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-302)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-062
_______
SKIN.
_______
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) (6) below the IDG.
FILLING UP in the container (6).
(4) Depressurize the IDG case. To do this, connect the overflow drain
hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP to the overflow drain
valve (8).
Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK -
ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
Subtask 12-13-24-612-063

_______
R NOTE : In case of OIL type/brand change, refer to (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-

____
R 612-046).
NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, you must use precautions to

____
prevent water contamination of the IDG oil during filling
procedures.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 324
Config-1 Aug 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-24

Page 325
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Quick Oil Servicing - IDG

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 326
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Quick Oil Servicing - IDG

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 327
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of approved oil brand-names for IDG
____
servicing.
(3) Slowly pump the filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) into the IDG to
35 psi (2.4131 bar) maximum.
(4) Stop this operation when the oil level in the sightglass (1) is at
the top of the green band.
NOTE : There is a delay between the oil complement and the oil level
____
change in the sightglass.
NOTE : Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:

____
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-302)
- the oil level must be at or near the line between the yellow
band and the green band,
- if the oil level is above this position, do the normal
procedure of oil replenishing to adjust the oil level.
Subtask 12-13-24-020-056
(1) Remove the pressure fill hose (3) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
from the pressure fill valve (2).
(3) Remove the overflow drain hose (7) from the overflow drain valve (8).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-13-24

Page 328
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
Subtask 12-13-24-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 12-13-24-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-13-24

Page 329
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
ELECTRICAL POWER - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-13-24-680-010
Draining of the Oil from the IDG
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______

_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 301
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V02-119 *

Lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 packing 24-21-51 81B-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-24-281-001 Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
24-21-00-612-044 Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
Power
the External Power
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
12-13-24-991-152 Fig. 301

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 302
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-13-24-941-060
engine.

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 12-13-24-010-058

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 12-13-24-040-052
D. Deactivate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 303
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-152)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-057
A. Depressurization of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) Case
_______
SKIN.
_______
____
Subtask 12-13-24-680-055
B. Draining of the IDG Oil
_______
NOTE : Approximately 3.8 l (1.0038 USgal) of oil will flow into the
____
container.
(2) Remove the case drain plug (5).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 304
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 305
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Remove the packing (3) and discard it.
(4) Drain the oil.
NOTE : - If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the
____
IDG after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-
044)
- If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-24-281-001).
Subtask 12-13-24-640-052
C. Lubricate the new packing (3) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-13-24-420-057
(2) Install the case drain plug (5).
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (5) with Lockwire (Material No. V02-119)
0.032 in. (0.8127 mm) dia..
Subtask 12-13-24-420-064
E. Installation of the Dust Cap
(1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
FILLING UP from the overflow drain valve (7).
Subtask 12-13-24-612-064
F. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-011), if you must not remove the IDG.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 306
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-440-050
A. Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 12-13-24-410-061
B. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 12-13-24-862-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 307
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-13-24-612-011
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after a Level
Check
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______

_______
_______
THE IDG.
_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure if you:

- fill an Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) installed on the aircraft after
you drained it,
- fill a replacement IDG installed on the aircraft,
- add oil when the oil level at the sightglass is not correct,
- add oil after replacement of the scavenge filter element,
- add oil after replacement of a component of the IDG-oil cooling system.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 308
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-21-00-612-047 IDG Oil-Type Change

Power
the External Power
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
12-13-24-991-150 Fig. 302

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 309
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 12-13-24-941-062
engine.

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 12-13-24-010-059

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-040-051

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 310
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-150)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-058
_______
SKIN.
_______
____
Subtask 12-13-24-612-059

_______
CAUTION : THE OIL OVERFLOW DRAINAGE PROCEDURE CAN TAKE UP TO 20 MINUTES

_______
TO COMPLETE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE OVERFLOW TIME REQUIREMENTS
CAN CAUSE HIGH IDG OIL LEVEL CONDITION RESULTING IN ELEVATED
OPERATING TEMPERATURES AND DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
NOTE : In case of OIL type/brand change, refer to (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-

____
612-047).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 311
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
IDG - Servicing

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 312
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
IDG - Servicing

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 313
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water
____
contamination of the IDG oil during the filling procedure.
(3) Fill the IDG with the filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a
maximum of 35 psi (2.4131 bar).
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of oil brand-names approved for
____
IDG servicing.
(4) Stop the filling procedure when the quantity of oil collected from
the overflow drain hose (3) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is
0.95 l (0.2509 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 12-13-24-080-058
(1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (5) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
FILLING UP from the pressure fill valve (7).
(3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (3) of the
TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , remove the hose (3).
Subtask 12-13-24-710-053
D. If you replaced a part of the oil system (filter, external system

component, drain plug), do dry motoring for leak check before inspection
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
Subtask 12-13-24-210-054
E. Inspection of the Oil Level
NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine run at minimum
idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043). This is to make sure you get
maximum filling of the external oil system.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 314
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(1) Inspection of the oil level with or without dry motoring.
CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable.
(b) Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:

- if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil
servicing is not necessary.
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the green band, do the steps 4.A. and
4.C. again.
(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine run (alternative

procedure).
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.
(b) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:

- if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing
is not necessary,
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
and 4.C. again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 315
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-24

Page 316
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-27-612-001
Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator (9CE)
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
0U145506 1 CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR
R 0U190363 1 TOOL - FILL, THSA

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 301
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS ST L OR NICKEL ALLOY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 o-ring 27-44-51 02 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-41-00-220-003 Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Ground
Service Cart
12-13-27-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 302
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-052
(1) Put the SAFETY BARRIERS in position.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-051
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Pressurise the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).
R (2) Move the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) fully UP to fully DOWN
R more than three times then back to the zero position (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-220-003).
(3) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the THS.
NOTE : At approximately one hour (after the last movement of the THS
____
actuator) you can do a check of the level of the oil. This
time is necessary for the level of the oil to become stable.
The level of the oil in the THS actuator housing changes with
differences in the housing temperature. At a THS actuator
housing temperature of 20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) the level of the
oil must be at the maximum mark.
(6) On the tail cone, make sure the THS is opposite the 0 mark.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 303
Aug 01/08

CES
THS Actuator
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 304
Nov 01/03
R
CES
Subtask 12-13-27-865-051
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
Subtask 12-13-27-010-053
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position below zone 310.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-050
R A. Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator
_______
(1) Remove the cap (4) from the oil fill plug (3).
(2) Install the TOOL - FILL, THSA (0U190363) on the oil fill plug (3).
(3) If necessary (or if the THS actuator gearbox was drained), cut and
discard the lockwire from the plug (1).
(4) Remove the plug (1) and the O-ring (2). Discard the O-ring (2).
R (5) Monitor the oil level indicator (5) and fill the THS actuator gearbox
R with Material No: OILS (Material No. 03-003), until the quantity is
R correct. The correct quantity is when the oil level is at the MAXI
R mark.
R (6) Remove the TOOL - FILL, THSA (0U190363).
R (7) Clean the cap (4) with a clean lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 305
May 01/09

CES
(8) Install the cap (4).
(9) If the plug (1) has been removed, do the steps that follow:
(a) Make sure that the plug (1) and the plug interface are clean.
R (b) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the new o-ring (2).
R (c) Install the new o-ring (2) on the plug (1) with CONE - MOUNTING,
THS ACTUATOR (0U145506).
(d) Install the plug (1) on the THS actuator.
(e) TORQUE the plug (1) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).
(f) Safety the plug (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-018).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 312AR.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-051

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 306
May 01/09

CES
TASK 12-13-27-612-002
Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU (6201CM) Gearbox
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific container 1 l (0.2641 USgal)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 307
Aug 01/07
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-84-51 01 -250
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-27-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-053

- Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
- Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate
Subtask 12-13-27-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 308
Feb 01/08

CES
Flap Power-Control Unit (6201CM)
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 309
Feb 01/08
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-27

Page 310
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-13-27-864-050
C. Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-051
R A. Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU Gearbox
(1) Put a container below the flap PCU.
(2) Remove the oil-fill plug (1).
(3) Remove and discard the packing (2).
(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the flap PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.
NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added, no
maintenance action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was
R added, replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
R maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
R hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days. Contact AIRBUS for
R advice
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed. Contact
AIRBUS for advice.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 311
May 01/06

CES
(5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth.
(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).
(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).
(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).
(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.
(10) Examine the packing (2) for signs of an oil leak.
(11) Remove the container.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-054
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-055

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 312
May 01/06
R
CES
TASK 12-13-27-612-003
Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU (6001CM) Gearbox
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 313
Feb 01/06
R
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-84-51 01 -250
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-27-991-003 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-054

- Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
- Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate
Subtask 12-13-27-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 314
Feb 01/08

CES
Slat Power-Control Unit (6001CM)
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 315
Feb 01/06
R
CES
Subtask 12-13-27-864-051
C. Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-052
R A. Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU Gearbox
(1) Put a container below the slat PCU gearbox.
(2) Remove the oil-fill plug (1).
(3) Remove and discard the packing (2).
(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the slat PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.
NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added no maintenance
action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) was added,
R replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
R maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
R hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days. Contact AIRBUS for
R advice
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed. Contact
AIRBUS for advice.
(5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 316
May 01/06

CES
(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).
(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).
(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).
(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.
(10) Examine the packing (2) for signs of an oil leak.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-056
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-056

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 317
Feb 01/06

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
TASK 12-13-27-612-004
Drain and Refill Offset Gearboxes of Rotary Actuators with Semi-fluid
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R A663160 1 REPLENISHMENT KIT
460005835 1 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
FOR FIN 6205CM, 6255CM
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
FOR FIN 6211CM

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 318
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 6261CM
FOR FIN 6221CM
FOR FIN 6271CM
FOR FIN 6233CM
FOR FIN 6283CM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-025

LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

12-13-27-991-004 Fig. 304
FOR FIN 6211CM
57-51-37-000-002 Removal of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 319
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
57-51-37-400-002 Installation of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),

R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6261CM
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6221CM
57-51-37-000-004 Removal of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/575HB
(675AB/675BB/675CB/675DB/675EB/675FB/675GB/675HB)
57-51-37-400-004 Installation of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/ 575HB
FOR FIN 6271CM
FOR FIN 6233CM
FOR FIN 6283CM

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 320
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-055
R (1) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
R to operate the flight controls.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) is in position on the slat/flap control lever.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-13-27-010-056
D. Get Access
(1) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 734, 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 321
Feb 01/08

CES
Flap Actuators - Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 322
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 323
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 324
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 325
May 01/05

CES
R (b) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed.
(c) Put an access platform in position in the applicable MLG bay.
(2) FOR 6211CM
(a) Put an access platform below zone 573.
(b) Remove the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
(3) FOR 6261CM
(b) Remove the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
(4) FOR 6221CM
(b) Remove the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(5) FOR 6271CM
(b) Remove the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(6) FOR 6233CM
(b) Remove the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(7) FOR 6283CM
(b) Remove the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 326
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION : DO NOT GET SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT ON PLASTIC OR RUBBER MATERIALS.

_______
SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE
UNWANTED SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT WITH A LINT FREE CLOTH.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 12-13-27-612-053
A. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.1 flap actuators

(6205CM,6255CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean the area around the vent plug
(1), and the drain plug (2).
(2) Remove the vent plug (1), and the drain plug (2).
R (3) Use the REPLENISHMENT KIT (A663160) to fill the applicable flap
actuator, as follows:
(a) Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159/1) to the vent
plug hole of the applicable flap actuator.
(b) Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159/1) to the drain
(c) Assemble the semi-fluid pump (A663130/3) to the semi-fluid

container (A663130/7).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 327
May 01/09

CES
(d) Connect the supply hose from the semi-fluid pump to the drain
plug adaptor.
(e) Assemble the waste lid (A663130/5) to the used fluid container
(A663130/6).
(f) Connect the waste hose from the waste lid to the vent plug
adaptor.
(g) Use the semi-fluid pump to slowly fill the applicable flap
actuator.
(h) Continue to fill the applicable flap actuator until clean COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-025) flows from the waste hose.
(i) Disconnect the supply hose from the drain plug adaptor.
(j) Disconnect the waste hose from the vent plug adaptor.
(k) Connect the waste hose to the drain plug adaptor.
(l) Use the empty oil gun (A663130/4) to pressurize the applicable
flap actuator with air, as follows:
1
_ Connect the oil gun hose to the vent plug adaptor, slowly
pressurize the applicable flap actuator.
2
_ Continue to supply air, until air only is released from the
waste hose. Stop the air supply.
3
_ Remove the oil gun hose and the vent plug adaptor.
4
_ Remove the waste hose and the drain plug adaptor.
5
_ Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent
area with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
6
_ Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component
are clean and in the correct condition.
7
_ Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the
adjacent area.
8
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the vent plug

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 328
Aug 01/05
R
CES
9
_ Install the vent plug (1), and the drain plug (2).
10
__ Torque the vent plug (1) to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
__ Torque the drain plug (2) to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN
(47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in).
Subtask 12-13-27-612-057
B. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.2 flap actuators

(6211CM,6261CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)

plug adaptor.
(A663130/6).
adaptor.
actuator.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 329
May 01/09

CES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
adjacent area.
8
9
10
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
(47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 330
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Subtask 12-13-27-612-058
C. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.3 flap actuators

(6221CM,6271CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)

plug adaptor.
(A663130/6).
adaptor.
actuator.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 331
May 01/09

CES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
adjacent area.
8
9
10
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
(31.85 and 38.93 lbf.in).
Subtask 12-13-27-612-059
D. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.4 flap actuators

(6233CM,6283CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 332
Aug 01/05
R
CES

plug adaptor.
(A663130/6).
adaptor.
actuator.
1
2
3
4

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 333
May 01/09

CES
5
6
7
adjacent area.
8
9
10
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
(31.85 and 38.93 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Close the applicable MLG door 734, 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-
001).
(3) FOR 6211CM
(a) Install the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
(4) FOR 6261CM
(a) Install the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
(5) FOR 6221CM
(a) Install the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 334
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(6) FOR 6271CM
(a) Install the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
(7) FOR 6233CM
(a) Install the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
(8) FOR 6283CM
(a) Install the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
R (9) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the MLG.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-058
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-053
C. Put the aircraft back to its original configuration
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
slat/flap control lever.
(2) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
Subtask 12-13-27-942-057
D. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 335
Feb 01/08

CES

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-13-27

Page 336
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 12-13-27-612-005
Drain and Refill Flap Actuator Assemblies with Semi-fluid
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This procedure is done in two steps:

____
- step one fills the actuator with clean semi-fluid

- step two removes unwanted semi-fluid from the actuator.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 337
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
A663160 1 REPLENISHMENT KIT
FOR FIN 6221CM, 6271CM, 6233CM, 6283CM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-025

LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-115 USA MIL-P-8116B
JOINTING COMPOUND (CONDUCTIVE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 338
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-080-002 Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

(98D27803000000)
27-50-00-866-011 Manual Extension of the Flaps
27-50-00-866-012 Manual Retraction of the Flaps
27-60-00-866-002 Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
12-13-27-991-005 Fig. 305
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-13-27-991-005-A Fig. 305A
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-13-27-991-006 Fig. 306

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-941-056
(1) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 339
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 12-13-27-860-054
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) is in position on the flap/slat control lever in the
cockpit.
(3) Extend the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(4) Make sure that a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER is installed on each spoiler

servo-control.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-13-27-010-057
D. Get Access
(1) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 734, 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(b) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed
on the applicable MLG door actuating-cylinder.
(c) Put an access platform in position in the applicable MLG bay.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 340
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(2) FOR 6211CM, 6261CM
(a) Put an access platform below the applicable zone 573(673).
(b) FOR 6211CM

- open the access door 573AB.
(c) FOR 6261CM

- open the access door 673AB.
(3) FOR 6221CM, 6271CM, 6233CM, 6283CM
(a) Put an access platform below the applicable zone 575(675).
(b) FOR 6221CM

- open the access door 575BB.
(c) FOR 6271CM

- open the access door 675BB.
(d) FOR 6233CM

- open the access door 575FB.
(e) FOR 6283CM

- open the access door 675FB.
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION : DO NOT GET SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT ON PLASTIC OR RUBBER MATERIALS.

_______
SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE
UNWANTED SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT WITH A LINT FREE CLOTH.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 341
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
_______
EDGE:
Subtask 12-13-27-612-061
A. To Fill the Flap Actuators

- flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-005)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 305A/TASK 12-13-27-991-005-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-13-27-991-006)
(1) Fill the flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM) with clean COMMON GREASE
(a) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with

CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area around
the vent plug (1), and the drain plug (2).
(b) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(c) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
NOTE : The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location on the

____
actuator.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 342
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Flap Actuator - Track 1
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-005

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-13-27

Page 343
Feb 01/10

CES
Flap Actuator - Track 1
Figure 305A/TASK 12-13-27-991-005-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-13-27

Page 344
Feb 01/08

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-27

Page 345
Feb 01/08

CES
Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 346
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 347
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 348
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(d) Connect the REPLENISHMENT KIT (A663160) to fill the flap
1
_ Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the vent
plug hole of the flap actuator.
2
_ Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the drain
3
_ Assemble the semi-fluid pump (A663130/3) to the semi-fluid
4
_ Connect the supply hose from the semi-fluid pump to the vent
plug adaptor.
5
_ Assemble the waste lid (A663130/5) to the used fluid container
(A663130/6).
6
_ Connect the waste hose from the waste lid to the drain plug
adaptor.
(e) Operate the semi-fluid pump and slowly fill the flap actuator
with clean COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-025). Operate the pump
handle through its full travel until clean semi-fluid flows from
the drain hose.
(f) Disconnect the supply hose from the vent plug adaptor.
(g) Remove the vent plug adaptor from the flap actuator.
(h) Disconnect the waste hose from the drain plug adaptor.
(i) Remove the drain plug adaptor from the flap actuator.
NOTE : The vent plug (1) and the drain plug (2) are torque
____
tightened at the end of this procedure.
(j) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.
(k) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 349
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(2) Do the steps (1)(a) thru (1)(q) and fill the:

- flap actuator No.4 6233CM(6283CM).
Subtask 12-13-27-612-062
B. To Remove Unwanted Semi-fluid From the Flap Actuators:

R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-005)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 305A/TASK 12-13-27-991-005-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-13-27-991-006)
(1) Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012). After
the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.
(2) Remove unwanted semi-fluid from the flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM)
as follows:
(a) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(b) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
NOTE : The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location on the

____
actuator.
(c) Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the vent plug
hole of the flap actuator.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 350
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(d) Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the drain
(e) Connect the waste hose from the waste lid (A663130/5) to the
drain plug adaptor.
(f) Connect the empty oil gun (A663130/4) to the vent plug adaptor.
(g) Operate the empty oil gun 15 times to put air into the flap
actuator and push out unwanted semi-fluid. Make sure that you
operate the oil gun handle through its full range each time.
(h) Disconnect the oil gun from the vent plug adaptor.
(i) Remove the vent plug adaptor from the flap actuator.
(j) Disconnect the waste hose from the drain plug adaptor.
(k) Remove the drain plug adapter from the flap actuator.
(l) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.
(m) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.
(3) Do the steps (2)(a) thru (2)(m) and remove unwanted semi-fluid from
the:
(4) Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times again
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012). After
the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.
(5) Do the steps (2)(a) thru (2)(m) again for the:


R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 351
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(6) Torque tighten the vent plug (1) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-115) to the mating

surfaces of the vent plug (1) and the offset gearbox.
(c) Install the vent plug (1) in the offset gearbox. TORQUE the vent
plug (1) to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in).
(7) Torque tighten the drain plug (2) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-115) to the mating

surfaces of the drain plug (2) and the offset gearbox.
(c) Install the drain plug (2) in the offset gearbox. TORQUE the
drain plug (2):
- flap actuator No.1 to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and
58.40 lbf.in)
58.40 lbf.in)
38.93 lbf.in)
38.93 lbf.in)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the MLG.
(b) Close the applicable MLG door 734, 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-
001).

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 352
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Close the applicable access door:
FOR 6211CM
- close the access door 573AB
FOR 6261CM
- close the access door 673AB
FOR 6221CM
- close the access door 575BB
FOR 6271CM
- close the access door 675BB
FOR 6233CM
- close the access door 575FB
FOR 6283CM
- close the access door 675FB
Subtask 12-13-27-865-060
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-055
C. Put the Aircraft Back to its Original Configuration
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Retract the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002).

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 353
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 12-13-27-942-058

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-27

Page 354
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
___________________________
TASK 12-13-29-600-001
Servicing of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) 2GE
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice(s)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft
(0.20 to 3.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-29

Page 301
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 29-22-51 01A-050

2 packing 29-22-51 01A-050A
2 packing 29-22-51 01A-050B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

29-22-00-869-005 Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
29-22-00-869-006 Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
12-13-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-29-860-050
(1) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Extend the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-005).
(4) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to

pressurize the Blue hydraulic system:
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,

- on the ground service panel of the Blue hydraulic system.
Subtask 12-13-29-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 195EB.

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-29

Page 302
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 12-13-29-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/RAT/CTL 2801GE D14
106VU CSM/G /EV/MAN/SPLY 6XE B04
121VU HYDRAULIC/RAT/SPLY/EXTN/SOL1 2803GE P33
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-29-612-050
A. Oil Replenishing of the Lower RAT Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-29-991-001)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the oil fill plug (1).
(2) Remove the oil fill plug (1).
(3) Fill the RAT gearbox with OILS (Material No. 03-003), until it spills
from the fill port.
(4) Clean the oil fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(5) If necessary install a new packing (2) on the fill plug (1).
(6) Install the fill plug (1) in the lower gearbox (3).
(7) TORQUE the fill plug (1) to between 9.2 and 12.5 lbf.ft (1.24 and
1.69 m.daN).
(8) Safety the oil fill plug (1) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-29-865-051
breaker(s):
2801GE, 2803GE, 6XE

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-29

Page 303
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Ram Air Turbine
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-29-991-001

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-29

Page 304
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Subtask 12-13-29-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 195EB.
Subtask 12-13-29-860-051
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Retract the RAT (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-006).

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-13-29

Page 305
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
APU ((GTCP 36-300)) - SERVICING
_______________________________
TASK 12-13-49-612-001
Check APU Oil Level and Replenish
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49-90-00-600-001 Check Oil Level and Replenish (GTCP 36-300)

49-90-00-600-004 Check Oil Level and Replenish (APS 3200)
49-90-00-600-007 Check and Replenish Oil Level (131-9(A))
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-49-860-054
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-49-612-050
A. Oil Service for

- GTCP 36-300 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
- APS 3200 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
- 131-9(A) APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-007).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 301
Config-1 Nov 01/04

CES
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________
TASK 12-13-79-610-002
Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator of EMCD (Electrical
Master Chip Detector)
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
No specific 1 VISCOMETER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 301
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-11-20-000-001 Removal of the Servo Fuel Heater

73-11-20-400-001 Installation of the Servo Fuel Heater
79-00-00-281-002 Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector for
Particles
79-11-10-300-003 Replacement of the O-ring of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
79-21-20-000-001 Removal of the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger
79-21-20-400-001 Installation of the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-151, 201-203,
12-13-79-991-300 Fig. 301
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 152-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R 12-13-79-991-306 Fig. 302
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
R 12-13-79-991-301 Fig. 303

R 12-13-79-991-305 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-068
Subtask 12-13-79-010-065
B. Open the oil tank servicing access door :

FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 302
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-151, 201-203,
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-300)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 152-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-306)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-301, 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-305)
Subtask 12-13-79-210-065
A. Check oil level and master Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD) visual indicator.
NOTE : In order to reduce burden for nuisance EMCD pop out indication,
____
the inspection of the Electrical Master Chip Detector can be
deferred to the next convenient maintenance opportunity where
trained personnel can performed the inspection without interfering
with revenue service operation.
(1) Check the visual indicator of the MCD. If the pop-out is extended
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-281-002).
(2) Check oil level on the sight gage, if oil level is below full mark
add oil as follows:
Subtask 12-13-79-100-051
B. Clean the oil tank scupper:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
(1) Clean the oil tank scupper with a lint-free cloth before you remove
the oil tank filler cap.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 303
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-300

R

EFF :
201-203,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-151, 12-13-79

Page 304
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-79

Page 305
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
R Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 152-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 306
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
R Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap

R

EFF : 062-099, 106-149, 152-199, 204-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 307
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Oil Tank Sight Gage
R Figure 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-301

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 308
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Measuring the Viscosity of the Oil
R Figure 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-305

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 309
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-151, 201-203,
Subtask 12-13-79-010-066
C. Open the Oil Tank.

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-300)
WARNING : AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN, LET THE OIL TANK PRESSURE BLEED OFF FOR
_______
A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES BEFORE YOU REMOVE THE TANK FILLER CAP.
IF YOU DO NOT, PRESSURIZED HOT OIL CAN FLOW OUT OF THE TANK AND
CAUSE DANGEROUS BURNS.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL TO REMOVE THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP, DO NOT APPLY MORE

_______
FORCE THAN IS NECESSARY TO ITS HANDLE. TOO MUCH FORCE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO OCCUR TO ITS LOCKING DEVICE.
(1) Raise oil tank filler cap handle to vertical (unlocked) position.
(2) Firmly grip oil tank filler cap handle, push down and as the same
time turn counterclockwise to disengage the locking device and remove
the cap.
(3) Do a check for fuel in the oil.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU ADD OIL IN THE OIL TANK DURING ITS SERVICING,
_______
MAKE SURE THE OIL IN TANK DOES NOT CONTAIN FUEL. IF IT
SMELLS OF FUEL, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER
AND SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM.
CAUTION : IF YOU THINK THERE ARE FUEL FUMES WHEN YOU REMOVE THE OIL
_______
FILLER CAP, DO A CHECK FOR FUEL IN THE OIL. IF THERE IS
FUEL IN THE OIL TANK, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT
EXCHANGER AND THE SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE
OIL SYSTEM.
(a) If you think there is fuel in the oil, use one of the following
available on-site test kit to examine the oil:
- VISCOMETER (measuring the viscosity of the oil),
- DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS (checking for presence of a
combustible vapor).
1
_ If the test fails then fuel is found, do these steps:
a
_ Replace the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger (Ref. TASK 79-21-
20-000-001) (Ref. TASK 79-21-20-400-001).

R

EFF :
201-203,
001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-151, 12-13-79

Page 310
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
b
_ Replace the servo fuel heater (Ref. TASK 73-11-20-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 73-11-20-400-001).
2
_ If the test passes, no fuel is found.
**ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 152-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-13-79-010-066-A
C. Open the Oil Tank.

R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-306)
WARNING : AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN, LET THE OIL TANK PRESSURE BLEED OFF FOR
_______
A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES BEFORE YOU REMOVE THE TANK FILLER CAP.
IF YOU DO NOT, PRESSURIZED HOT OIL CAN FLOW OUT OF THE TANK AND
CAUSE DANGEROUS BURNS.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL TO REMOVE THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP, DO NOT APPLY MORE

_______
FORCE THAN IS NECESSARY TO ITS HANDLE. TOO MUCH FORCE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO OCCUR TO ITS LOCKING DEVICE.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO PULL THE HANDLE OF THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP OUT OF
_______
ITS STOP LIMITS.
(2) Turn the handle of the filler cap counterclockwise 45 against its
stop to disengage the locking device and remove the cap.
NOTE : If it is difficult to open the filler cap, you must stay for 5
____
more minutes at least to do step (2) again.
(3) Do a check for fuel in the oil.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU ADD OIL IN THE OIL TANK DURING ITS SERVICING,
_______
MAKE SURE THE OIL IN TANK DOES NOT CONTAIN FUEL. IF IT
SMELLS OF FUEL, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER
AND SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM.
CAUTION : IF YOU THINK THERE ARE FUEL FUMES WHEN YOU REMOVE THE OIL
_______
FILLER CAP, DO A CHECK FOR FUEL IN THE OIL. IF THERE IS
FUEL IN THE OIL TANK, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT
EXCHANGER AND THE SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE
OIL SYSTEM.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 311
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
(a) If you think there is fuel in the oil, use one of the following
available on-site test kit to examine the oil:
- VISCOMETER (measuring the viscosity of the oil),
- DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS (checking for presence of a
combustible vapor).
1
_ If the test fails then fuel is found, do these steps:
a
_ Replace the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger (Ref. TASK 79-21-
20-000-001) (Ref. TASK 79-21-20-400-001).
b
_ Replace the servo fuel heater (Ref. TASK 73-11-20-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 73-11-20-400-001).
2
_ If the test passes, no fuel is found.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-13-79-612-070
D. Added oil in the oil tank:

R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-301)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO CONTAMINATION ON THE OPENING OF THE

_______
CONTAINER FROM WHICH YOU FILL THE OIL TANK.
(1) Add engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Material No. CP2442) by pouring
into oil tank fill port up to full mark.
Subtask 12-13-79-210-066
E. Before you install oil tank filler cap, ensure that the Oring seal is in
good condition or does not show sign of leakage. If not, replace the
Oring seal (Ref. TASK 79-11-10-300-003).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 312
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 151-151, 201-203,
Subtask 12-13-79-410-066
F. Close the Oil Tank.

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-300)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP IS LOCKED.

_______
CAUTION : A BAD SUPPLY PRESSURE OF THE OIL LUBRICATION UNIT DURING ENGINE
_______
OPERATION CAN OCCUR.
(1) Install oil tank filler cap with the handle in vertical position,
grip handle, push down on the cap and at the same time turn clockwise
to engage the locking device.
(2) Pull up on oil tank filler cap. If the locking device is properly
engaged, the cap cannot be pulled from tank.
(3) Push hinged oil tank cap handle down flat into the locked position.
**ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 152-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-13-79-410-066-A
F. Close the Oil Tank.

R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-306)
WARNING : IF THE HANDLE POSITION IS OPPOSITE TO THE OIL QUANTITY

_______
TRANSMITTER, THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY TO YOUR FINGERS.
WARNING : IN THIS POSITION, THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP CAN ACCIDENTALLY
_______
MOVE TO ITS VERTICAL (UNLOCKED) POSITION. IF IT DOES THIS,
THERE IS A RISK THAT PRESSURIZED HOT OIL WILL FLOW OUT OT THE
TANK AND CAUSE INJURY (DANGEROUS BURNS).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP IS LOCKED. ITS HANDLE
_______
MUST POINT TO THE OIL QUANTITY TRANSMITTER.
CAUTION : A BAD SUPPLY PRESSURE OF THE OIL LUBRICATION UNIT DURING ENGINE
_______
OPERATION CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE TO MOVE THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP. DAMAGE
_______
CAN OCCUR TO ITS LOCKING DEVICE.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 313
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO PULL THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP OUT OF ITS STOP
_______
LIMITS.
(1) Install the oil tank filler cap with handle in vertical position.
(2) Turn the handle of the oil tank filler cap clockwise 45 against its
stop to engage the locking device.
NOTE : If the locking device is correctly engaged, the cap can not be
____
pulled from tank.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-065
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the oil tank access door :

FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 314
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-13-79-610-002- 01
Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific plastic transparent overflow hose

R No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, OIL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
79-00-00-281-002 Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector for

Particles
12-13-79-991-302 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-069

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 315
Config-1 Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-13-79-010-067
B. Open the oil tank servicing access door:

FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-302)
Subtask 12-13-79-210-067
A. Check oil level and master Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD) visual indicator.
NOTE : In order to reduce burden for nuisance EMCD pop out indication,
____
the inspection of the Electrical Master Chip Detector can be
defeered to the next convenient maintenance opportunity where
trained personnel can performed the inspection without interfering
with revenue service operation.
(1) Check the visual indicator of the MCD. If the pop-out is extended
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-281-002).
(2) Check oil level on the sight gage, if oil level is below full mark
add oil as follows:
Subtask 12-13-79-612-071
R B. Fill the tank:
(1) Remove blanking caps from couplings.
R (2) Attach hose coupling from CART - SERVICING, OIL to remote oil filling
R port. Attach plastic transparent overflow hose to oil overflow port.
CAUTION : DURING FILLING, THE MAXIMUM OIL PUMP FLOW RATE MUST NOT
_______
EXCEED 66 US GAL/HR (250L/HR), OR OVERSERVICING OF OIL
SYSTEM MAY RESULT.
CAUTION : REMOVAL OF DRAIN LINE BEFORE FLOW OF OIL FROM OVERFLOW HOSE
_______
STOPS MAY RESULT IN AN OVERSERVICED TANK.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 316
Config-1 Aug 01/09

CES
Oil Tank Remote Filling System
R Figure 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-302

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 317
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
NOTE : Use of a plastic transparent hose in place of an opaque hose
____
will allow detection of oil at overflow port location (oil
tank full) and give visual indication to stop filling
sooner.
(a) Add engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Material No. CP2442) through
oil service system until oil is visible through plastic
transparent hose at the oil overflow port location.
(3) When oil flow from overflow hose stops, disconnect oil service system
and check for oil leakage from the coupling. Slightly wetted surface,
insufficient to form a drop, is permitted.
(4) Reinstall blanking caps on couplings.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-067
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the oil tank access door:

FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 318
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-13-79-610-003
Oil Tank Draining
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION
_______
OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 24L (6USgal)

R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 319
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01A-150

10 O-ring 79-11-10 01A-150A
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01A-150B
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01C-150
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01C-150A
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01C-150B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
R 12-13-79-991-303 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-057
1(2).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 320
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-13-79-010-059
B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-13-79-991-303)
Subtask 12-13-79-680-054
A. Drain the oil tank
WARNING : HOT OIL CAN CAUSE DEEP BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH OIL SPLASHES
_______
WHEN YOU REMOVE DRAIN PLUGS.
(1) Put a container 24L (6USgal) capacity under the drain port of the oil
tank.
(2) Remove the lockwire which attaches the drain plug to the oil tank.
(3) Remove the drain plug and drain the oil.
(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (10).
Subtask 12-13-79-420-051
B. Install the drain plug
CAUTION : DO NOT FORGET TO INSTALL AN O-RING. THE ABSENCE OF THE O-RING

_______
CAN CAUSE IMPORTANT OIL LOSSES DURING ENGINE OPERATION WITH
POSSIBLE ENGINE FAILURE.
(1) Lubricate a new O-ring (10) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
Install the O-ring in the groove of the drain plug.
(2) Install the drain plug in the drain port of the oil tank.
(3) TORQUE the drain plug to between 135 and 150 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69
m.daN). Safety with lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)
(4) Fill the oil tank with new engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 321
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Oil Tank Drain Plug
R Figure 306/TASK 12-13-79-991-303

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 322
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-059
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 323
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-13-79-610-004
Draining of the Accessory Drive Section
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container, minimum capacity 0.5 USgal (2 l)

No specific container, minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l)
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A2794 1 TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -040

20 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -040A
30 O-ring 72-63-00 07 -060
30 O-ring 72-63-00 07 -060A

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 324
Config-1 Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-13-79-991-304 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-058
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-79-010-060

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 325
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-13-79-991-304)
Subtask 12-13-79-680-055
A. Drain the accessory drive:
WARNING : HOT OIL CAN CAUSE DEEP BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH OIL SPLASHES
_______
WHEN YOU REMOVE DRAIN PLUGS.
(1) Place a container, minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l) below the drain

port of AGB, and a container, minimum capacity 0.5 USgal (2 l) below
the drain port of TGB.
(2) Cut and remove lockwire, remove drain plugs (50 and 60) and
completely drain oil.
(3) Remove O-rings (20 and 30) from grooves and discard.
Subtask 12-13-79-420-052
B. Install the drain plugs as follows:
(1) Install the TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) on the drain
plugs (50 and 60).
(2) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the outer
surface of TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) to prevent
damage to the O-rings.
(3) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the
O-rings.
(4) Install a new O-ring (20) and new O-ring (30) in the groove of each
drain plug.
(5) Remove the TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) from the drain
plugs (50 and 60).
(6) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the threads
of the drain plugs.
(7) Install the AGB drain plug (60). TORQUE to between 185 and 205 lbf.in
(2.09 and 2.31 m.daN) and wirelock the drain plug with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 326
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Location of Drain Plugs on Accessory Drive
R Figure 307/TASK 12-13-79-991-304

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 327
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
(8) Install the Transfer Gearbox (TGB) drain plug (50). TORQUE to between
105 and 130 lbf.in (1.18 and 1.46 m.daN) and wirelock the drain plug
with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 328
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-13-79-610-005
Flushing of Oil System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Refer to SB CFM 79-001 for conditions that require flushing of the
____
oil system.
You must flush the oil system when the type of oil is changed or when the
oil system is contaminated.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 329
Config-1 Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-003 Oil Tank Draining
12-13-79-610-004 Draining of the Accessory Drive Section
71-00-00-710-006 Minimum Idle Check
R 79-00-00-281-002 Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector for
R Particles
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-059
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-79-010-061

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 330
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-170-051
A. Flush the oil system:
(1) Completely drain oil from tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
(2) Completely drain oil from accessory drive section (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).
(3) Fill oil system with new oil engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
NOTE : A half full oil tank is sufficient enough to flush the oil
____
system.
Subtask 12-13-79-710-052
B. Operate engine at ground idle for 10 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-

006).
Subtask 12-13-79-680-056
C. Drain completely:
(1) Completely drain oil from tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
(2) Completely drain oil from accessory drive section (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).
Subtask 12-13-79-210-057
D. Examine the magnetic chip detector, the scavenge screens and the supply
filter. If deposits are normal (non-metallic chips) clean and install. If
R deposits are abnormal (metal chips) do the AMM task (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-
R 281-002).
Subtask 12-13-79-612-056
E. Fill oil system with new oil engine oil (Material No. CP2442) (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
Subtask 12-13-79-710-053
F. Operate engine at ground idle for 10 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-

001).

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 331
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-13-79-210-058
G. Check for undesirable products in oil by sight and by smell. If a

contamination of oil is suspected, repeat steps E through L.
Subtask 12-13-79-160-052
H. Remove, clean and install magnetic chip detector and supply filter.
Subtask 12-13-79-210-059
J. Check oil level within 30 minutes after shutdown.
Subtask 12-13-79-612-057
K. Fill oil tank to maximum level (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-061
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-79

Page 332
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
______________________
TASK 12-13-79-610-010
Drain the Engine Oil System
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS DANGEROUS IF YOU LET IT BE
ABSORBED THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.
_______
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE OIL TANK CAP FOR FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE
_______
STOPS, TO PERMIT THE PRESSURE IN THE OIL TANK TO DECREASE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE ENGINE MOTOR WHEN THE OIL IS DRAINED.
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE ENGINE BACK IN TO THE
_______
OIL SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l)

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 301
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-039 USA MIL-L-23699
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 packing 72-60-21 80 -020

17 packing 79-22-44 80 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-012 Prime the Engine Oil System

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
79-22-45-000-011 Removal of the Magnetic Chip Detector Housing
79-22-45-400-011 Installation of the Magnetic Chip Detector Housing
12-13-79-991-150 Fig. 301
12-13-79-991-151 Fig. 302
12-13-79-991-152 Fig. 303
12-13-79-991-153 Fig. 304

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 302
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-060
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-79-010-062
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-680-057
A. Drain the engine oil system as follows:
(1) Drain the oil tank

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150, 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) below the
oil tank to catch the drained oil.
(b) Loosen the oil filler cap.
(c) Remove the oil tank drain plug (10) from the front flange of the
gearbox (below the oil pressure pump).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 303
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 304
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Oil Tank and Oil Pressure Pump Filter Drains
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 305
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Let the engine oil drain in to the container for a minimum of 10
minutes.
(e) Remove and discard the packing (11).
(f) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
(2) Drain the external gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150, 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) below the
external gearbox to catch the drained oil.
(b) Remove the chip detector housing (13) and (15) (Ref. TASK 79-22-
45-000-011) and let the oil drain in to the container.
(c) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
(3) Drain the oil scavenge filter

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) in

position below the oil scavenge filter (16) to catch the drained
oil.
(b) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) that safeties the plug (18).
(c) Remove the plug (18) and let the oil drain in to the container.
(d) Remove and discard the packing (17).
(e) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
(4) Drain the oil pressure pump filter

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) in

position below the oil pressure pump filter to catch the drained
oil.
(b) Remove the nut (9) and let the oil drain in to the container.
(c) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 306
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
External Gearbox Chip Detectors
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 307
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Oil Scavenge Filter Drain
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 308
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-13-79-420-053
B. Install the oil pressure pump filter drain nut

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
(1) Install the nut (9) on to the oil pressure pump (12) filter cover.
(2) TORQUE the nut (9) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 12-13-79-420-054
C. Install the oil scavenge filter drain plug

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153)
(1) Lubricate a new packing (17) with lubricant (engine oil) (Material
No. V10-039).
(2) Install the packing (17) on to the plug (18) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(3) Install the plug (18) in to the oil scavenge filter (16) cover.
(4) TORQUE the plug (18) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Safety the plug (18) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141) (Ref. TASK
70-40-11-911-014).
Subtask 12-13-79-420-055
D. Install the magnetic chip detector housings (13) and (15) (Ref. TASK 79-
22-45-400-011)
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152)
Subtask 12-13-79-420-056
E. Install the oil tank drain plug

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
(1) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to a new packing
(11) and to the threads of the drain plug (10).
(2) Install the new packing (11) to the drain plug (10) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 309
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Install the drain plug (10) in to the drain adapter on the oil tank
(on the front of the gearbox).
(4) TORQUE the drain plug (10) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Safety the drain plug (10) with the lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
Subtask 12-13-79-612-058
F. Prime the Engine Oil System (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-012).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-062
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 310
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-13-79-610-011
Check Oil Level and Replenish
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
CAUTION : IF THE ENGINE WAS STOPPED FOR MORE THAN 1 HOUR, DO THE SPECIFIC
_______
MAINTENANCE ACTION TO MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT. THIS
WILL PREVENT OVER-SERVICING IF OIL IS ADDED.
CAUTION : ADDING TOO MUCH OIL TO THE TANK CAN RESULT IN AMBER CROSS QUANTITY
_______
INDICATION WARNINGS AND SERVICE DISRUPTION.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the instructions necessary to fill the engine oil tank if
the oil level has decreased during normal engine operation.
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V10-039 USA MIL-L-23699

lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
series engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 311
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
Oil Contamination
71-00-00-710-046 Test No.2 : Wet Motor Leak Check
12-13-79-991-150 Fig. 301
12-13-79-991-154 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-869-051
A. Check the engine oil level.
(1) Where conditions permit, the oil tank should be checked and oil
added, if necessary within a period of 5 to 60 minutes after engine
shutdown.
(2) If the engine was stopped for between 1 and 10 hours, perform an idle
run (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) of at least 3 minutes duration prior
to servicing to ensure the oil level indicated on the sight glass is
correct.
(3) If the engine was stopped for more than 10 hours, dry crank the
engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) followed by a start and idle run
of a least 3 minutes duration before servicing to ensure the oil
level indicated on the sight glass is correct.
(4) Servicing is not required prior to departure if the engine was

R serviced on arrival or the oil tank sight glass shows a minimum of 23
R quarts or the cockpit indication shows a minimum of 19 quarts and
R pre-departure walkaround checks confirm no oil pools/drips from drain
R mast.
(5) If extended cranking has been undertaken e.g. following core washing,
maintenance activity, etc, prior to servicing, run the engine at idle
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) for a minimum of 3 minutes.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 312
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-13-79-010-063
B. Open the oil tank servicing access panel 437BL(447BL), in the left fan
cowl 437AL(447AL).
FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-010-064
A. Remove the filler cap from the engine oil tank.

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150)
(1) Lift the handle (6) to open the cap (1).
(2) Turn the handle to align the lock (3) with the slots (4).
(3) Remove the filler cap (1) from the filler neck (7).
Subtask 12-13-79-612-059
B. Fill the engine oil tank - Gravity Filling

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-154)
(1) Fill the engine oil tank with series engine oil (Material No. V10-
077).
(2) Make sure that the oil level sight glass shows FULL.
NOTE : Do not fill the oil tank past the sight glass FULL level.
____
Filling to tank overfill will result in excess oil, leading to
amber cross indication warnings and service disruption.
Subtask 12-13-79-410-063
C. Install the oil tank filler cap

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150)
(1) Examine the packing (2) on the filler cap (1). Replace the packing if
it is damaged (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(2) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to the packing
(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 313
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Illustration of the Sight Glass Markings
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-154

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 314
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Make sure that the filler cap handle (6) is in the open position.
(4) Align the lock (3) of the cap (1) with the slots (4) in the filler
neck (7).
(5) Install the cap and turn the handle to the closed position.
(6) Lower the handle to lock the cap.
Subtask 12-13-79-610-060
D. Fill the Engine Oil Tank - Pressure Filling
CAUTION : DURING FILLING OF THE OIL TANK, DO NOT EXCEED A FLOW RATE OF 50
_______
US GAL/HR, OR OVERSERVICING MAY RESULT.
CAUTION : REMOVAL OF THE HOSE FROM THE OVERFLOW PORT BEFORE FLOW OF OIL
_______
HAS STOPPED WILL RESULT IN AN OVERSERVICED TANK.
NOTE : Use of a transparent plastic hose will allow detection of oil at

____
the overflow port (oil tank full) and give a quicker visual
indication to stop the filling operation.
(1) Remove the two protective caps, one on the fill port and one on the
overflow port.
(2) Attach a transparent plastic overflow hose to the overflow port.
(3) Attach the hose coupling from the pressure fill system to the oil
tank fill port.
(4) Fill the oil tank with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077),
using the oil pressure system until oil is visible through the
transparent plastic overflow hose.
(5) When oil from the overflow hose stops, disconnect the pressure
filling system.
(6) Reinstall the protective caps on the fill and overflow couplings.
(7) Check for leaks. No leakage is permitted.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 315
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-064
A. Close Access
items.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL LATCHES ARE IN THE DISENGAGED POSITION
_______
R BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE ENGINE-OIL-TANK-SERVICING ACCESS
R PANEL. IF THE LATCHES ARE NOT CORRECTLY DISENGAGED BEFORE
R YOU CLOSE THE ACCESS PANEL, IT IS POSSIBLE TO ENGAGE THE
R LATCHES INCORRECTLY. THIS CAN CAUSE THE ACCESS PANEL TO
R BREAK OFF AND CAUSE INJURY.
(2) Close the engine oil tank servicing access panel.

FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
Subtask 12-13-79-710-054
B. Remove oil contamination from the HPT (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 316
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-13-79-610-012
Prime the Engine Oil System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the instructions necessary to fill a new engine, or an

engine that has had an overhaul, with oil and to prime the oil system. This
task must only be used when detailed in other tasks.
NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one brand of oil although approved
____
brands may be mixed if necessary to continue operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish

71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
Oil Contamination
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-612-060
A. Fill the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-870-050
A. Motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045)
(1) Dry motor the engine for one minute. Make sure that the oil pressure
is 10 psi or greater after 30 seconds.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 317
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-13-79-612-061
B. Fill the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-869-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-13-79-710-055
B. Remove oil contamination from the HPT (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-79

Page 318
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
ENGINE STARTING - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-80-610-001
Drain and Replenish Oil System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 801110-C3
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 2l (0.5 USgal)

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 301
Config-1 Feb 01/10

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130

30 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130
60 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -090
60 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -090A
60 O-rings 80-11-10 02 -100
80 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -110
80 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -110A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

80-11-10-000-002 Removal of the Pneumatic Starter
80-11-10-210-001 Check Chip Detector
80-11-10-400-002 Installation of the Pneumatic Starter
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-101, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80-991-300-A Fig. 301
**ON A/C 051-061, 102-105, 201-203,
12-13-80-991-300 Fig. 301A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 302
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-80-010-052
R B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-101, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299,

301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-300-A)
**ON A/C 051-061, 102-105, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-13-80-991-300)

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 303
Config-1 Feb 01/09

CES
Pneumatic Starter Servicing
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-300-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-101, 106-149,
151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 304
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Pneumatic Starter Servicing
Figure 301A/TASK 12-13-80-991-300

EFF :

051-061, 102-105, 201-203, 12-13-80

Page 305
Config-1 Nov 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-101, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299,
R 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-13-80-680-051-A
A. Drain the starter
(1) Remove the filler plug (10). Discard the O-ring (20).
(2) Remove the knurled magnetic plug (50) as follow:
(a) Push and turn counter-clockwise to release the plug (50).
(3) Put a container below the starter. Cut and remove the lockwire.
Remove the drain plug (70), and let the oil drain in the container 2l
(0.5 USgal) . Discard the O-ring (80).
(4) Measure the quantity of the drained oil:
(a) If the oil quantity is more than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), the
starter is serviceable.
(b) If the quantity is less than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), replace the
stater (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002) (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002).
(5) Carefully examine the oil removed from the starter and the magnetic
plug (50) for metal particles (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-210-001). Then,
remove and discard the two O-rings (60).
NOTE : Fine metal particles show normal wear. Large pieces of metal
____
show internal damage.
(6) Clean the drain plug (70). Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material
No. CP2442) to a new O-ring (80) , and install the O-ring on the
drain plug.
(7) Install the drain plug (70). TORQUE the plug to between 65 and 85
lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96 m.daN).
(8) Safety the drain plug (70) to the starter housing with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8
mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)
(9) Clean the knurled magnetic plug (50). Apply a thin layer of engine
oil (Material No. CP2442) on the two new O-rings (60) and install the
two O-rings on the knurled magnetic plug.

R

EFF : 001-049, 062-099, 101-101, 106-149,
151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 306
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(10) Install the knurled magnetic plug (50):
(a) Push inward and turn clockwise to engage locking device.
**ON A/C 051-061, 102-105, 201-203,
Subtask 12-13-80-680-051
A. Drain the starter
(1) Remove the filler plug (10). Discard the O-ring (20).
(2) Cut and remove the lockwire. Remove the magnetic plug (50).
(3) Put a container below the starter. Remove the drain plug (70), and
let the oil drain in the container 2l (0.5 USgal) . Discard the
O-ring (80).
(4) Measure the quantity of the drained oil:
(a) If the oil quantity is more than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), the
starter is serviceable.
(b) If the quantity is less than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), replace the
stater (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002) (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002).
(5) Carefully examine the oil removed from the starter and the magnetic
plug (50) for metal particles (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-210-001). Then,
remove and discard the O-ring (60).
NOTE : Fine metal particles show normal wear. Large pieces of metal
____
show internal damage.
(6) Clean the drain plug (70). Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material
No. CP2442) to a new O-ring (80) , and install the O-ring on the
drain plug.
(7) Install the drain plug (70). TORQUE the plug to between 65 and 85
lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96 m.daN).
(8) Clean the magnetic plug (50). Apply a thin layer of engine oil
(Material No. CP2442) to the new O-ring (60) and install the O-ring
on the magnetic plug.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 307
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
(9) Install the magnetic plug (50):
CAUTION : USE TWO STANDARD WRENCHES TO REMOVE/INSTALL THE MAGNETIC

_______
PLUG. ONE TO HOLD THE OIL DRAIN PLUG ADAPTER THE OTHER TO
LOOSEN/TIGHTEN THE MAGNETIC PLUG. OTHERWISE ACCIDENTAL OIL
DRAINING OF THE STARTER COULD OCCUR.
(a) Install the magnetic plug (50) on the drain plug (70). TORQUE to
between 8 and 24 lbf.in (0.09 and 0.27 m.daN).
(b) Safety the magnetic plug (50) to the drain plug (70) and to the
starter housing with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8002)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 12-13-80-612-052
B. Fill the starter
(1) Remove overflow plug (40), push inward and simultaneously turn
counter clockwise to disengage locking device. Discard O-ring (30).
(2) Fill starter housing through filler port until the engine oil
(Material No. CP2442) flows from the overflow port.
NOTE : The quantity of oil used will be less than 0.8 l (0.21 USgal)
____
(3) Clean the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40). Apply a thin layer
of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) on the new O-ring (20) and new O-
ring (30) , and install the O-rings on the filler plug and the
overflow plug.
(4) Install the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40) push inward and
simultaneously turn clockwise to engage locking device.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 308
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 309
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
TASK 12-13-80-610-002
Replenish Oil System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 801110-C2
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130

30 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 310
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-101, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80-991-300-A Fig. 301
**ON A/C 051-061, 102-105, 201-203,
12-13-80-991-300 Fig. 301A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-053
1(2).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 311
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-13-80-010-053

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 062-099, 101-101, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-300-A)
**ON A/C 051-061, 102-105, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-13-80-991-300)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
Subtask 12-13-80-010-054
A. Remove the filler plug:
(1) Remove the filler plug (10), and overflow plug (40). Push inward and
simultaneously turn counter clockwise to disengage locking device.
Discard O-rings (20 and 30).
Subtask 12-13-80-610-050
B. Fill the starter housing
(1) Fill the starter housing with engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
through the filler port until the oil flows from the overflow port.
NOTE : The quantity of oil used will be less than one quart
____
(approximately 0.8 l)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 312
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-13-80-410-053
C. Install the filler plug:
(1) Clean the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40). Apply a thin layer
of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) on the new O-ring (20) and O-ring
(30), and install the new O-ring on the filler plug and the overflow
plug.
(2) Install the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40) push inward and
simultaneously turn clockwise to engage locking device.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-13-80

Page 313
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
ENGINE STARTING - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-80-600-011
Drain and Replenish Oil System
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 801300-I3
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l)

R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 301
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-220

3 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-220A
4 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-230
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-80-600-010 Replenishment of Starter Oil System

80-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Starter (100KM)
80-13-41-200-010 Inspection of Starter Chip Detector
80-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Starter (100KM)
12-13-80-991-151 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-058
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 302
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-13-80-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-80-680-053
A. Drain the Starter

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151)
(1) Put the container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l) into position under
the starter.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the starter drain plug
(1) and the magnetic chip detector (2).
(3) Examine around the starter mounting flange for oil leaks (Ref. TASK
80-13-41-200-010).
(4) Examine the v-band clamp for tightness and make sure it is correctly
installed.
(5) Examine around the drain plug (1) and the magnetic chip detector (2)
for oil leaks (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-200-010).
(6) Remove the magnetic chip detector (2) from the drain plug (1).
(7) Examine the magnetic chip detector for debris (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-
200-010).
(8) Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into the container.
(9) Measure the quantity of drained oil
(a) If the quantity is not less than 8 oz ( 0.25 quarts) the starter
is serviceable.
(b) If the quantity is less than 8 oz ( 0.25 quarts) replace the

starter (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-
010) or contact Airline Maintenance Centre to generate a carry
forward item to have starter replaced within 50 flight hours.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 303
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Starter Drain Plug and magnetic Chip Detector
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 304
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(10) Remove and discard the sealing ring (4) from the drain plug (1).
(11) Remove and discard the sealing ring (3) from the magnetic chip
detector (2).
(12) Clean the magnetic chip detector (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-200-010).
Subtask 12-13-80-420-051
B. Install the Drain Plug to the Starter

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151)
(1) Install a new sealing ring (4) onto the drain plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-13-911-010).
(2) Install the drain plug (1).
(3) TORQUE the drain plug to between 10 and 25 lbf.in (0.11 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Install a new sealing ring (3) onto the magnetic chip detector (2)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(5) Install the magnetic chip detector (2) into the drain plug (1).
(6) TORQUE the magnetic chip detector to between 5 and 15 lbf.in (0.05
and 0.16 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Safety the magnetic chip detector (2) and the drain plug (1) with
lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
Subtask 12-13-80-612-056
C. Service the Starter with Oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-80-600-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-942-054
A. Discard the Drained Oil
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK IN
_______
TO THE OIL SYSTEM.
(1) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 305
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-13-80-410-058
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 306
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-13-80-600-010
Replenishment of Starter Oil System
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This task supplies the information to service the starter with oil.
R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one brand of oil. Although

____
R approved brands may be mixed if necessary to continue operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth

No specific oil servicing aid eg. syringe or squeezy bottle with
flexible tube
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 307
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-110

8 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-200
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-80-991-153 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-057
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).
1(2).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 308
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-13-80-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-80-612-055
A. Service the Starter with Oil

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-80-991-153)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the oil filler plug
(1).
(2) Remove the oil filler plug (1), with the sealing ring (2), from the
oil filling point (6).
NOTE : On engines that feature SB80-003, but do not feature SB80-007

____
do not loosen the adapter (3). Hold it with a wrench when you
remove the oil filler plug (1).
(3) Remove and discard the sealing ring (2).
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the oil overflow plug
(9).
(5) Remove the oil overflow plug (9) with the seal ring (8) from the oil
overflow point (10).
(7) Put the container into position below the starter (7).
CAUTION : FILL PORT AND OVERFLOW PORT MUST BE OPENED DURING OIL
_______
SERVICE. IF NOT, OVERFILLING CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : TO MAKE SURE THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT, WAIT UNTIL OVERFLOW
_______
STOPS FROM THE FILL PORT OR OVERFLOW PORT.
(8) Put clean approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) into the starter
(7) at the filling point (6) using the oil servicing aid eg. syringe
or squeezy bottle with flexible tube until oil flows from the filling
point (6) or oil overflow point (10).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 309
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Starter - Oil Servicing
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-80-991-153

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 310
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(9) To make sure the oil level is correct, wait until the overflow stops.
(10) Install a new sealing ring (8) on to the oil overflow plug (9).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)
(11) With the oil at correct level, install the overflow plug (9) with the
sealing ring (8) on the overflow point (10).
(12) TORQUE the overflow plug (9) to between 30 and 45 lbf.in (0.33 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(13) Safety the oil overflow plug (9) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(14) Install a new sealing ring (2) on to the oil filler plug (1)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(15) Make sure the oil is at the correct level then install the oil filler
plug (1), with the sealing ring (2), to the oil filling point (6).
(16) TORQUE the oil filler plug (1) to 20 lbf.in (0.22 m.daN) to 35 lbf.in
(0.39 m.daN). (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(17) Safety the oil filler plug (1) lockwire (Material No. V02-126).
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014)
(18) Remove all unwanted oilfrom the outside of the starter (7) with a
clean lint free cloth.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK
_______
IN TO THE OIL SYSTEM.
(19) Remove the container and discard any drained oil.
Subtask 12-13-80-612-060
B. Service the Starter with Oil.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the oil filler plug
(1).
(2) Remove the oil filler plug (1) with the sealing ring (2) from the oil
filling port (6).
NOTE : On engines that feature SBE 80-003, but do not feature SBE
____
80-007, do not loosen the adapter (3). Hold it with a wrench
when you remove the oil filler plug (1).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 311
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the overflow plug (9).
(5) Remove the oil overflow plug (9) with the sealing ring (8) from the
oil overflow point (10).
(7) Put the container into position below the starter (7).
CAUTION : FILL PORT AND OVERFLOW PORT MUST BE OPENED DURING OIL
_______
SERVICE. IF NOT, OVERFILLING CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : TO MAKE SURE THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT, WAIT UNTIL OVERFLOW
_______
STOPS FROM THE FILL PORT OR OVERFLOW PORT.
(8) Put clean approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) into the starter
(7) at the pressure fill facility until the oil overflows from oil
overflow point (10).
(9) To make sure the oil level is correct, wait until the overflow stops.
(10) Install a new sealing ring (8) on to the overflow plug (9).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)
(11) With the oil at correct level, install the overflow plug (9) with
sealing ring (8) to the overflow point (10).
(12) TORQUE the oil overflow plug (9) to between 30 and 45 lbf.in (0.33
and 0.50 m.daN). (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(13) Safety the oil overflow plug (9) with lockwire (Material No. V02-
126). (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014)
(14) Install a new sealing ring (2) on to the oil filler plug (1)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(15) Make sure the oil is at the correct level then install the oil filler
plug (1) with the sealing ring (2) to the oil filling point (6).
(16) TORQUE the oil filler plug (1) to between 20 and 35 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(17) Safety the oil overflow plug (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 312
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
(18) Remove all unwanted oil from the outside of the starter (7) with a
lint free cloth.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK
_______
IN TO THE OIL SYSTEM.
(19) Remove the container and discard any drained oil.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-13-80

Page 313
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
GAS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
This section gives information about the servicing of the:

- Hydraulic Power (Refer to 12-14-29 Page 301),
- Landing Gear (Refer to 12-14-32) Page 301),
**ON A/C 051-099,
This section gives information about the servicing of the:

- Hydraulic Power (Refer to 12-14-29 Page 301),
- Landing Gear (Refer to 12-14-32) Page 301),
- Oxygen (Refer to 12-14-35 Page 301).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
___________________________
TASK 12-14-29-614-001
Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators 1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
_______
GEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 98F29103500000 1 FILL UNIT-NITROGEN

FOR FIN 2070GM
No specific access platform
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 19-014 USA MIL-P-27401 TYPE 1 GRADE A

NITROGEN,(GASEOUS) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 301
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-10-00-200-008 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure on Hydraulic Power

Accumulators
**ON A/C 001-001, 051-052,
12-14-29-991-001 Fig. 301
R **ON A/C 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-14-29-991-001-A Fig. 301A
**ON A/C ALL
12-14-29-991-003 Fig. 302

FOR FIN 1070GM
FOR FIN 3070GM
FOR FIN 2070GM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-29-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable access door/panel:

FOR 1070GM
- open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
FOR 3070GM
- open the access panel 196BB.
FOR 2070GM
- open the access panel 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-14-29-860-050
(1) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system:

FOR 1070GM
- depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
001).
FOR 3070GM
- depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002).
FOR 2070GM
- depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
003).
(2) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
applicable hydraulic system:
- on the applicable ground service panel,
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit.
(3) Put an access platform below the MLG bay.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-001, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001)
R **ON A/C 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-14-29-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location

R

EFF :

001-001, 051-052, 12-14-29

Page 304
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF :

001-001, 051-052, 12-14-29

Page 305
May 01/05

CES

R

EFF : 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-14-29

Page 306
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-14-29

Page 307
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Hydraulic Power Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 308
May 01/04

CES
Subtask 12-14-29-614-052
A. Fill the Applicable Accumulator with Nitrogen.
(1) Do a check of the nitrogen pressure gage, before you fill the
applicable accumulator:
(a) If the decrease in nitrogen pressure is more than 15 bar

(217.5565 psi) (refer to the subsequent nitrogen pressure table),
do a leak check of the applicable accumulator (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-200-008).
(b) If the decrease in nitrogen pressure is less than 15 bar

(217.5565 psi), continue as follows:
(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
R (3) Connect the FILL UNIT-NITROGEN (98F29103500000) or a nitrogen bench

capable of maximum pressure 155 bar (2248.0843 psi) to the charging
valve (2).
(4) Loosen the charging valve nut (2).
(5) Open the control valve slowly and fill the hydraulic power
accumulator with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-014) to the correct
pressure for the ambient temperature.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 309
Aug 01/08

CES
NITROGEN PRESSURE
R
------------------------- -----------------------
R | deg.F | PSI | | deg.C | PSI |
R |-----------|-----------| |----------|----------|
R | -5 | 1570 | | -20 | 1570 |
R | 0 | 1580 | | -15 | 1595 |
R | +5 | 1595 | | -10 | 1620 |
R | +10 | 1610 | | -5 | 1670 |
R | +15 | 1620 | | 0 | 1710 |
R | +20 | 1650 | | +5 | 1755 |
R | +25 | 1680 | | +10 | 1800 |
R | +30 | 1710 | | +15 | 1840 |
R | +35 | 1725 | | +20 | 1890 |
R | +40 | 1750 | | +25 | 1930 |
R | +45 | 1775 | | +30 | 1970 |
R | +50 | 1800 | | +35 | 2015 |
R | +55 | 1820 | | +40 | 2060 |
R | +60 | 1850 | | +45 | 2095 |
R | +65 | 1870 | | +50 | 2130 |
R | +70 | 1890 | | +55 | 2175 |
R | +75 | 1920 | | +60 | 2220 |
R | +80 | 1940 | | | |
R | +85 | 1970 | | | |
R | +90 | 1990 | | | |
R | +95 | 2010 | | | |
R | +100 | 2040 | | | |
R | +105 | 2060 | | | |
R | +110 | 2085 | | | |
R | +115 | 2105 | | | |
R | +120 | 2130 | | | |
R | +125 | 2145 | | | |
R | +130 | 2170 | | | |
R | +135 | 2195 | | | |
R | +140 | 2220 | | | |
---------------------------------------------------
Table I

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 310
Aug 01/08

CES
(6) When the pressure is stable and correct, tighten the charging valve
nut (2).
(7) Make sure that the pressure shown on the pressure gage (3) is
correct.
(8) Stop the supply and remove the nitrogen filling system from the
charging valve (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-29-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access door/panel:

FOR 1070GM
- close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
FOR 3070GM
- close the access panel 196BB.
FOR 2070GM
- close the access panel 195BB.
Subtask 12-14-29-860-051
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 311
Feb 01/98

CES
________________________
TASK 12-14-32-614-001
Nitrogen Filling of the Tires
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific tire inflation adaptor and pressure gage
R No specific 1 CART - INFLATION, TIRE, NITROGEN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-062

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 301
May 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-14-32-941-051
R B. Preparation
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR
_______
THE LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE
EXTINGUISHER DIRECTLY ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. THIS COULD
CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INFLATE THE TIRES.

_______
USE A PRESSURE REGULATOR (OR PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE) BETWEEN THE
PRESSURE SOURCE AND THE TIRE.
MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESSURE REGULATOR IS ADJUSTED TO THE
CORRECT PRESSURE FOR THE TIRE.
IF THE PRESSURE SOURCE DOES NOT HAVE A PRESSURE REGULATOR,
THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Use only dry nitrogen or other inert gases to inflate the tires. The
gas used to inflate the tires must not contain more than 5% oxygen
(volume).
(2) If the aircraft is far from its base and no dry nitrogen is
available, you can use air for the servicing of the tires if:
- the oxygen in the tires is not more than 5% (volume)
or
- maintenance personnel remove the air from the tires and inflate
them with dry nitrogen before 15 hours time service.
A chemical reaction between the oxygen in the tires and the gases
from the inner liner can cause a tire explosion.
R (3) Put the CART - INFLATION, TIRE, NITROGEN near the tire to be
R inflated.
(4) Remove the tire inflation-valve cap.
(5) Install the tire inflation adaptor and pressure gage on the tire
inflation valve. Connect the tire inflation cart to the tire
inflation adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 302
May 01/09

CES
(6) If there is a large temperature decrease between the departure and
the destination airports, you must adjust the tire pressure for the
colder airport before the flight. If the temperature difference is
equal to or greater than 25 deg.C lower, do this procedure:
(a) Increase the given tire pressures 3.7% for each 10 deg.C of
temperature difference.
EXAMPLE Temperature at departure airport = 20 deg.C
Temperature at arrival airport = -10 deg.C
Temperature difference = 30 deg.C
Increase the tire pressure: 30/10 x 3.7% = 11.1%
If the loaded tire pressure is 13.0 bar, increase the
tire pressure: 13.0 bar + (13.0 bar x 11.1%) = 14.4 bar
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : USE ONLY NITROGEN FOR TIRE INFLATION. IF THE BRAKES OVERHEAT,
_______
OTHER GASES CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
NOTE : In the tables that follow the term loaded means with the aircraft
____
weight on the wheels. The term unloaded is when the applicable
wheel is off the ground (jacked).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299,
Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-C
A. Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Tires
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct NLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE -----------------------------------------
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 77400 kg | 30 X 8.8 - 15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (170638 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 77400 kg | 30 X 8.8 R15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (170638 lb) | RADIAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 303
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-A
B. Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Tires
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct MLG tire pressure. If
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |-----------------------------------------|
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 77400 kg | 46 X 17 R20 | 13.8 (200) normal | 14.4 (209) normal |
| (170638 lb) | RADIAL | 14.5 (210) max | 15.1 (219) max |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| (170638 lb) | RADIAL | 10.8 (157) max | 11.2 (162) max |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 77400 kg | 46 X 16 - 20 | 13.8 (200) normal | 14.4 (209) normal |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 12-14-32

Page 304
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 051-099, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-B
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE -----------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| (162922 lb) | RADIAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-B
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| (162922 lb) | RADIAL | 14.0 (203) max | 14.5 (210) max |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| (162922 lb) | RADIAL | 10.4 (151) max | 10.8 (157) max |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|

R

EFF :

051-099, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-14-32

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-D
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
|---------------|--------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|---------------|--------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| (155205 lb) | RADIAL | 12.6 (182) max | 13.1 (190) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 051-099, 151-199, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
12-14-32

Page 306
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-C
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
R |---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| (155205 lb) | RADIAL | 13.0 (188) max | 13.5 (196) max |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-E
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
R |---------------|--------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
R |---------------|--------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| (205912 lb) | RADIAL | 11.8 (171) max | 12.2 (177) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-14-32

Page 307
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-D
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| (205912 lb) | RADIAL | 15.1 (219) max | 15.7 (228) max |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-051
(2) Disconnect the tire inflation cart, adaptor and gage.
(3) Install the tire inflation-valve cap. TORQUE the valve cap to between
0.05 and 0.1 m.daN (4.42 and 8.84 lbf.in).
(4) Remove the inflation cart from the area.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-14-32-614-002
Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure Accumulator
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
12-14-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-14-32-991-002 Fig. 302
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
12-14-32-991-003 Fig. 303

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 309
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 32-1215 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,
12-14-32-991-003-A Fig. 303A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-052
R (1) Put the SAFETY BARRIERS in position.
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the panel 198CB to tell persons not to
pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-052
R (1) On panel 400VU, make sure that the L/G control-lever is in the DOWN
R position.
(2) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXT handle is in the
stowed position.
R
R (3) Make sure that pressure in the brake accumulator of the Yellow
hydraulic system is released.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 310
May 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 311
May 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 312
May 01/07

CES
Subtask 12-14-32-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-002)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-14-32-991-003)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 32-1215 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,
(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-14-32-991-003-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210,
Subtask 12-14-32-614-052
A. Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure

Accumulator
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 313
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Brake Accumulator - Filling System Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 314
Aug 01/05

CES
Brake Accumulator Assembly - Detail and Location
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 315
Aug 01/05
R
CES
Brake Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 303/TASK 12-14-32-991-003

R

EFF :
201-210,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 12-14-32

Page 316
Aug 01/05

CES
Yellow System Brake Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 303A/TASK 12-14-32-991-003-A

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 317
Aug 01/05
R
CES
(2) Open the control valve (F) slowly and fill the brake accumulator to
the correct pressure for the ambient temperature. Make sure that the
fill pressure is as follows:
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| deg. C | deg. F | P bar | P psi |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| -20 | -4 | 87 | 1260 |
| -10 | +14 | 90 | 1310 |
| 0 | +32 | 93 | 1350 |
| +10 | +50 | 97 | 1400 |
| +20 | +68 | 100 | 1450 |
| +30 | +86 | 104 | 1510 |
| +40 | +104 | 107 | 1550 |
| +50 | +122 | 110 | 1600 |
| +60 | +140 | 114 | 1650 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) When the pressure is stable, check that the pressure is correct for
the ambient temperature.
(4) Make sure that the pressure is not more than the MAX VALUE and not
less than the MIN VALUE. If necessary, pressurize the brake
accumulator again until the pressure is correct.
(5) Close the control valve (F) and tighten the charging valve nut (2).
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 32-1215 For A/C 001-049,051-099,101-105,151-199,201-210,
Subtask 12-14-32-614-052-A
A. Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure

Accumulator
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 318
Aug 01/08

CES
(2) Open the control valve (F) slowly and fill the brake accumulator to
the correct pressure for the ambient temperature. Make sure that the
fill pressure is as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| deg. C | deg. F | bar | psi |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| -20 | -4 | 61 | 885 |
| -10 | +14 | 63 | 914 |
| 0 | +32 | 65 | 943 |
| +10 | +50 | 68 | 986 |
| +20 | +68 | 70 | 1015 |
| +30 | +86 | 72 | 1044 |
| +40 | +104 | 75 | 1088 |
| +50 | +122 | 77 | 1117 |
| +60 | +140 | 80 | 1160 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) When the pressure is stable, check that the pressure is correct for
the ambient temperature.
(4) Make sure that the pressure is not more than or not less than 3.4 bar
(49.3128 psi) from the correct pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
brake accumulator again until the pressure is correct.
(5) Close the control valve (F) and tighten the charging valve nut (2).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-865-051
breaker(s):
3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 12-14-32-942-054
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 319
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 320
May 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-14-32-614-003
Check Charge Pressure of Main Landing Gear Shock Absorber
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
KILL YOU.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE ABOVE
_______
140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
jacks. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must be positioned correctly
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 321
Aug 01/09
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R +/- 2 Deg.C)
No specific 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi)
No specific 1 pressure gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi)
No specific 2 pressure gages 140 bar (2030.5278 psi)
No specific 2 standard charging equipments
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-32-611-004 Check Fluid Level of Main Landing Gear Shock Absorber
12-12-32-611-008 Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock
Absorber
32-11-13-000-001 Removal of the MLG Shock Absorber
32-11-13-000-003 Removal of the MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals
32-11-13-400-001 Installation of the MLG Shock Absorber
32-11-13-400-003 Installation of the MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals
32-11-13-860-001 To Close the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 322
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-14-32-991-019 Fig. 304
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-14-32-991-019-A Fig. 304A
**ON A/C ALL
12-14-32-991-020 Fig. 305

12-14-32-991-004 Fig. 306
12-14-32-991-021 Fig. 307
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
12-14-32-991-005 Fig. 308
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-14-32-991-005-A Fig. 308A
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-14-32-991-005-B Fig. 308B
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
12-14-32-991-025 Fig. 309
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-14-32-991-025-A Fig. 309A

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 323
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-14-32-991-025-B Fig. 309B
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
12-14-32-991-027 Fig. 310
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-14-32-991-027-B Fig. 310A
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-14-32-991-027-A Fig. 310B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-064
gear.
(3) On panel 400VU:

position.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate:

- the landing gear controls
- the landing gear doors.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 324
Feb 01/10

CES
(5) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
shock absorber.
(6) If the aircraft is on the ground, make sure that the wheel chocks are
in position at the Main Landing Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock
at the nosewheels.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-210-054
A. Visual Inspection of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber for Leakage of

Hydraulic Fluid
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-019)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 304A/TASK 12-14-32-991-019-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-020)
(1) Before you do the check and/or charge the nitrogen:

- examine the gland housing/sliding tube of the shock absorber for
damage or leakage of hydraulic fluid.
(2) If there is a leak from the gland housing and the sliding tube
interface or from the gland housing and the main fitting interface:
(a) Examine the sliding tube for damage:
1
_ If there is damage, replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-
11-13-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001).
2
_ If there is no damage:
- replace the shock absorber gland seals (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
000-003) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-003)
or
- replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 325
Feb 01/10

CES
Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
Figure 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-019

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 326
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
Figure 304A/TASK 12-14-32-991-019-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 327
Aug 01/05

CES
R Details of the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve
Figure 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-020

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 328
Feb 01/07

CES
or
- close the spare seal activating-valve (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
860-001).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-080
R B. MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Check Charge and Fill with Nitrogen
R (Aircraft on Ground)
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004, 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021)
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005)
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 308A/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 308B/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-B)
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025)
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 309A/TASK 12-14-32-991-025-A)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 309B/TASK 12-14-32-991-025-B)
**ON A/C ALL
_______
WILL MOVE.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 329
Feb 01/10

CES
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber Charging Valves - Detail and Location
Figure 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 330
Aug 01/05

CES
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Typical Filling System
Figure 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 331
Aug 01/05

CES
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 332
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 333
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 334
Aug 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 335
Aug 01/05

CES
MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 336
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 337
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 338
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 339
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 308B/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-B13 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 340
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 341
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 342
Aug 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 343
Aug 01/05

CES
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Imp. Units)

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 344
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 345
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 346
Aug 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 347
Aug 01/05

CES
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 348
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 349
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 350
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 351
May 01/07

CES
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 352
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 353
Aug 01/07

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 354
Aug 01/07

CES
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
R ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). DO NOT USE EQUIPMENT WITH A
R SIGHT GLASS. THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
_______
PRESSURE.
_______
MEASUREMENT.

____
equipments and 2 pressure gages 140 bar (2030.5278 psi). The
equipment must be safe to use at over 140 bar (2030.5278 psi).
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
(1) Measure and write down dimension H.
(2) Install the first standard charging equipment on the top charging
valve (1):
NOTE : If the equipment manufacturers assembly/operating instructions

____
are different to the data given, use the equipment
manufacturers instructions.
(e) Install the first pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
the three-way valve (22).
(4) At the top charging valve, read and record the pressure shown on the
pressure gage.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 355
Aug 01/09

CES
valve.
(7) Use diagram 1 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve for the measured temperature.
(8) If the measured dimension H is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of the

dimension H shown in diagram 1, do the steps that follow:

____
(a) Make sure that the control valve (25) is closed.
(b) Open the control valve (23) to release all pressure from the
filling hose (21).
(c) Close the control valve (23).
(f) TORQUE the charging valve (1) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
(g) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(h) Do the close-up procedure in Para. 5.A.
(9) If the measured dimension H is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of

the dimension H shown in diagram 1, do the steps (10) thru (36).
NOTE : If the measured H dimension is less than 33 mm (1.2992 in.) do

____
the nitrogen filling procedure with the aircraft on jacks (if
the measured H dimension is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.)
of the correct value). Refer to Para 4.C.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 356
Feb 01/10

CES
(10) Install the second standard charging equipment on the bottom charging
valve (3):

____
(a) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).
(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).
(e) Install the second pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
the three-way valve (22).
(14) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(15) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).
(16) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(17) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be 18 bar
(261.0678 psi) more than the pressure at the top charging valve (1).
If not, do the steps that follow:
NOTE : This makes sure that the floating piston is at the top of the
____
second stage cylinder before you do the nitrogen filling.
NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid can be

____
released from the charging valve when nitrogen is discharged.
If the volume of fluid that flows from the bottom charging
valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
- you must replenish the MLG shock absorber hydraulic oil
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
- refer to the MLG Design Authority.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 357
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(a) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.
(b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).
(c) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(d) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure at the bottom charging valve (3).
(e) Open the bottom charging valve (3).
(f) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be between 18
bar (261.0678 psi) and 21 bar (304.5791 psi) more than the
pressure at the top charging valve (1).
(g) Close the control valve (25).
(h) After ten minutes (to let the pressure and temperature become
stable), check that the condition at step (f) is the same.
(i) If it is not the same, do the steps (d) thru (h) again.
(j) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(k) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
(l) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(m) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
(n) Close the top charging valve (1).
(o) If the difference in pressure at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) is less than 11 bar (159.5414 psi),
do the steps (a) thru (n) again.
valve (1).
(19) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve (1) at the measured temperature.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 358
Feb 01/10

CES
(20) If the measured dimension H is more than you found in diagram 2, do
these steps:
(a) Open the top charging valve (1).
(b) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(c) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).
NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will decrease

____
because nitrogen was removed without sufficient shock
absorber movement.
(d) After five minutes, measure the temperature and the pressure at
the top charging valve (1).
(e) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (d).
(f) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(g) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (e) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)), close the control valve (23).
(h) Close the top charging valve (1).
(21) If the measured dimension H is less than you found in diagram 2, do

these steps:
(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).
(b) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(c) Open the top charging valve (1).
(d) Slowly open the control valve (25) to add nitrogen.
(e) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (25).
NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will increase

____
because nitrogen was added without sufficient shock
absorber movement.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 359
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(f) After five minutes, measure the pressure and the temperature at
the top charging valve (1).
(g) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (f).
(h) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure.
(i) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (g) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)), close the control valve (25).
(j) Close the top charging valve (1).
(22) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and the bottom
charging valve (3).
(23) Read and record:

- the pressures at the top charging valve (1) and the bottom charging
valve (3)
- the temperature at the top charging valve (1)
- the dimension H.
(24) Use the pressure and the temperature you measured at the top charging
valve (1) to find the correct dimension H in diagram 2. Make sure
that the dimension H in diagram 2 and the dimension H found in step
(23) are the same +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
(25) Check the pressure you measured at the top charging valve (1) and at
the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure that the difference between
these pressures is more than 11 bar (159.5414 psi).
(26) If the conditions at step (24) or step (25) are incorrect, do the
procedure again from step (17).
(27) Close the top charging valve (1) and the bottom charging valve (3).
(28) To get the correct charge pressure at the bottom charging valve, do
the applicable step (29) or (30).
(29) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is on or below the graph line (for the measured temperature), do
these steps:
(a) Open the bottom charging valve (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 360
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(b) Slowly open the control valve (25) (to increase the nitrogen
pressure), or slowly open the control valve (23) (to remove
nitrogen).
(c) Make sure that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is
the same as the pressure shown on the graph line (for the
measured temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).
(d) Close these valves:

- the bottom charging valve (3)
- the control valve (25)
- the control valve (23)
- the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(e) After five minutes, open the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure
that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is the same as
the pressure shown on the graph line (for the measured
temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).
(30) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is above the graph line (for the measured temperature), do these
steps:
(a) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(b) Open the bottom charging valve (3).
(c) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(d) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).
NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will decrease

____
because nitrogen was removed without sufficient shock
absorber movement.
(e) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1).
(f) At the top charging valve (1), measure the pressure and the
temperature.
(g) Use the diagram 1 to find the dimension H that you need for the
conditions at step (f).
(h) Slowly open the control valve (23) (to release nitrogen) until
the dimension H is the same as the dimension H found in diagram
1, +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 361
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(i) Close the bottom charging valve (3) and the control valve (23).
(j) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and read and
record the pressure.
(k) Close the top charging valve (1).
(l) Open the bottom charging valve (3) and read and record the
pressure.
(m) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(n) Make sure that the pressures at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) are the same +/- 1.5 bar (21.7556
psi). If the pressures are not in this limit, do the procedure
from step (17) again.
(31) Remove the nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
(32) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).
(33) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

the charging valves (1) and (3).
(37) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).
(38) Do the Para. 4.B again for the other shock absorber.
R
R NOTE : Frequent nitrogen filling of the MLG shock absorber can be an

____
R indication of low oil level. Record all nitrogen servicing
R work in the aircraft log. This will let you monitor if the
R fluid level check procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-004) is
R necessary.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 362
Aug 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-14-32-614-081
R C. MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Check Charge Pressure and Fill with
R Nitrogen (Aircraft on Jacks)
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004, 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021)
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
R ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). DO NOT USE EQUIPMENT WITH A
R SIGHT GLASS. THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
_______
PRESSURE.
_______
MEASUREMENT.

____
equipments, 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) and 1 pressure
gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi). The charging equipment must be safe to
use at over 140 bar (2030.5278 psi).
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is positioned correctly on the jacks
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended and that the
dimension H is between 496.7 mm (19.5551 in.) and 500.5 mm (19.7047
in.).
(a) If you do this procedure after you have replenished the shock
absorber with hydraulic oil (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008), you
must:
1
_ Charge the top charging valve (first stage of the cylinder)
with nitrogen to a maximum pressure of 5.0 bar (72.5188 psi).
2
_ Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Refer to
Para. 4.C.(2) and make sure that dimension H is correct.
(b) Release all the pressure from the top charging valve (first stage
of the cylinder).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 363
Aug 01/09

CES
(3) Install the standard charging equipment:

____
(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
(e) Install the pressure gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi) (20) on the
(f) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).
(g) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
(h) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).
(i) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).
(j) Install the pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on the
(4) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve
(1).
(5) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(6) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
(7) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 364
Aug 01/09
R
CES
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 310A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 310B/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(8) Refer to the Table 1 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).
NOTE : To increase the nitrogen pressure, open the control valve

____
(25). To release the nitrogen pressure, open the control
valve (23).
NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid

____
can be released from the charging valve when nitrogen is
discharged. If the volume of fluid that flows from the
bottom charging valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
(c) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(d) Slowly increase or release the nitrogen pressure until the

pressure is correct for the measured temperature.
(e) Close the control valve (23) or (25).
(f) After 15 minutes, measure the pressure at the bottom charging

valve (3) again. Make sure that the pressure is correct.
(g) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 365
Feb 01/10

CES
R Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels

R

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 366
Aug 01/09

CES

R

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-14-32

Page 367
Aug 01/09

CES
Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels
Figure 310A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 368
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels
Figure 310A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-14-32

Page 369
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Figure 310B/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 370
Aug 01/09

CES
R Figure 310B/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-14-32

Page 371
Aug 01/09

CES
(h) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027)
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 310A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 310B/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(12) Refer to the Table 2 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).
NOTE : To increase the nitrogen pressure, open the control valve

____
(25). To release the nitrogen pressure, open the control
valve (23).
NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid

____
can be released from the charging valve when nitrogen is
discharged. If the volume of fluid that flows from the
bottom charging valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 372
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
(c) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(d) Slowly increase or release the nitrogen pressure until the

pressure is correct for the measured temperature.
(e) Close the control valve (23) or (25).
(f) After 15 minutes, measure the pressure at the top charging valve
(1) again. Make sure that the pressure is correct.
(g) Close the top charging valve (1).
(h) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(13) After one hour, do these steps to make sure the pressures are
correct:
(a) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging
valve (1).
(b) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(c) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure
shown on the pressure gage (20).
(d) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(e) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(f) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
(g) Close the top charging valve (1).
(h) Make sure that the pressures are correct with the values in
Tables 1 and 2 for the measured temperature.
(14) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).
(15) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 373
Aug 01/09
R
CES
the charging valves (1) and (3).
(19) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).
(20) Do the Para. 4.C. again for the other shock absorber.
NOTE : Frequent nitrogen filling of the MLG shock absorber can be an

____
indication of low oil level. Record all nitrogen servicing
work in the aircraft log. This will let you monitor if the
fluid level check procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-004) is
necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-061

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 374
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-14-32-200-001
Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-611-004 Check Fluid Level of Main Landing Gear Shock Absorber

12-14-32-200-001 Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
Absorber
Gears
12-14-32-991-024 Fig. 311

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 375
Aug 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-065
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU:

position.
(4) Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position at the Main Landing
Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock at the nosewheels.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-024)
Subtask 12-14-32-220-062
R A. Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
(1) Measure the dimension H for each MLG shock absorber and do the
applicable step that follows:
(a) If one of or two of the H dimensions is/are less than 33 mm

(1.2992 in.):
1
_ Do the fluid check of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-
32-611-004).
or
(b) If the difference between each MLG shock absorber H dimension
is more than 45 mm (1.7716 in.):
1
_ Do the fluid check of the MLG shock absorber before 5 flight
cycles have been completed (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-004).
or

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 376
Aug 01/09

CES
MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Dimension H
Figure 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-024

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 377
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(c) If the difference between each MLG shock absorber H dimension
is between 30 mm (1.1811 in.) and 45 mm (1.7716 in.):
1
_ Check the charge pressure of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK
12-14-32-614-003) at the next available maintenance check.
or
(d) If the difference between each MLG shock absorber H dimension
is less than 30 mm (1.1811 in.), no maintenance is necessary.
(2) If oil replenishment or gas charging was necessary, make a note in

the aircraft log:
- it is recommended that you do a weight-on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001) in not less than 24
hours.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-062

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 378
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-14-32-614-004
Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
KILL YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You must do this task if the fluid level in the NLG shock absorber is
____
correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-610-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005)
or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-001).
NOTE : It is recommended that you do this procedure with the aircraft on

____
jacks or with the nose of the aircraft on jacks and the MLG wheels on
the ground. It can be done on the ground if the aircraft cannot be
jacked. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must in the correct position
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK 07-11-581-003).
NOTE : You must do this procedure a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will let the gas and the oil separate.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 379
Feb 01/10
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific thermometer surface contact (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C
accurate to +/- 0.2 Deg.C)
No specific pressure gage 200 bar (2900.7540 psi)
No specific pressure gage 30 bar (435.1131 psi)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-32-991-006 Fig. 312
12-14-32-991-007 Fig. 313
12-14-32-991-017 Fig. 314
12-14-32-991-030 Fig. 315
12-14-32-991-031 Fig. 316

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 380
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-057
R (2) If the aircraft is on jacks, put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in
position.

- make sure that the landing gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate:

R - the Nose Landing Gear (NLG) and the Main landing Gear (MLG)
R controls.
R (5) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
R gears and doors.
Subtask 12-14-32-010-051
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006, 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-007, 314/TASK

R 12-14-32-991-017, 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-030, 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)
R
Subtask 12-14-32-614-059
R A. NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Filling - Aircraft on Jacks

R
NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted. The
____
shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured until the
aircraft has been on jacks for 2 hours. This will let the shock
absorber pressure become stable and make sure that the value
recorded is accurate.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 381
Nov 01/09

CES
R NLG Charging Valve - Detail and Location
Figure 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 382
Nov 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 383
Nov 01/09

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 384
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 385
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 386
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 387
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 388
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 389
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 390
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 391
Feb 01/10

CES
NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
R Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-017

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 392
Nov 01/09

CES
R Pressure/Temperature Table - Shock Absorber Fully Extended
Figure 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-030

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 393
Nov 01/09

CES
R NLG Shock Absorber - Dimension H
R Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-031

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 394
Nov 01/09

CES
R
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is extended fully and the dimension
R H is between 447 mm (17.5984 in.) and 451 mm (17.7559 in.).
R
R (Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)

R (a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the nitrogen source.
R (b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the three-way valve
R (13).
R (c) Connect the filling hose (12) to the three-way valve (13).
R NOTE : The filling hose (12) length must not be more than 3 m
____
R (9.84 ft.).
R (d) Remove the blanking cap (9) and the plug (3) from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY.
R (e) Connect the filling hose (12) to the end fitting (8) of the
R FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (f) Slowly open the control valves (14) and (15) on the three-way
R valve (13) and the control valve on the nitrogen source. Blow
R nitrogen through the charging equipment to bleed the system.
R (g) Close the control valve on the nitrogen source.
R (h) Close the control valves (14) and (15) on the three-way valve
R (13).
_______
R PRESSURE RANGE (0 BAR TO 30 BAR AND ACCURATE TO +/- 0.2
R BAR). THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
R MEASUREMENT.
R (i) Install the applicable pressure gage (11) on the three-way valve
R (13).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 395
Nov 01/09

CES
R (3) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (2) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
R (a) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
R the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (2).
R (c) Turn the core (4) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
R knurled shoulder (7). This will install the seal (5) on the
R charging valve (2).
R (4) Do a check of the charging equipment for leaks as follows:
R (a) Make sure that the charging valve (2) and the control valve (14)
R on the three-way valve (13) are closed.
R (b) Slowly open the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Add
R nitrogen until the pressure read on the pressure gage is 19 bar
R (275.5716 psi)
R (d) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
R (e) After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum of 5
R minutes to make sure that the pressure is stable. This will make
R sure that there are no leaks in the charging equipment.
R (f) Close the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (5) Do a check of the NLG shock absorber charge pressure as follows:
R (a) Use a thermometer surface contact (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C accurate

R to +/- 0.2 Deg.C) to measure and record the temperature of the
R NLG shock absorber adjacent to the charging valve (2). Make sure
R that the thermometer surface contact touches the shock absorber
R outer-cylinder.
R
R NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the

____
R cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the
R main fitting.
R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
R (b) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 396
Nov 01/09

CES
R (c) Slowly open the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (11).
R (d) Close the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13) and the
R charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (e) Refer to the table and use the recorded temperature value to
R identify the correct charge pressue.
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-030)
R (f) If the recorded pressure value compares to the correct pressure

R +/- 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi), no more action is necessary, go to step
R (7).
R (g) If the pressure is incorrect, do step (6).
R (6) Inflate the NLG shock absorber as follows:
R CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
R ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE
R TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK
R ABSORBER PRESSURE.
R (a) Slowly open the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (b) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Adjust the
R charge pressure in the shock absorber to the correct value as
R recorded in step (5)(e).
R (d) Close the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (e) Close the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (f) After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum of 15
R minutes to let the pressure become stable.
R (g) Slowly open the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13)
R and the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY. Check that
R the pressure read on the pressure gage (11) compares with the
R correct pressure +/- 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi) as recorded in step
R (5)(e).
R (h) If necessary, adjust the pressure to give the correct value.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 397
Nov 01/09

CES
R (7) Remove the standard charging equipment and FILLING ASSEMBLY as
R follows:
R (a) Close the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (b) Close the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (c) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
R (d) Slowly open the control valve (14) to release the pressure and
R remove the nitrogen source from the three-way valve (13).
R (e) Remove the pressure gage (11).
R (f) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment
R (8) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).
R (9) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of

R the charging valve (2).
R (10) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).
R NOTE : If the NLG shock absorber has been fully deflated and inflated
____
R again:
R - it is recommended that you do a check of the NLG shock
R absorber charging pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004) in
R not less than seven days. This is because the nitrogen can
R be absorbed into the oil and the charge pressure can change.
R
R Subtask 12-14-32-614-055
R B. NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Filling - Aircraft on Wheels
R CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO DEFLATE THE SHOCK ABSORBER MORE THAN

_______
R SPECIFIED IN THE PROCEDURE. IF YOU DEFLATE THE SHOCK ABSORBER
R TOO MUCH, HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN COME OUT OF THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
R NOTE : When the nitrogen filling is done with the aircraft

____
R weight-on-wheels, the aircraft must be stable. No persons must
R move in the aircraft during the filling task.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 398
Nov 01/09

CES
R (a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the nitrogen source.
R (b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the three-way valve
R (13).
R (c) Connect the filling hose (12) to the three-way valve (13).
R NOTE : The filling hose (12) length must not be more than 3 m
____
R (9.84 ft.).
R (d) Remove the blanking cap (9) and the plug (3) from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY.
R (e) Connect the filling hose (12) to the end fitting (8) of the
R FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (f) Slowly open the control valves (14) and (15) on the three-way
R valve (13) and the control valve on the nitrogen source. Blow
R nitrogen through the charging equipment to bleed the system.
R (g) Close the control valve on the nitrogen source.
R (h) Close the control valves (14) and (15) on the three-way valve
R (13).
_______
R PRESSURE RANGE (0 BAR TO 200 BAR AND ACCURATE TO +/-
R 0.5 BAR). THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
R MEASUREMENT.
R (i) Install the applicable pressure gage (11) on the three-way valve
R (13).
R (2) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (2) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
R (a) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
R the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 399
Nov 01/09

CES
charging valve (2).
(b) Slowly open control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (c) Use a thermometer surface contact (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C accurate

NLG shock absorber adjacent to the charging valve (2). Make sure
that the thermometer surface contact touches the shock absorber
outer-cylinder.
NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the

____
cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the
main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
(d) Measure and record the shock absorber extension, dimension H.

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-007)
(f) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Add
nitrogen until the pressure read on the pressure gage is the same
as the required charging pressure +/- 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(h) After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum of 5
minutes to make sure that the pressure is stable. This will make
sure that there are no leaks in the charging equipment.
(i) Close control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page A300
Feb 01/10

CES
R (a) Use a thermometer surface contact (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C accurate

NLG shock absorber adjacent to the charging valve (2). Make sure
that the thermometer surface contact touches the shock absorber
outer-cylinder.
NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the

____
cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the
main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
(b) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(c) Slowly open the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (11).
(d) Measure and record the shock absorber extension, dimension H.

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)
this value with the dimension H you recorded in step (4)(d).
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-007)
(f) If the recorded dimension H value compares to the correct

dimension H +/- 10 mm (0.3937 in.), no more action is necessary,
go to step (6).
(g) If the dimension H is incorrect, do step (5).
(5) Inflate the NLG shock absorber as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Inflate the
shock absorber with nitrogen until the dimension H is correct as
recorded in step (4)(e).
(b) Continue to inflate the shock absorber until the shock absorber
extends by 30 mm (1.1811 in.) more.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page A301
Feb 01/10

CES
R (c) When the pressure has become stable, record the pressure shown on
R the pressure gage (11).
R (d) Slowly open the control valve (14) on the three-way valve (13).
R Deflate the shock absorber until the dimension H is correct as
R recorded in step (4)(e).
R NOTE : Steps (b) thru (d) are to decrease the effect of the
____
R friction in the shock absorber on the measured value of
R the dimension H.
R (e) Close the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (f) Wait for a minimum of 10 minutes to let the pressure become

R stable within the shock absorber.
R (g) Open the control valve (15) and measure and record the pressure
R on the pressure gage (11).
R (h) Check that the dimension H compares with the correct dimension H
R +/- 10 mm (0.3937 in.) as recorded in step (4)(e).
R (i) If necessary, do steps (a) thru (h) again to adjust dimension H.
R (6) Remove the standard charging equipment and FILLING ASSEMBLY as

R follows:
R (a) Close the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (b) Close the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (c) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
R (d) Slowly open the control valve (14) to release the pressure and
R remove the nitrogen source from the three-way valve (13).
R (e) Remove the pressure gage (11).
R (f) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment
R (7) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).
R (8) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of

R the charging valve (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page A302
Nov 01/09

CES
NOTE : If the NLG shock absorber has been fully deflated and inflated
____
again:
- it is recommended that you do a check of the NLG shock
absorber charging pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004) in
not less than seven days. This is because the nitrogen can
be absorbed into the oil and the charge pressure can change.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-410-051
A. Close Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
items.
Subtask 12-14-32-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page A303
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-14-32-200-002
Check NLG Shock Absorber Bottoming
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-610-001 Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level and Charge

R Pressure (Two-Point Check - Aircraft on Jacks to
R start)
12-12-32-611-001 Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level
Gears
12-14-32-991-031 Fig. 316

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page A304
Feb 01/10

CES
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-14-32-941-070
R A. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put the safety barriers in position.
R (2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
R gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (3) On panel 400VU:

R - make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
R position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing-gear.
R (4) Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position at the Main Landing
R Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock at the nose wheels.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-14-32-220-063
R A. NLG Shock Absorber Dimension Check
R (1) Measure the dimension H for the NLG shock absorber:

R (Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)
R (a) If:
R - the dimension H is less than 26 mm (1.0236 in.), when the
R ambient temperature is less than 0 DEG.C (32.00 DEG.F)
R or
R ambient temperature is between 0 DEG.C (32.00 DEG.F) and 30
R DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F)
R or
R ambient temperature is more than 30 DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), do
R step (2).
R (b) If the dimension H is above the specified limits, do the close-up

R procedure in Para. 5.A.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page A305
Nov 01/09

CES
(2) Do one of the steps that follows:
(a) Do a check of the NLG shock absorber fluid level and charge
pressure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-610-001).
or
(b) Do the NLG shock absorber oil replenishment and nitrogen filling
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-064

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page A306
Feb 01/10

CES
OXYGEN - SERVICING
__________________
TASK 12-14-35-600-001
Servicing of the Oxygen-Replenishing
WARNING : KEEP ALL HYDROCARBONS (FUELS, LUBRICANTS, ETC.) AWAY FROM ALL SOURCE
_______
OF OXYGEN. OXYGEN BECOMES EXPLOSIVE WHEN IT TOUCHES HYDROCARBONS.
R WARNING : OBEY THESE SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE:

_______
R - CAREFULLY OBEY THE REPLENISHING INSTRUCTIONS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY
R THESE INSTRUCTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR AN EXPLOSION.
R - PREVENT ALL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES NEARER THAN 5 M (16.4 FT) TO THE
R WORKING AREA OF THE AIRCRAFT.
R - STOP ALL REFUELING, ALL REPAIRS ON FUEL AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS, AND
R ALL PROCEDURES THAT USE FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SUCH AS CLEANING AND
R DE-ICING MATERIALS.
R - PUT A WARNING NOTICE IN THE COCKPIT, THE WORK AREA AND THE CABIN TO
R TELL PERSONS NOT TO OPERATE ELECTRICAL SWITCHES DURING THE OXYGEN
R FILLING PROCEDURE.
R - TELL ALL PERSONS IN THE AIRCRAFT THAT THE OXYGEN FILLING PROCEDURE
R IS IN PROGRESS.
R - IF YOU THINK THAT A THUNDERSTORM WILL OCCUR, IMMEDIATELY STOP ALL
R OXYGEN FILLING OPERATIONS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific thermometer

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 301
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

35-00-00-860-001 Special precautions when working on a Gaseous Oxygen
System
12-14-35-991-001 Fig. 301
12-14-35-991-003 Fig. 302
12-14-35-991-002 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-35-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 812.
(2) Open the access door 812.
Subtask 12-14-35-941-051
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-35-991-001)
(1) Make sure that the overboard discharge indicator shows green.
(2) Put the warning notice in the work area to tell persons that the
oxygen filling operation is dangerous.
(3) Make sure that the date of the test given on the cylinder is in the
permitted time limit.
Subtask 12-14-35-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU OXYGEN/CREW/OXY/SPLY 1HT HA01

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 302
May 01/05

CES
Location of the Oxygen System
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-35-991-001

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 303
May 01/05

CES
Subtask 12-14-35-860-051

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-14-35-991-003)
R (1) Special precautions when working on a gaseous oxygen system

R (Ref. TASK 35-00-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the oxygen line end-fittings and the electrical
connectors are in the correct condition.
(3) Electrically ground the aircraft oxygen ground-filling equipment.

Connect an electrostatic bonding cable between the aircraft and the
oxygen-system filling assembly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001).
NOTE : Bonding is necessary. Grounding is recommended.

____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-14-35-991-002)
Subtask 12-14-35-614-051
A. Servicing of the Oxygen-Replenishing
R WARNING : OBEY THESE SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE:

_______
R - CAREFULLY OBEY THE REPLENISHING INSTRUCTIONS. IF YOU DO NOT
R OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR AN EXPLOSION.
R - PREVENT ALL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES NEARER THAN 5 M (16.4 FT)
R TO THE WORKING AREA OF THE AIRCRAFT.
R - STOP ALL REFUELING, ALL REPAIRS ON FUEL AND HYDRAULIC
R SYSTEMS, AND ALL PROCEDURES THAT USE FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SUCH
R AS CLEANING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS.
R - PUT A WARNING NOTICE IN THE COCKPIT, THE WORK AREA AND THE
R CABIN TO TELL PERSONS NOT TO OPERATE ELECTRICAL SWITCHES DURING
R THE OXYGEN FILLING PROCEDURE.
R - TELL ALL PERSONS IN THE AIRCRAFT THAT THE OXYGEN FILLING
R PROCEDURE IS IN PROGRESS.
R - IF YOU THINK THAT A THUNDERSTORM WILL OCCUR, IMMEDIATELY STOP
R ALL OXYGEN FILLING OPERATIONS.
(1) Remove the blanking plug from the oxygen filling port 5769HM.
(2) Connect the filling assembly to the oxygen filling port 5769HM.
R (3) Measure the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) and the cockpit temperature
R with a thermometer.

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 304
Feb 01/09

CES
Filling Pressure
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-35-991-003

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 305
May 01/05

CES
Location of the Oxygen Fill Port.
Figure 303/TASK 12-14-35-991-002

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 306
May 01/05

CES
(4) Find the filling pressure. To do this, refer to the temperatures and
the aircraft placards.
(5) Slowly pressurize the system. Make sure that the filling pressure is
correct on the pressure gage of the cylinder.
Subtask 12-14-35-210-055
B. Test
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
1HT
(2) In the cockpit, on the panel 21VU, push the OXYGEN/CREW/SUPPLY

pushbutton switch. On this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes
off.
(3) Make sure that the pressure shown on the filling indicator 5HT is the
same as the pressure gage of the cylinder.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-35-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 21VU, release the OXYGEN/CREW/SUPPLY

pushbutton switch. On this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes
on.
(2) Disconnect the filling system. Put the blanking plug on the filling
port.
(3) Disconnect the aircraft electrical ground.
items.

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 307
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-14-35-410-050
B. Close Access

EFF :

051-099, 12-14-35

Page 308
May 01/08
R
CES
WATER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the potable water
tank 3000MM.
2. ___________
Description
To fill the potable water system with electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-001).
To fill the potable water system without electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
POTABLE WATER - SERVICING
_________________________
TASK 12-15-38-613-001
Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power Available)
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH
_______
SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM
TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
NOTE : To Fill the potable water system, if electrical power is not available
____
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

R No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 301
Nov 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-15-38-613-002 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

R Electrical Power not Available)
12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
Power
the External Power
12-15-38-613-002 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft
Electrical Power not Available) (for corrective
action)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-15-38-991-001 Fig. 301
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
12-15-38-991-001-A Fig. 301A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-15-38-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 301-399, 401-499,
2001VU WATER SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
2001VU WATER-SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT-IND 1MA B06
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-15-38-618-050
C. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System
(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
(2) If the temperature in the aircraft is below 4 DEG.C (39.20 DEG.F) do

the pre-conditioning procedure (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-15-38-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.
(2) Open the access panel 171AL.
(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001)
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-15-38-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-15-38-613-054
A. Add Chlorine to the Potable Water
(1) During the potable water servicing, you can also add chlorine to the
potable water (Ref. SIL 38-040).
(2) You can use an in-line water filter cartridge to filter the potable
water supplied to the A/C (Ref. SIL 38-041).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES
Potable Water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-15-38

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 301A/TASK 12-15-38-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-15-38

Page 306
May 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 12-15-38-613-050
R B. Fill the Potable Water system
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE SERVICING OF THE POTABLE-WATER TANK, MAKE

_______
SURE THAT THE QUANTITY INDICATION SYSTEM IS ENERGIZED AND
OPERATES CORRECTLY.
IF IT IS NOT, YOU MUST SET THE CONTROL HANDLE (326MM) TO OPEN
THE OVERFLOW VALVE (8MP). IF THIS VALVE IS NOT OPEN, WATER CAN
FLOW INTO THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.
(1) If the indication system does not operate satisfactorily, do the

servicing without electrical power (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).
CAUTION : THE OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN LIGHT 6MP ON THE SERVICE PANEL 2023VU
MUST BE ON WHEN THE OVERFLOW VALVE 8MP IS OPEND.
R NOTE : If the indication system does not operate and electrical power
____
R is necessary on aircraft, you can open the CB 1MA (water
R system quantity indicator) (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).
(2) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
(3) On the service panel:

- Turn the FILL/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position
- Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
NOTE : The OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP comes on.

____
(4) If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not come on:
- Examine the position of the overflow valve 8MP.
(5) Fill the potable water system
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0
_______
PSI) A PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
CAUTION : THE OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN LIGHT 6MP ON THE SERVICE PANEL 2023VU
MUST BE OFF WHEN THE OVERFLOW VALVE 8MP IS CLOSED.
(a) Operate the water service vehicle.
R NOTE : If the filling level is to be less than full, push in the

____
R Fill/DRAIN handle and turn it to the NORMAL position. The
R Quantity Indicator shows the filling level.
NOTE : The FILL/DRAIN handle will automatically move back to the

____
NORMAL position when the TANK FULL light comes on.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-15-38

Page 307
Feb 01/10

CES
The OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP goes off.
NOTE : If there is too much water in the tank, water will flow
____
from the TANK OVERFLOW port.
1
_ If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not go off:
- Examine the overflow valve 8MP.
NOTE : If the tank is overfilled, water will flow from the

____
TANK OVERFLOW port.
2
_ Stop the water service vehicle.
3
_ Disconnect the hose from the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN
port.
4
_ Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.
5
_ Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.
6
_ Put the cap on the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
NOTE : If you do the servicing in cold weather conditions, the

____
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port must stay open as
long as possible to drain the residual water from the
fill and drain line.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-15-38-613-050-B
B. Fill the Potable Water System
_______
(2) On the service panel:

- Turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position
(3) Operate the water service vehicle and fill the potable water tank
until the quantity indicator shows the necessary quantity.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-15-38

Page 308
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(4) Push in the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle and turn it to the NORMAL
position.
R NOTE : The FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle will automatically go back to

____
R the NORMAL position when the TANK FULL light comes on.
R NOTE : If there is too much water in the tank, water will flow from
____
R the POTABLE WATER OVERFLOW port.
(a) Stop the water service vehicle.
(b) Disconnect the hose from the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
(c) Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.
(d) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.
(e) Put the cap on the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
R NOTE : If you do the servicing in cold weather conditions, the

____
R POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port must stay open as long
R as possible to drain the residual water from the fill and
drain line.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-15-38-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 171AL.
NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 309
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-15-38-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 310
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-15-38-613-002
Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power not Available)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-15-38-991-002 Fig. 302
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
12-15-38-991-002-A Fig. 302A

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 311
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-618-051
A. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System
(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
(2) If the temperature in the aircraft is below 4 DEG.C (39.20 DEG.F) do

the pre-conditioning procedure (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-15-38-010-051
B. Open for Access
(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel
2023VU.
(4) Open the access panel 192NB.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-15-38-010-051-A
B. Open for Access
(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel
2023VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 312
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-002)
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-15-38-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-15-38-613-055
A. Add Chlorine to the Potable Water
(1) During the potable water servicing, you can also add chlorine to the
potable water (Ref. SIL 38-040).
(2) You can use an in-line water filter cartridge to filter the potable
water supplied to the A/C (Ref. SIL 38-041).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-15-38-613-052
_______
R (2) On the service panel 192NB:

- Turn the TANK OVERFLOW handle to the OPEN position.
(3) On the service panel 2023VU:

- Turn the FILL/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position,

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 313
Feb 01/10

CES
Potable water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-002

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-15-38

Page 314
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 302A/TASK 12-15-38-991-002-A

R

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-15-38

Page 315
Nov 01/09

CES
until water comes from the TANK OVERFLOW port.
(5) Stop the water service vehicle.
(6) Push in and then turn the FILL AND DRAIN handle to the NORMAL
position.
(7) Disconnect the hose of the water service vehicle from the fill and
drain port.
(8) Turn the TANK OVERFLOW handle to the CLOSE position.
(9) Clean and dry the overflow port and the adjacent area.
(10) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(11) Close the fill and drain port on the service panel.
NOTE : If you do the servicing in cold weather conditions, the FILL

____
AND DRAIN port must stay open as long as possible to drain the
residual water from the fill and drain line.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-15-38-613-052-A
_______
(2) On the service panel 2023VU:

- Turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position.
until water comes from the POTABLE WATER OVERFLOW port.
(4) Stop the water service vehicle.
(5) Push in and then turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the NORMAL
position.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-15-38

Page 316
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(6) Disconnect the hose of the water service vehicle from the fill and
drain port.
(7) Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.
(8) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(9) Close the fill and drain port on the service panel.
NOTE : If you do the servicing in cold weather conditions, the FILL

____
AND DRAIN port must stay open as long as possible to drain the
residual water from the fill and drain line.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-15-38-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access panel 192NB.
____

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 317
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-15-38-410-051-A
A. Close Access
items.
____

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-15-38

Page 318
Nov 01/09

CES
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the toilet system.
2. ___________
Description
To drain flush and fill the toilet system (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
LAVATORY ARTICLE - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-16-25-613-001
Servicing of the Liquid Soap Dispenser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 FUNNEL
R B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific liquid soap

No specific liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie
Frankfurt GmbH.
R No specific weak liquid soap
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 301
May 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
12-16-25-991-001 Fig. 301
**ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-16-25-991-001-A Fig. 301A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
12-16-25-991-001-B Fig. 301B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-25-861-050
(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION OF
DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE QUICKLY.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
Subtask 12-16-25-613-050
A. Fill the Soap Dispenser
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001)
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
(1) Turn the cover (2) counterclockwise to release it from the shank (3)
(refer to Step 1).
(2) Carefully lift and remove the cover (2) together with the spout (1)
and the tube (4) from the shank (3) (refer to Step 2).
(3) Fill the soap dispenser with liquid soap through the shank (3) (refer
to Step 3).
NOTE : For maximum performance of the soap dispenser, use the liquid
____
soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie Frankfurt GmbH..
If you use an equivalent liquid soap, it must have a viscosity
of 30mPa/S.
(4) Carefully put the cover (2) together with the spout (1) and the tube
(4) on the shank (3).
(5) Turn the cover (2) clockwise until it is locked in position on the
shank (3).
items.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-16-25

Page 303
Feb 01/08

CES
R Soap Dispenser
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001

R

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-16-25

Page 304
May 01/05

CES
Soap Dispenser
Figure 301A/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-A

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-16-25

Page 305
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-16-25-613-050-A
A. Servicing of the Soap Dispenser

(Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-B)
NOTE : The dispenser is applicable for normal liquid hand-cleaning

____
agents, soap creams and dish-washing agents for household use.
We recommend that you use mild, biodegradable, fully synthetic
agents.
(1) Fill the bottle of the soap dispenser.
(a) Turn the pump assembly (1) counter-clockwise with your hand and
remove it from from the soap outlet (2).
(b) Use a FUNNEL and fill the bottle with weak liquid soap.
(c) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet (2) and tighten
it with your hand.
(d) Operate the pump assembly (1) several times until soap comes out
of the soap outlet (2).
(e) Remove the unwanted soap with a lint-free cotton cloth

(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-25-862-050
A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 306
Feb 01/10

CES
Soap Dispenser
Figure 301B/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-B

R

EFF : 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-16-25

Page 307
Feb 01/10

CES
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - SERVICING
_________________________________
TASK 12-16-38-613-001
Servicing of the Toilet System
WARNING : ALWAYS USE RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO WORK:

_______
- ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, OR
- ON PARTS THAT HAVE CONTAMINATION FROM THE WASTE SYSTEM.
WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE WORK PROCEDURE, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND
WATER.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS FOR HEALTH).
WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO SERVICING OF
_______
THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, TOILET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 14-001A USA AMS 1476

DEODORANT AIRCRAFT TOILET NON FORMALDE- HYDE BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 301
May 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-16-38-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-16-38-680-051-A
B. You must drain the toilet waste tanks when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-
660-001).
Subtask 12-16-38-010-050
C. Get Access
(2) Put the CART - SERVICING, TOILET in position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-16-38-680-050
A. Draining of the System

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE VACUUM PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN 6 PSI (0,4
_______
BAR) MAXIMUM, IF YOU USE A VACUUM OPERATED TOILET SERVICE
VEHICLE. A HIGHER VACUUM PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 302
May 01/08
R
CES
Service Panel - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 303
May 01/08
R
CES
(1) Open the cap of the toilet drain connection and the fill and rinse
connection.
(2) Connect the toilet service-vehicle hose-adapter and the 4-inch

diameter drain hose to the toilet drain connection.
(3) Push the PUSH TO OPEN lever (1).
(4) Move the drain valve control-handle 3341MM from the CLOSE to the OPEN
position.
NOTE : The waste will drain.

____
Subtask 12-16-38-170-050
R B. Flushing of the Toilet System
(1) Connect the flush/fill hose (1-inch diameter) of the toilet service
vehicle to the fill and rinse connection.
(2) Operate the toilet service vehicle.
R (3) Make sure that the water pressure is between 2,4 bar (34,81 psi) and
R 3,4 (49,31 psi) and the water flow is stable at 38.0 l (10.04 USgal)
R per minute.
(4) Flush the toilet system with approximately 57.0 l (15.06 USgal) of
water.
R NOTE : The time necessary for this flushing will be approximately 90

____
R seconds.
NOTE : The drain valve must be in the OPEN position.

____
R (5) Touch the drain hose and make sure that the fluid is fully drained.
R (6) Stop the operation of the toilet service vehicle.
(7) Push the drain valve control-handle 3341M to the CLOSE position.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 304
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-16-38-613-051
C. Disinfection of the Waste Holding Tank

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) Use the toilet service vehicle and fill the waste tank with 10 l
(2.64 USgal) of disinfectant solution.
NOTE : The disinfection solution is a 0.25% solution of DISINFECTANTS

____
(Material No. 14-001A).
You must obey the instructions of the manufacturer fully for
the correct solution, when other disinfection materials are
used.
R NOTE : This will take approximately 16 seconds.

____
(2) Switch off the toilet service vehicle.
WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO

_______
SERVICING OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH
CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
(3) Disconnect the drain hose and the hose adapter.
(4) Make sure there are no leaks from the waste drain connection, leaks
are not permitted.
(5) Close the drain cap (2).
NOTE : The inner flap (1) will close and lock automatically when you
____
close the drain cap (2).
(6) Disconnect the fill and rinse hose and let the connection drain
completely.
(7) Close the cap of the fill and rinse connection.
(8) Clean and dry the service panel area with a lint free cloth

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 305
Nov 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-38-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-16-38-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
Subtask 12-16-38-942-051
C. Removal of the Ground Support Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 306
Nov 01/09
R
CES
RAIN REPELLENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides the procedures related to the Rain Repellent
servicing.

EFF :

ALL 12-17-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 12-17-30-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Level and Pressure of the Rain Repellent Fluid
NOTE : If there is leakage of FORALKYL 2211, you can smell a pine odor.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-45-00-600-001 Servicing of the Rain Repellent Fluid Can (1DM)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-056, 058-059, 061-099, 101-101, 103-149,

R 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-049,051-052,054-056,
12-17-30-991-001 Fig. 301
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-049,051-052,054-057,060-060,102-102,
Subtask 12-17-30-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit open the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-17-30

Page 301
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
R 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-056, 058-059, 061-099, 101-101, 103-149,

R 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-049,051-052,054-056,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-049,051-052,054-057,060-060,102-102,
Subtask 12-17-30-210-050
A. Inspection/Check of the Level and Pressure of the Rain Repellent Fluid
(1) On the rain repellent fluid gage:
(a) On the pressure indicator, make sure that the pointer points to
the green area (if the pointer points to the yellow area, replace
the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).
(b) On the quantity indicator, make sure that there is sufficient

rain-repellent fluid (if you see the surface of the fluid,
replace the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,

R 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-049,051-052,054-057,060-060,102-102,
Subtask 12-17-30-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-052, 054-099, 101-149,
151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-17-30

Page 302
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
Rain-Repellent Fluid Gage
Figure 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-052, 054-056, 058-059,
061-099, 101-101, 103-149, 151-199, 201-249,
12-17-30

Page 303
Feb 01/10
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
CES
SCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations, for
which a frequency is specified.
The different operations are classified as follows:
- CLEANING (Ref. ATA 12-21),
- LUBRICATION (Ref. ATA 12-22),
- DRAINAGE (Ref. ATA 12-24),
- USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS (Ref. ATA 12-28).

EFF :

ALL 12-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
CLEANING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
This section covers the procedures to be applied for the aircraft external
and internal cleaning.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
EXTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-11-615-002
External Cleaning
WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE TASKS

_______
AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT WITH
THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH WERE
IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN THE
SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.
WARNING : BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU GO ON WET AIRCRAFT SURFACES. IF YOU SLIP,

_______
THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL FALL.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A
_______
FALL CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE JETS OR VAPOR TO DO THE CLEANING PROCEDURE.

_______
THIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT CAN PUT WATER AND MOISTURE IN PARTS, AND CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, SPECIALLY TO:
- ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS (WITH SHORT CIRCUITS OR INCORRECT INDICATIONS AS A RESULT)
- EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY ACTUATORS
AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS.
CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70C.
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for:

- external cleaning procedures of the aircraft,
- cleaning of the windows,
- cleaning of the landing gears and landing gear bays.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 301
Nov 01/09
R
CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific AR AIR SOURCE 0,3 TO 0,7 BAR (5 TO 10 PSI)- FILTERED,

DRY
No specific 1 BOOT - RUBBER
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
No specific 1 CHOCK - WHEEL
No specific 1 CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 12M (40FT) - MOBILE
No specific 1 FILM - POLYETHYLENE
No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER
No specific 1 GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE
No specific 1 OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF
No specific 1 SCRAPER - PLASTIC
No specific 1 SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE
R No specific AR TAPE - ADHESIVE
No specific 1 SPONGE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE I ISO 11075
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-001 USA MIL-D-16791 TYPE I
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 302
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
09-10-00-584-002 Towing with the Nose Gear from the Front

09-10-00-584-006 Towing with the Towbarless Tractor
10-11-00-555-013 Installation of the Aircraft Protection Equipment
10-11-00-555-014 Removal of the Aircraft Protection Equipment
R 10-11-00-555-015 Procedure for the Installation of Wheel Chocks on
R Aircraft
12-31-12-660-002 De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area
(Engines Stopped)
12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
External Power
32-11-00-100-002 Cleaning of the Main Landing Gear
32-21-00-100-002 Cleaning of the Nose Landing Gear
56-10-00-110-001 Cleaning of the L/R Windshields
56-10-00-110-002 Cleaning of the L/R Fixed Windows
56-10-00-110-003 Cleaning of the L/R Sliding Windows
56-21-13-100-002 Cleaning the Outer Surface of the Outer Window Panes

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 303
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-11-941-054
A. General
(1) Quality of water for aircraft external cleaning. We recommend that

you use potable water that has these qualities:
- pH between 5 and 8.5,
- chloride level less than 100 ppm.
NOTE : Water that contains a high level of chloride and/or is

____
acidic-alkaline can cause corrosion.
Treated water from city drainage can cause a risk of
bacteriological contamination.
Refer to the local regulations.
(2) The persons that do the cleaning must put on BOOT - RUBBER, GLOVES -
RUBBER, GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE and OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF.
Subtask 12-21-11-860-052
(1) Tow the aircraft to the cleaning area (Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-002) or
(Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-006).
(2) Electrically ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002).
R (3) Put the CHOCK - WHEEL in position: (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-015).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(5) Make sure that the slats, flaps, spoilers, ailerons and thrust
reversers are retracted.
(6) On the panel 25VU, push the DITCHING pushbutton 13HL switch to close:
- the outflow valve 10HL,
- the skin air inlet valve 15HQ,
- the skin air outlet valve 22HQ.
(7) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 304
Feb 01/09

CES
R (8) Aircraft protection equipment
R WARNING : DO NOT APPLY ADHESIVE TAPE ON THE PROBES, DUCTS, SENSORS

_______
R (STATIC, PITOT, TAT, AOA). USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED TOOLS FOR
R THE PROTECTION OF THE AIRCRAFT. THE SPECIFIED TOOLS:
R - GIVE THE CORRECT PROTECTION TO THE AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT,
R - ARE EASY TO SEE FROM THE GROUND,
R - ARE EASY TO REMOVE.
R IF YOU USE TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME TAPE, OR
R ADHESIVE FROM THE TAPE, WILL STAY ON THE PROBES, DUCTS OR
R SENSORS. THIS CAN CAUSE INCORRECT INDICATIONS ON THE
R RELATED COCKPIT INSTRUMENTS.
R (a) Install aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

013).
R (9) Install a FILM - POLYETHYLENE or equivalent on each landing gear

R wheel/brake.
R (10) Make sure that all landing gear doors, passenger/crew doors, cargo
compartment doors, emergency exits, service panels, access panel,
sliding windows are closed and the engines are cold.
R You can use TAPE - ADHESIVE to get better sealing.
R - Record the locations where you put the TAPE - ADHESIVE.
R
Subtask 12-21-11-941-055
C. Job Set-up
WARNING : CLEANING FLUID IS CLASSIFIED AS A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WHICH MAY

_______
CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF NOT PROPERLY USED.
THIS PRODUCT SHOULD BE USED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIC SAFETY AND HEALTH RECOMMENDATIONS.
PRIOR TO USE OF THIS PRODUCT, CAREFULLY READ THE APPLICABLE
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND OBEY ALL LISTED SAFETY AND
HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(1) Put CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 12M (40FT) - MOBILE in position
(2) Prepare the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE and the cleaning
solution with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001). Obey the
manufacturer instructions. In very dirty areas, increase the
concentration but obey the manufacturer instructions for use. If the
temperature is less than or equal to 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) , use hot
water between 38 deg.C (100.40 deg.F) and 43 deg.C (109.40 deg.F)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 305
Nov 01/09

CES
with ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001). Obey
the manufacturer instructions.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-11-615-065
A. Aircraft External Cleaning
(1) If the temperature is less than or equal to 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) do

the de-icing of the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002).
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO THE EXTERNAL CLEANING, MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
- THE SUPPLY PRESSURE OF CLEANING SOLUTIONS, WATER AND/OR
COMPRESSED AIR IS NOT MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED VALUES.
- THE SPRAY GUN/NOZZLE IS AT THE SPECIFIED DISTANCE AND
ANGLE FROM THE SURFACE.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE SURFACE OR TO PARTS.
R (2) Set the supply pressure of the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE or
R the AIR SOURCE 0,3 TO 0,7 BAR (5 TO 10 PSI)- FILTERED, DRY to less
R than 10 psi (0.6894 bar).
- For fairings, the impact pressure must not be more than 1.5 psi
(0.1034 bar).
(3) Adjust the spray nozzle to get a fan shaped spray (not a direct jet).
(4) Set the cleaning solution temperature to not more than 50 deg.C
(122.00 deg.F).
(5) Hold the spray gun approximatively 1 m (3.28 ft.) from the surface
and inclined at 45 degrees to the surface, never at 90 degrees. Move
the spray head over the surface and be careful not to stay at one
spot for more than 5 seconds.
NOTE : If the weather temperature is hot, clean small areas so that

____
the cleaning solution does not become dry on the external
skin.
(6) Apply the cleaning solution from the bottom to the top of the
aircraft (this prevents scratches and runs) in the sequence below:
R - from the front to the rear,
- lower forward fuselage from the leading edge of the wing to the
R nose of the aircraft,
- lower aft fuselage from the wings, to the leading edge of the
R horizontal stabilizer,

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 306
Nov 01/09

CES
R - upper wing surface between the fuselage and the engine pylon,
R - upper fuselage from the nose to the horizontal stabilizer,
R - lower center fuselage, engine nacelles and wing bottom skin,
- tail cone, rudder, bottom and top skins of the horizontal
stabilizer.
NOTE : In the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) apron area, it is

____
important to point the spray from the front to the rear.
If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
the cleaning solution can go into the rear fuselage
non-pressurized compartment.
- wing top skin between the engine pylon and the wing tips.
(a) If there are signs of asphalt, remove them with a SPONGE lightly
soaked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) or CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
(b) To remove mud or other unwanted material (insects,...), make it

soft with water, and scrape it off with a SCRAPER - PLASTIC and a
SPONGE soaked in water. Be very careful not to scratch the
surface. If there are stains on the painted area, do not try to
remove them.
(7) Flushing of the aircraft
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL
_______
THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE
AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
(a) Let the cleaning solution have an effect, and after approximately
10 minutes, flush before it becomes dry.
(b) Flush with hot water at 65 deg.C (149.00 deg.F) maximum to remove
signs of cleaning solution. Do not use steam.
(c) When you flush the wing and the horizontal stabilizer, always
complete this step with the bottom skin.
(d) If there is ice after the flushing operation, do the de-icing of

the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002).
(e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 307
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-21-11-615-066
B. Cleaning of the Windows
(1) Clean the windshield (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-001).
(2) Clean the fixed windows (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-002).
(3) Clean the sliding windows (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-003).
(4) Clean the windows (Ref. TASK 56-21-13-100-002).
Subtask 12-21-11-615-067
C. Cleaning of the Landing-Gear Bays and Landing-Gear Components
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL THE
_______
CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE AIRCRAFT
SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
(1) Opening of the landing-gear doors:

- open the nose landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
- open the main landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001),
(2) Make sure that the openings in the landing-gear bays are correctly
closed .
(3) Cleaning of the landing-gear bays.
R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY CLEANING SOLUTION ON THE CHROME-PLATED

_______
R SURFACES AND ON THE LOCATION OF THE HINGES.
NOTE : As there are many components in the landing-gear bays that can
____
be easily damaged. We recommend that you clean the
landing-gear bays only when you do maintenance procedures.
(a) Make sure that each landing-gear wheel/brake has protection.
(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001) with a SPONGE only on
the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays, and in the
internal surfaces of the landing-gear doors.
(c) In the zones where access is not easy, apply CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-001) with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT, to remove
all signs of grease and oil.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Flush the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays to remove all
signs of cleaning solution.
(e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.
(4) Cleaning of the landing-gear

R
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL
_______
THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE
AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
(a) Clean the Main Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-100-002).
(b) Clean the Nose Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-21-00-100-002).
Subtask 12-21-11-916-052
D. Corrosion Prevention in Landing Gear Bays
(1) Remove SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005):

To all threads of studs on clamp blocks, the washers and the nuts of
the landing-gears bays.
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027)

On the painted surfaces of the landing-gear bays.
NOTE : The painted surfaces must be in the correct condition (no

____
damage, marks, scratches and/or signs of corrosion) before you
apply the material.
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005):

To all threads of studs on the clamp blocks, the washers and the nuts
of the landing gears bays.
Subtask 12-21-11-210-059
E. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the paint on the components is in the correct
condition and that there are no signs of corrosion.
(2) Make sure that the bond is correct and that none of the rubber
sealant is missing.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 309
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Make sure that there is no unwanted material in the holes, water
drain and threads.
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid on the hydraulic pipes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-11-860-053
(1) Remove the aircraft protective equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

014).
(2) Remove all FILM - POLYETHYLENE
(3) Remove all signs of TAPE - ADHESIVE with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) soaked in CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(5) On the panel 25 VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch 13HL to
open:
- the outflow valve 10HL,
- the skin air inlet valve 15HQ,
- the skin air outlet valve 22HQ.
(6) Visually make sure that:

- the outflow valve 10HL is in the open position before you apply air
in the open the air conditioning packs,
- the avionics compartment ventilation operates correctly.
Subtask 12-21-11-410-051
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration
(1) Remove the tag from the Captain side stick or write in the log book
that the protection covers/devices are not installed.
(2) Close the nose landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
(3) Close the main landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(4) Remove the ground support and the maintenance equipment, the special
and standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 310
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 311
Feb 01/10

CES
INTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-12-100-001
Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-82-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Multipurpose Control Display Unit

(MCDU)
Power
the External Power
31-63-22-100-001 Cleaning of the Display Unit (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2,
4WT1, 4WT2)
34-22-25-100-001 Cleaning of the ISIS Indicator
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-21-12-991-004 Fig. 301
R **ON A/C 106-149, 213-213, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-21-12-991-009 Fig. 302
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 301
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-212, 214-220, 236-238,
Subtask 12-21-12-160-062
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Display Units

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004)
(1) Clean the instrument panel Display Unit (DU) (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-100-
001).
(2) Clean the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 22-82-
12-100-001).
items.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 213-213, 221-235, 239-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-21-12-160-062-A
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Display Units

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004, 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-009)
(1) Clean the instrument panel Display Unit (DU) (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-100-
001).
(2) Clean the multipurpose control Display Unit(s) (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 22-
82-12-100-001).
(3) Clean the indicator of the Integrated Standby Instrument System

(ISIS) (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-100-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
Cockpit Display Units
Figure 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 303
Aug 01/06
R
CES
ISIS Indicator
Figure 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-009

R

EFF : 106-149, 213-213, 221-235, 239-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-21-12

Page 304
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 305
Aug 01/06

CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-002
Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF
No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warm clean water

INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-13-00-100-001 Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts
56-10-00-110-001 Cleaning of the L/R Windshields
56-10-00-110-002 Cleaning of the L/R Fixed Windows
56-10-00-110-003 Cleaning of the L/R Sliding Windows

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 306
Feb 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CMM 25-11-XX
R 12-21-12-991-007 Fig. 303
R 12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-071
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings

R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-007)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(1) Clean the inner surface of the cockpit windows:

(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-001),
(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-002)
and
(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 307
Aug 01/06

CES
Linings and Furnishings - Cockpit
R Figure 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 308
Aug 01/06

CES
(2) Clean the foam plastic (polyurethane) parts (Ref. TASK 25-13-00-100-
001).
(3) Clean the overhead panel, the glareshild, the main instrument panel,
the lateral consoles and the center pedestal:
(a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet.
(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE

_______
R INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS
R CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE
R COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(c) Moisten a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) and apply
it to the surface you will clean.
NOTE : To prevent contamination of the cleaning agent, do not put

____
the cloth into the cleaning agent.
(d) Moisten a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) with warm clean water and lightly rub the surface you
will clean.
NOTE : Always make the cloth moist, not the part you will clean.
____
(e) Dry the surface with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(4) Clean the Seats:
(a) Clean the seats as given in the (Ref. CMM 25-11-XX) of the seat
manufacturer.
(5) Clean the floor:
(a) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.
R NOTE : The following work steps are only applicable if

____
R Non-textile Floor covering (NTF) is installed.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 309
Aug 01/08

CES
Vacuum Cleaner Sockets
R Figure 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 310
Aug 01/06

CES
(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.
NOTE : To prevent contamination of the cleaning agent, do not put

____
the brush into the cleaning agent.
(c) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.
(d) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(6) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 311
Aug 01/06
R
CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-003
Cleaning of the Carpets and Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warm water
CARPET AND FABRIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 312
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 304
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 313
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-21-12-160-072
A. Cleaning of the Carpets

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005)
(1) Stain removal:
(a) Soak the area of the stain with warm clean water.
(b) Dry the area of the stain with a lint-free cotton cloth
(c) Carefully apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) to the area
of the stain with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM.
(d) Dry the area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(e) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
(2) Dirt removal:
(a) Clean the area with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(b) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-080
B. Cleaning of the NTF
(1) Remove the loose dirt from surface with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
(2) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.
(3) Clean the surface with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) a

lint-free cotton cloth warm water.
(4) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 314
Aug 01/08
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 315
Aug 01/08
R
CES
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 316
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 317
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-004
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CHAMOIS LEATHER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-010
PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
CABIN WINDOW CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 318
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 305
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-073
R A. Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005, 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 319
Nov 01/07

CES
Linings and Furnishings - Lavatory
Figure 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 320
Nov 01/07
R
CES
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
(1) Cleaning of the plastic surfaces.
(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do

not get wet.
FIBER, SOFT.
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the dirty surface
with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(d) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(e) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
(2) Cleaning of the transparent plastic surfaces.
(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do

not get wet.
(b) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the

____
surface.
Abrasive materials can damage the surface.
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(d) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 321
Aug 01/08

CES
(e) If there is a stain:
1
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010) to the surface
with a cloth.
2
_ Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a
CHAMOIS LEATHER.
(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
(3) Cleaning of the mirrors.
(a) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-019) to the surface with a
(c) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 322
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-005
Cleaning of the Seat Covers and the Curtains
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 2 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Pelle Leather Care Products

(Ref. 20-31-00)
CARPET AND FABRIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 323
Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Subtask 12-21-12-110-050
A. Cleaning of the Seat Covers
R (1) Refer to the seat manufactures instructions.
(2) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(3) Fabric seat covers stain removal:
(a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
018).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 324
Nov 01/08

CES
R (b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-002) and a
R
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (4) Tasman aviation-leather seat-covers:
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE SADDLE SOAP OR WAX POLISHES. LDO NOT USE
_______
R CLEANING FLUIDS WHICH ARE NOT SPECIFIED FOR LEATHER. LDO
R NOT USE SPRAY POLISHES THAT CONTAIN SILICONE. LIF YOU DO
R NOT OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R LEATHER SURFACE.
R (a) Obey the manufacturers instructions.
R (b) Clean the leather surfaces of the seat with Pelle Leather Care
R Products and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
R Subtask 12-21-12-110-051
R B. Cleaning of the Curtains
R (1) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.
R (2) Stain removal:
R (a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 018).
R (b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003).
R (c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-002) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 325
Nov 01/07

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 326
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-006
Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 05-025 USA A-A-59318
POLISH METAL ALUMINUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 306

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 327
Feb 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-074
A. Cleaning of Light Alloy and Stainless Steel Components

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)
(1) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do not
get wet.
(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) to the surface with a
(b) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(c) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(d) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-081
B. Intensive Cleaning (Polishing) of Light-Alloy Components
_______
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-025) to the area you will
clean and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Polish the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 328
Aug 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 329
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-007
Cleaning of the Cargo Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-001C USA AMS 1526 OR AMS 1527

R CLEANING AGENT FOR AICRAFT SURFACE AND PARTS
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 330
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
51-78-00-615-003 Aircraft Cleaning after Leakage from a Fish Shipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-010-054
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door as required (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-861-060
B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 331
Aug 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-075
R A. Cleaning of the Cargo Compartment(s)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Remove loose materials with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC or a BRUSH - NON
R METALLIC and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
R (2) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001C).
R (3) Additional Special Cleaning after Seafood/Wet Cargo Shipment.
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable if leakage from a shipping

____
container has been reported.
R (a) Make a cleaning solution:

R - Mix 5.0 g (0.17 oz) of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001C)
with every 1 l (0.2641 USgal) of water.
(b) Clean the area with the cleaning solution and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Dry the area with a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG
F).
NOTE : If necessary clean the bilge area (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-615-

____
003).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 332
Nov 01/07

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-410-054
B. Close Access
(2) Close the cargo compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 333
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-008
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-100-001 Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the

Cabin
Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-076
A. Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)
R (1) Clean the cabin monitors and the display screens (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-
100-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 334
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 12-21-12-100-009
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin in the Lavatories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive general household cleaning agent

No specific soap
No specific soap solution
Material No. 05-008
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (COARSE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-009 USA PP-560 TYPE 1
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (FINE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 335
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)
Subtask 12-21-12-160-077
A. General Cleaning
____
(1) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.
(2) Apply a mild soap solution to the dirty surface with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : If necessary, use more soap for a stronger solution.

____
(3) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and the soap solution warm clean water.
(4) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the surface.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 336
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(5) If necessary, do Para B. steps (1) thru (3).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-078
B. Special Cleaning
_______
NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:

____
- cigarette burns,
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.
(1) Apply an abrasive general household cleaning agent to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a moist lint-free cotton cloth
NOTE : Do step (2) again, if necessary.

____
(2) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(3) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003)

____
(4) If necessary, do Para. C. steps (1) thru (3).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-079
C. Intensive Cleaning (Polishing)
_______
NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:

____
- cigarette burns,

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 337
Aug 01/08

CES
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-008) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-009) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(3) Polish the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 338
Nov 01/07
R
CES
R TASK 12-21-12-100-010
R Cleaning of the Galleys
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT

R No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific MILD SOAP

R No specific WARM CLEAN WATER
R Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
R DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 339
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-12-100-006 Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components

Power
the External Power
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R (2) Remove the galley equipment as necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-100-050
A. Cleaning of the Galley Compartments, Tables, Doors and Decorative Panels
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 340
Nov 01/08

CES
_______
____
(1) General Cleaning:
(a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet to make sure

that they do not get wet.
FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(c) Mix a solution of MILD SOAP and WARM CLEAN WATER.
(d) Apply the solution to the dirty area or surface with a lint-free
NOTE : If necessary, use more MILD SOAP for a stronger solution.

____
(e) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and WARM CLEAN WATER.
(f) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Special Cleaning:
(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) or CLEANING AGENTS

(Material No. 11-002) to the dirty area or surface with a
(3) Remove the protection cap(s) from the electrical outlets.
Subtask 12-21-12-100-051
B. Cleaning of the Galley Light-Alloy and Steel Components
(1) If installed, clean the light-alloy and steel components as necessary

(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-006).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 341
Aug 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-860-052
A. Close Access
R (1) Install the galley equipment you removed before.
(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 342
Nov 01/08

CES
TASK 12-21-12-670-001
Disinfection of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing
WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GUN - SPRAY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean water

Material No. 14-006B USA AMS 1452
DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 343
Nov 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
Hand Pump
Hand Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-865-052
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-060, 101-102, 201-201,
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
**ON A/C ALL
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R **ON A/C 061-099, 103-149, 151-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 344
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-152, 201-206,
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-21-12-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons that the aircraft
will be disinfected.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
R (3) Open the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
003).
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
WARNING : DO NOT LET DISINFECTANTS GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. DISINFECTANTS ARE

_______
POISONOUS. DO NOT SPRAY THEM DIRECTLY ONTO CARPETS OR COCKPIT
INSTRUMENT PANELS. DISINFECTANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO FURNISHINGS
AND EQUIPMENT.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 345
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-21-12-615-050
A. Disinfect the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishings
(1) Cockpit Equipment and Furnishings:
NOTE : Do NOT spray the disinfectant directly on cockpit panels.

____
(a) Carefully apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to all

surfaces of the cockpit equipment and furnishings with a
(b) Clean and dry the cockpit equipment and furnishings with and a
(2) Galleys:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the galleys and

galley equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the galleys and the galley equipment with clean
water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(3) Lavatories:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to all toilet seats

and the lavatory equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the toilet seats and the lavatory equipment with
clean water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
(4) Passenger Seating Area:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the cabin seats and
the cabin equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the cabin equipment with clean water and a
(5) Cargo Compartments:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the cargo

compartments with a GUN - SPRAY.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 346
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(b) Clean and dry the cargo compartments with clean water and a
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-053
breaker(s):
1MT, 1XA, 7MC.
Subtask 12-21-12-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-004).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 347
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 12-21-12-670-002
R Disinsectization of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 14-004

INSECTICIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010
INSECTICIDE A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 348
Aug 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units

12-21-12-100-002 Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings
12-21-12-100-004 Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
12-21-12-100-006 Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components
R 12-21-12-100-008 Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens
R (if installed)
Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 349
Nov 01/07

CES
Subtask 12-21-12-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-060, 101-102, 201-201,
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
**ON A/C ALL
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R **ON A/C 061-099, 103-149, 151-199, 202-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-152, 201-206,
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 350
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-21-12-010-052
C. Get Access
R (1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about the
R aircraft disinsectization.
R (2) Disinsectization is required for these compartment volumes:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
| Compartment |-----------------------------------------------------------|
| | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
|----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Cockpit | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 |
| | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) |
|----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Cabin | 80 m3 | 95 m3 | 110 m3 | 137 m3 |
| (SEE NOTE) | (3178 ft.3) | (3355 ft.3) | (3885 ft.3) | (4838 ft.3) |
|----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Forward Cargo | 6.5 m3 | 10.7 m3 | 15.5 m3 | 25.4 m3 |
| | (230 ft.3) | (378 ft.3) | (547 ft.3) | (897 ft.3) |
|----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Aft and Bulk | 14.7 m3 | 21.2 m3 | 28 m3 | 32.6 m3 |
| Cargo | (519 ft.3) | (749 ft.3) | (989 ft.3) | (1151 ft.3) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The volumes have been calculated assuming all compartment

____
furnishings are installed.
(3) Open the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
NOTE : All other passenger/crew doors must be closed.

____
(4) If necessary remove the cushions and backrests of the cabin seats,
the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.
NOTE : We recommend that you remove all of the cushions and

____
R backrests. The insecticide soaks into these materials and
R extends the ventilation time after disinsectization.
(5) Open all the stowages, the lavatory doors and the cockpit door.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 351
Aug 01/09

CES
(6) If the trap-door 231AF is installed:
(a) Open the trap-door.
(b) Put a SAFETY BARRIER around the open trap-door.
(c) Put WARNING NOTICE notices in position to tell your personnel

that the trap-door 231AF is open.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION WHEN THE TRAP DOOR (231AF) IS
OPEN.
INJURY CAN OCCUR IF PERSONS FALL THROUGH THE OPENING.
(7) Remove the contents of the compartments of the galleys.
(8) Remove the galley equipment.
(9) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-615-051
A. Disinsectization of the Aircraft
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE INSECTICIDES.

_______
OBEY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND THE LOCAL
REGULATIONS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES.
DO NOT SMOKE.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND GLOVES.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS:
- ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF
CLEAN WATER.
- IN YOUR MOUTH, GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
IN GENERAL, THESE MATERIALS ARE FLAMMABLE, POISONOUS AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
R WARNING : DO NOT LET INSECTICIDES GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. INSECTICIDES ARE

_______
R POISONOUS. DO NOT APPLY THEM AS A SPRAY DIRECTLY TO CARPETS OR
R COCKPIT INSTRUMENT PANELS. INSECTICIDES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 352
Nov 01/09

CES
R (1) Disinsect the cockpit and cabin area:
(a) Apply
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent
or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010) to the:
- Floor area of the cockpit
- Floor of the galleys and the lavatories
- Floor adjacent to the galleys and lavatories
- Cabin area.
(b) Dry all wet surfaces and covers immediately with a lint-free
R
R (2) Disinsect the cargo compartments.
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent to the

cargo compartments.
(b) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).
(3) Keep all the aircraft doors closed for 45 minutes.
R (4) Obey the material manufacturers instructions and the local

R regulations to do the ground air pre-conditioning to remove the
R insecticide from the cabin and the cockpit (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-
001).
R (5) Open all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

R
R (6) Clean all the surfaces of the cockpit and the cabin:
- The cockpit display units
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-001)
- The cockpit equipment and furnishings
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-002)
- The plastic surfaces and mirrors
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004)
- The light alloy and steel components
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-006)
- The monitors and display screens in the cabin
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-008).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 353
Aug 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-055
breaker(s):
1MT, 1XA, 7MC.
Subtask 12-21-12-410-052
B. Close Access
items.
R
R (2) Close the cockpit door (and the trapdoor 231AF if installed).
R (3) Remove the safety barrier.
R (4) If removed, install the cushions and the backrests of the cabin
seats, the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.
R (5) Install the galley equipment.
R (6) Close all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
R (7) Remove the warning notice(s).
R (8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
Subtask 12-21-12-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 354
Aug 01/09

CES
TASK 12-21-12-670-004
Fumigation of the Fuselage Pressurized Areas with Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the SIL 12-007
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS

No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER
FOR FIN 8DG2
No specific 1 HOSE - RUBBER
No specific 1 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER
FOR FIN 10HL
No specific 1 CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS, STANDARD
No specific 1 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER
No specific 1 SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-009
C02 GAS (Ref. 20-31-00)
FOR FIN 8DG2
No specific cable ties
FOR FIN 10HL
Material No. 14-009
C02 GAS (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 355
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling Using the Attitude Monitor

08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling with a Spirit Level in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling Procedure with the ADIRU
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling with a Spirit Level in the Passenger
Compartment
External Power
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
56-12-11-010-001 Opening of the Cockpit Sliding Windows
56-12-11-410-001 Closing of the Cockpit Sliding Windows
AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001 DRAIN MAST ICE PROTECTION
R AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001 MISCELLANEOUS
SIL 12-007
12-21-12-991-008 Fig. 307
12-21-12-991-002 Fig. 308
FOR FIN 8DG2
12-21-12-991-008 Fig. 307
FOR FIN 10HL
12-21-12-991-002 Fig. 308

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 356
Feb 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-051
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(2) Do this task on the apron.
(3) If you do the task in the hangar:
(a) Open the doors of the hangar.
(b) Put SAFETY BARRIER in position to keep all persons out of the
work area.
(c) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about
the aircraft fumigation.
(d) If you do the task in a hangar which has under-floor areas, make
sure that they are sealed.
NOTE : This carbon-dioxide gas (CO2 gas) is heavier than air.

____
Subtask 12-21-12-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platforms in position.
(a) FOR 8DG2

- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the sliding
window 8DG2.
(b) FOR 10HL

- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the outflow
valve 10HL.
(2) In the cockpit:
(a) Open the sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 357
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(3) In the forward utility area of the cabin:
(a) Remove the filler-panels of the center service channel as

necessary to get access to the area above the ceiling (Ref. TASK
25-25-11-000-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-480-050
R C. Installation of the Fumigation Equipment (Ref. SIL 12-007)

FOR 8DG2
(1) Install the sliding window adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-008)
(a) Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position in the

cockpit window frame and attach it with the screws and the wing
nuts.
(b) Put the HOSE - RUBBER, min. dia 150 mm (6.0 in.), (2) through the
opening in the center service channel.
(c) Put the upper end of the hose (2) in the highest position in the
fuselage and attach it with cable ties.
(d) Connect the lower end of the hose (2) to the window adapter (1).
FOR 10HL
(2) Install the air-outflow valve-adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-21-12-991-002)
(a) Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position on the

outflow valve 10HL and attach it with the hooks and the wing
nuts.
(b) Connect the SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED of the DISINFECTANTS

(Material No. 14-009) CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS, STANDARD to the
adapter (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 358
Feb 01/08

CES
Adapter Cockpit Sliding Window
Figure 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 359
Nov 01/07
R
CES
Adapter Air-Outflow Valve
Figure 308/TASK 12-21-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 360
Nov 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-213,
Subtask 12-21-12-869-050
(1) Make sure that the attitude of the aircraft is level or nose-up:
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001).
(2) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
(3) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the avionics compartment access doors are closed
(Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(5) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, make sure it is closed

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
(6) Close the outlet of all:

- Fuselage drain valves
Nose forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001),

Forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-29-00 P.Block 001)
and
Rear fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-49-00 P.Block 001).
- Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001)
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

EFF :
201-213,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 12-21-12

Page 361
Nov 01/07

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 214-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
R 528-599,
Subtask 12-21-12-869-050-A
(1) Make sure that the attitude of the aircraft is level or nose-up:
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001).
(3) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the avionics compartment access doors are closed
(Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(5) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, make sure it is closed

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
(6) Close the outlet of all:

- Fuselage drain valves

and
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

R

EFF : 106-149, 214-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-21-12

Page 362
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-614-050
A. Fumigation of the Aircraft

Ref. SIL 12-007
(1) Preparation
WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS .

_______
CARBON DIOXIDE IS POISONOUS AND CAN KILL YOU.
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.

_______
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START THE FUMIGATION PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
NO PERSONS ARE IN THE AIRCRAFT.
THE FUMIGATION GAS CAN CAUSE DEATH.
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE DOORS DURING THE PROCEDURE.

_______
POISONOUS GAS IS IN THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position at all doors to tell your

personnel not to open them.
(2) Operate the gas charging equipment to fill the pressurized area of
the fuselage with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-009)
(carbon-dioxide).
(a) Refer to the following table for the required quantity of CO2
gas.
----------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
|----------------------|---------------------------------------|
| | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
|----------------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| Quantity of | | | | |
| CO2 gas | 550Kg | 600kg | 750kg | 900kg |
| (carbon-dioxide) | | | | |
| | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Stop the gas charging equipment when the DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
shows that CO2 (carbon-dioxide) flows out of the outlet hose (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 363
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(4) Keep all doors closed for 12 hours.
Subtask 12-21-12-010-061
B. Opening of all Pressure Sealed Doors
WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

_______
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(2) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
(3) Open all avionics compartment access-doors (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-

002).
(4) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, open it (Ref. TASK 52-

30-00-860-006).
(5) Open all passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-080-050
C. Removal of the Fumigation Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-008, 308/TASK 12-21-12-991-002)
(1) Disconnect the gas charging equipment from the air-outflow valve
adapter (1).
(2) Remove the outlet tube (2) and the adapters (1).
(3) Remove the masking tape (Mat. No. 08-074) from the outlet of the:
and
- All fuselage drain valves

and

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 364
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-21-12-861-062
D. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 12-21-12-618-050
E. Removal of the Remaining CO2 (Carbon-Dioxide)

_______

_______
(1) Do the ground air pre-conditioning for a minimum of 30 min to remove

the remaining CO2 from all areas (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(2) Do a check of the CO2 concentration.
R (a) Use a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS and examine the aircraft for

remaining CO2.
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the cabin floor level.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-410-055
A. Close Access
(3) Install the filler-panels of the center service channel in the

forward cabin utility area (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).
(4) Close the cockpit sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-410-001).
(5) Close all pressure sealed doors.
(a) Wait 1 hour before you close all the doors.
(b) Close the forward and aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 365
Feb 01/08

CES
(c) Close the avionics compartment access-doors (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-
410-002).
(d) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, close it

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
(e) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
(6) If you did the task in a hangar with under floor areas:

_______

_______
(a) Carefully open the sealed areas of the hangar and do a check for
R remaining CO2 concentration with a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS.
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the floor of the under-floor areas of the
hangar.
Subtask 12-21-12-862-062

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 366
Feb 01/08

CES
TASK 12-21-12-670-006
Special Precautions to Apply Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary Area Compartments

and Cargo Compartments, during Turn-Around
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 14-010

INSECTICIDE A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010A
INSECTICIDE,A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010B USA AMS 1450
INSECTICIDE,AIRCRAFT (Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-052
A. Preparation
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell the flight
crew that:
- the procedure to apply insecticides in compartments that have smoke
detectors is in progress.
- smoke warning(s) caused from the insecticide agent can occur.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 367
Nov 01/07

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-670-051
A. Apply the insecticide agent:
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010)

or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010A)
or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010B)
to the auxiliary area compartments and the cargo compartments as

necessary.
Subtask 12-21-12-210-051
B. Visual Inspection
(1) If a smoke warning occurs during the procedure:
(a) Do a visual inspection of the related compartment to make sure

that there is no smoke.
(b) If the insecticide agent caused the warning:

- The warning will stop automatically after 3 minutes.
R Subtask 12-21-12-860-053
R C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) If a smoke warning has occurred in the FWD cargo compartment:

R - In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:
R pull the C/B 2HN
R - AIR COND/FWD CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG
R (2) If a smoke warning has occurred in the aft cargo compartment:

R - In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:
R pull the C/B 31HN
R - AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG
R (3) Put the circuit breaker(s) back to its initial position.
R (a) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:

R - close the C/B(s)
R - AIR COND/FWD CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG (2HN)
R and/or

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 368
Aug 01/08

CES
R - AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG (31HN)
Subtask 12-21-12-710-051
D. Test.
(1) No test is required after this procedure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-942-054
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 369
Aug 01/08

CES
DUST REMOVAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
________________________________
TASK 12-21-13-100-001
Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove the dust contamination from the avionics compartment and from the
cockpit (panels 10VU and 13VU).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific soft brush

No specific vacuum cleaner
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 701
Nov 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-21-13-991-002 Illustration of the Cleaning of the Avionics

R Compartment
21-26-34-000-001 Removal of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation
Computer (AEVC) (10HQ)
21-26-34-400-001 Installation of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation
Computer (AEVC) (10HQ)
21-31-34-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Pressure Controller (11HL,12HL)
21-31-34-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Pressure Controller
(11HL,12HL)
R
21-43-34-000-002 Removal of the AFT Cargo Heat Controller (10HC)
R
21-43-34-400-002 Installation of the AFT Cargo Heat Controller (10HC)
21-61-34-000-001 Removal of the Pack Controller (7HH, 27HH)
21-61-34-000-002 Removal of the Air-Conditioning System Controller
(47HH, 57HH)
21-61-34-400-001 Installation of the Pack Controller (7HH, 27HH)
21-61-34-400-002 Installation of the Air-Conditioning System
Controller (47HH, 57HH)
21-63-34-000-001 Removal of the Zone Controller (8HK)
21-63-34-400-001 Installation of the Zone Controller (8HK)
22-66-34-000-002 Removal of the FAC (1CC1,1CC2)
22-66-34-400-002 Installation of the FAC (1CC1,1CC2)
22-81-12-000-001 Removal of the FCU (2CA)
22-81-12-400-001 Installation of the FCU (2CA)
22-83-34-000-001 Removal of the FMGC (1CA1,1CA2)
22-83-34-400-001 Installation of the FMGC (1CA1,1CA2)
23-11-33-000-001 Removal of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
23-11-33-400-001 Installation of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
23-12-33-000-001 Removal of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
23-12-33-400-001 Installation of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2,
1RC3)
R
23-24-34-000-001 Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
23-24-34-400-001 Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
23-32-34-000-001 Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
(10RX)
23-32-34-400-001 Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape
Reproducer (10RX)
23-33-31-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 702
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-31-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System

Main Multiplexer (8MK)
23-34-34-000-001 Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
23-34-34-400-001 Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
(190MH)
23-51-34-000-001 Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
23-51-34-400-001 Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
23-73-34-000-001 Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
23-73-34-400-001 Installation of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
24-22-33-000-001 Removal of the EGIU-1(2) (22XU1, 22XU2)
R
24-22-33-400-002 Installation of the EGIU-1(2) (22XU1, 22XU2)
24-22-34-000-001 Removal of the GCU-1(2) (1XU1, 1XU2)
24-22-34-400-001 Installation of the GCU-1(2) (1XU1, 1XU2)
24-23-34-000-001 Removal of the GCU-APU (1XS)
24-23-34-400-001 Installation of the GCU-APU (1XS)
24-41-34-000-001 Removal of the Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU) (1XG)
24-41-34-000-001 Removal of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit
(GAPCU) (24XG)
24-41-34-400-001 Installation of the Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU)
(1XG)
24-41-34-400-001 Installation of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control
Unit (GAPCU) (24XG)
Power
the External Power
26-17-34-000-001 Removal of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit (SDCU)
(10WQ)
26-17-34-400-001 Installation of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit
(SDCU) (10WQ)
27-51-34-000-001 Removal of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
27-51-34-400-001 Installation of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
27-93-34-000-001 Removal of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2)
27-93-34-400-001 Installation of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2)
27-94-34-000-001 Removal of the SEC (1CE1,1CE2,1CE3)
27-94-34-400-001 Installation of the SEC (1CE1,1CE2,1CE3)
27-95-34-000-001 Removal of the FCDC (3CE1,3CE2)
27-95-34-400-001 Installation of the FCDC (3CE1,3CE2)
28-42-34-000-001 Removal of the Fuel Quantity-Indicating Computer
(FQIC) (3QT)
28-42-34-400-001 Installation of the Fuel Quantity-Indicating Computer
(FQIC) (3QT)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 703
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28-46-34-000-001 Removal of the Fuel-Level Sensing Control-Unit

(FLSCU) (7QJ,9QJ)
28-46-34-400-001 Installation of the Fuel-Level Sensing Control-Unit
(FLSCU) (7QJ,9QJ)
31-32-34-000-001 Removal of the CFDIU (1TW)
31-32-34-400-001 Installation of the CFDIU (1TW)
31-33-34-000-001 Removal of the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
(2TU)
31-33-34-400-001 Installation of the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
(2TU)
31-33-52-000-001 Removal of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU)
31-33-52-400-001 Installation of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU)
31-36-34-000-001 Removal of the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV)
31-36-34-000-002 Removal of the FDIU/DMU (FDIMU) (10TV)
31-36-34-400-001 Installation of the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV)
31-36-34-400-002 Installation of the FDIU/DMU (FDIMU) (10TV)
31-36-52-000-001 Removal of the Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR) (2TV)
31-36-52-400-001 Installation of the Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR) (2TV)
31-53-34-000-001 Removal of the Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
(1WW1,1WW2)
31-53-34-400-001 Installation of the Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
(1WW1,1WW2)
31-55-34-000-001 Removal of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-55-34-400-001 Installation of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-63-22-000-001 Removal of the Display Unit
(2WT1,2WT2,3WT1,3WT2,4WT1,4WT2)
31-63-22-400-001 Installation of the Display Unit
(2WT1,2WT2,3WT1,3WT2,4WT1,4WT2)
31-63-34-000-001 Removal of the DMC (1WT1,1WT2,1WT3)
31-63-34-400-001 Installation of the DMC (1WT1,1WT2,1WT3)
32-31-71-000-001 Removal of the LGCIU (5GA1, 5GA2)
32-31-71-400-001 Installation of the LGCIU (5GA1, 5GA2)
32-42-34-000-001 Removal of the Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU)
(10GG)
32-42-34-400-001 Installation of the Braking/Steering Control Unit
(BSCU) (10GG)
32-49-34-000-001 Removal of the TPIS Detection Unit (2GV)
32-49-34-400-001 Installation of the TPIS Detection Unit (2GV)
34-12-34-000-001 Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-400-001 Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)
R 34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
R 34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 704
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)

34-36-31-400-001 Installation of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)
34-36-31-400-001 Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1,
40RT2)
34-41-33-000-004 Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
34-41-33-400-003 Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1,
1SQ2)
34-48-34-000-001 Removal of the GPWC (1WZ)
34-48-34-400-001 Installation of the GPWC (1WZ)
34-51-33-000-001 Removal of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
34-51-33-400-001 Installation of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
34-52-33-000-001 Removal of the ATC/Mode S Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)
34-52-33-400-001 Installation of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
(1SH1,1SH2)
34-53-31-000-002 Removal of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)
34-53-31-400-002 Installation of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)
34-55-31-000-001 Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
34-55-31-400-001 Installation of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
36-11-34-000-001 Removal of the BMC (1HA1, 1HA2)
36-11-34-400-001 Installation of the BMC (1HA1, 1HA2)
R 73-25-34-000-040 Removal of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
R 73-25-34-000-041 Removal of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
R (1KS1,1KS2)
R 73-25-34-400-040 Installation of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
R 73-25-34-400-041 Installation of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
R (1KS1,1KS2)
R 77-32-34-000-041 Removal of the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
R (EVMU) (2EV)
R 77-32-34-000-042 Removal of the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
R (EVMU)
R 77-32-34-400-041 Installation of the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
R (EVMU) (2EV)
R 77-32-34-400-042 Installation of the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
R (EVMU)
R
12-21-13-991-001 Fig. 701
12-21-13-991-002 Fig. 702

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 705
Feb 01/10

CES
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-941-050
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put an access platform in position at the access door 824.
R (2) Open the access door 824.
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-051
R C. Removal of the Units in the Cockpit

R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)
R (1) On the main instrument panel 10VU:

R - Remove the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
R (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-000-001).
R (2) On the glareshield 13VU:

R - Remove the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-000-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-052
R D. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 81VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-001), if

R installed.
R (2) Remove the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-000-

R 001).
R (3) Remove the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-001).
R (4) Remove the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-001).
R (5) Remove the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-
R 000-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 706
Feb 01/10

CES
Location of Units in the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and 13VU)
Figure 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 707
Aug 01/08

CES
R (6) Remove the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-000-001).
R (7) Remove the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-002).
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-053
R E. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 82VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-002)
R (2) Remove the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-000-001)
R (3) Remove the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-001).
R (4) Remove the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-001).
R (5) Remove the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-000-

R 001).
R (6) Remove the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-001), if

R installed.
R (7) Remove the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-34-000-
R 001), if installed.
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-054
R F. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 83VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001).
R (2) Remove the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001).
R (3) Remove the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001).
R (4) Remove the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001).
R (5) Remove the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 708
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-055
R G. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 84VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002).
R (2) Remove the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001).
R (3) Remove the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001).
R (5) Remove the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-056-A
R H. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 85VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-001).
R (2) Remove the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-040).
R (3) Remove the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-
R 001).
R (4) Remove the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-001).
R (5) Remove the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-057-A
R J. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 86VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (3) Remove the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-001).
R (4) Remove the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-040).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 709
Feb 01/10

CES
R (5) Remove the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-000-042).
R (7) Remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001), if installed.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-056
R H. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 85VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (2) Remove the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-041).
R (3) Remove the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-
R 001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-057
R J. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 86VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (3) Remove the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-001).
R (4) Remove the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-041).
R (5) Remove the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-000-041).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-21-13

Page 710
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-058
R K. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 87VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-000-001).
R (2) Remove the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-000-001), if installed.
R (3) Remove the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-001), if installed.
R (4) Remove the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-000-001).
R (5) Remove the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001).
R (6) Remove the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-000-001), if installed.
R (7) Remove the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-002), if installed.
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-059
R L. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 88VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the CIDS Director 2 (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001).
R (3) Remove the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-000-001), if installed.
R (4) Remove the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-34-000-

R (5) Remove the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-000-001), if installed.
R (6) Remove the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001), if installed.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 711
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-060
R M. Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3) (Ref. TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
R (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-061
R N. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 91VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-000-
R 001).
R (2) Remove the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-000-001), if installed.
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-062
R P. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 92VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-46-34-
R 000-001).
R (2) Remove the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-000-001).
R (3) Remove the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001).
R (4) Remove the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001), if installed.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-302,
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-063
R Q. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 93VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (2) Remove the zone temperature controller (8HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-34-000-
R (3) Remove the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 712
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-063-A
R Q. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 93VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-064
R R. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 94VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (2) Remove the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-000-001).
R (3) Remove the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-000-001).
R (4) Remove the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-000-001), if
R installed.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-302,
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-065
R S. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 95VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the ILS Receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001),

R (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001) or the Multi Mode Receiver 1 (40RT1)
R (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001), (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001).
R (2) Remove the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001), if installed.
R (3) Remove the BMC 1 (1HA1) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-000-001).
R (4) Remove the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-34-
R 000-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 713
Feb 01/10

CES
R (5) Remove the pack 1 temperature controller (7HH) (Ref. TASK 21-61-34-
R 000-001), if installed.
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-066
R T. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 96VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R 000-001).
R (5) Remove the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-000-

R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-065-A
R S. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 95VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)


R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-21-13

Page 714
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R 000-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-066-A
R T. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 96VU (Ref. TASK 12-
R 21-13-991-002)
R 000-001).
R (4) Remove the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-000-

R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-067
R U. Removal of the Units in the Cockpit on the Shelf 109VU (Ref. TASK 12-21-
R 13-991-002)
R (1) Remove the Weather Radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2) (Ref. TASK
R 34-41-33-000-004), if installed.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 715
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 12-21-13-020-068
R V. Removal of the Rack Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
R (1) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU, 109VU,
R 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
R (a) Remove the rack assy.

R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-13-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment and the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and
13VU)
(1) Use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush or a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) to clean:
(a) the area where the units and computers were installed
(b) the area of the rack assy
(c) all the faces of the removed units and computers
(d) the avionics compartment
(e) the ducts
(f) the shelves.
NOTE : Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to

____
prevent new dust contamination in the avionics
compartment.
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-051
R A. Installation of the Units in the Cockpit

R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)
R NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not

____
R necessary if you install the computer removed for access.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 716
Feb 01/10

CES
Location of Shelves and Computers in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 717
Feb 01/10

CES
R (1) On the main instrument panel 10VU:
R (a) Install the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
R (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-400-001).
R (b) On the glareshield 13VU:

R - Install the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-400-001).
R (2) Installation of the rack assy.

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
R (a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
R 109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
R - Install the rack assy.
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-052
R B. Installation of the Computers in the cockpit in the shelf 81VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-001), if

R removed.
R (2) Install the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-400-

R 001).
R (3) Install the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-001).
R (4) Install the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-001).
R (5) Install the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-12-
R 33-400-001).
R (6) Install the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-400-001).
R (7) Install the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002).
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-053
R C. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the Shelf 82VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 718
Feb 01/10

CES
R (1) Install the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002).
R (2) Install the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-400-001).
R (3) Install the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-001).
R (4) Install the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-001).
R (5) Install the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-400-

R 001).
R (6) Install the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-001), if

R removed.
R (7) Install the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-34-400-
R 001), if removed.
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-054
R D. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the Shelf 83VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).
R (2) Install the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001).
R (3) Install the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001).
R (4) Install the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001).
R (5) Install the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002).
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-055
R E. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 84VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002).
R (2) Install the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 719
Feb 01/10

CES
R (3) Install the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001).
R (5) Install the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-056-A
R F. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 85VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R necessary if you Install the computer removed for access.
R (1) Install the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-001).
R (2) Install the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-040).
R (3) Install the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-
R 001).
R (4) Install the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-001).
R (5) Install the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-057-A
R G. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the shelf 86VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (3) Install the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-001).
R (4) Install the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-040).
R (5) Install the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-400-042).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 720
Feb 01/10

CES
R (7) Install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if removed.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-056
R F. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 85VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R necessary if you Install the computer removed for access.
R (2) Install the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-041).
R (3) Install the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-
R 001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-057
R G. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the shelf 86VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (3) Install the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-001).
R (4) Install the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-041).
R (5) Install the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-400-041).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-21-13

Page 721
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-058
R H. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the shelf 87VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-400-001).
R (2) Install the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-400-001), if removed.
R (3) Install the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-001), if removed.
R (4) Install the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-400-001).
R (5) Install the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-001).
R (6) Install the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-400-001), if removed.
R (7) Install the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-002), if removed.
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-059
R J. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 88VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the CIDS Director 2 (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-001).
R (3) Install the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-400-001), if removed.
R (4) Install the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-34-400-

R 001), if removed.
R (5) Install the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-400-001), if removed.
R (6) Install the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001), if removed.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 722
Feb 01/10

CES
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-060
R K. Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3) (Ref. TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
R (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-061
R L. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 91VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-400-
R 001).
R (2) Install the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-400-001), if removed.
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-062
R M. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 92VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-46-34-
R 400-001).
R (2) Install the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-400-001).
R (3) Install the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if removed.
R (4) Install the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if removed.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 723
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-302,
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-063
R N. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 93VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (2) Install the zone temperature controller (8HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-34-
R 400-001), if removed.
R (3) Install the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001).
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-063-A
R N. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 93VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-064
R P. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 94VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (2) Install the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-400-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 724
Feb 01/10

CES
R (3) Install the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-400-001).
R (4) Install the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-400-001),
R if removed.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-302,
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-065
R Q. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 95VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the ILS Receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001) or the
R Multi Mode Receiver 1 (40RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001).
R (2) Install the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-400-002), if removed.
R (3) Install the BMC 1 (1HA1) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-400-001).
R (4) Install the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-34-
R 400-001).
R (5) Install the pack 1 temperature controller (47HH) (Ref. TASK 21-61-34-
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-066
R R. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 96VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 725
Feb 01/10

CES
R 400-001).
R (5) Install the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-400-
R 002), if removed.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-065-A
R Q. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 95VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R 400-001).
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-066-A
R R. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 96VU (Ref. TASK
R 12-21-13-991-002)

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-21-13

Page 726
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R 400-001).
R (4) Install the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-400-
R 002), if removed.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Subtask 12-21-13-420-067
R S. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 109VU

R (Ref. TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
R (1) Install the Weather Radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

R (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-400-003).
R Subtask 12-21-13-942-050
R T. Close Access
R (1) Close the access door 824.
R standard tools and all other items.
R (3) Remove the access platform(s).

R
Subtask 12-21-13-862-050
R U. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 727
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-21-13-100-002
Cleaning of the Grids of the 70VU, 103VU, 106VU and 107VU

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific vacuum cleaner
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-13-991-003 Fig. 703
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the access doors 812 and 822.
(2) Open the access doors 812 and 822.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 728
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-13-140-050
A. Cleaning of the Grids of the Annunciator-Light Test Unit 70VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the grid on the left side of the 70VU.
(2) Clean the grid on the right side of the 70VU.
(3) Clean the grid at the bottom of the 70VU.
Subtask 12-21-13-140-051
B. Cleaning of the Grids of the Relay Box 103VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
____
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the left and right external grids of the relay box 103VU.
(2) Open the door of the relay box 103VU.
(3) Clean the left and right internal grids.
(4) Close the door of the relay box 103VU.
Subtask 12-21-13-140-052
C. Cleaning of the Grid of the AC/DC Emergency Power-Center 106VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
____
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the front face of the 106VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 729
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Location of Units in Avionics Compartment
Figure 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 730
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-21-13-140-053
D. Cleaning of the Grid of the Contactor Box 107VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
____
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the front face of the contactor box 107VU.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-13-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 812 and 822.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 731
Feb 01/10

CES
LUBRICATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________
1. _______
General
R The lubrication instructions define:
R - the specification of the lubricant to be used
R - the points to be lubricated
R - the special precautions to be observed.
A. Equipment and Materials

R Depending on the type of lubrication, you can use:
- a grease gun
- an oil can
- a brush
- a clean lint-free cloth
- an aerosol spray.
R B. Lubricant Grease Specifications
R (1) The references of lubricants and greases are given in the list of
R materials required for aircraft servicing and maintenance (Ref. ATA
R 20-31).
R (2) Airbus recommendations related to the mixing of greases
R (a) Do not mix greases that have different specifications.
R NOTE : Refer to SIL12-008 for more information on mixing of

____
R greases.
R (b) After selection of a grease specification, always use a grease

R that has the same specification.
R (c) If it was necessary to mix greases that have different

R specifications (specially greases with clay thickeners and
R greases with lithium thickeners), decrease the MPD service
R intervals by half for approximately 3 or 4 services.
R NOTE : This will give a better purge in the related mechanism.

____
R (d) For a satisfactory purge in the mechanism, continue to put the

R new grease into the grease fitting while the old grease comes
R out. Stop when you see only the new grease come out.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES
C. General Requirements
(1) Use only clean lubricants and tools for lubrication operations.
R (2) Before you start a lubrication operation, carefully clean the grease
R nipples lubricating-holes.
R You must do the lubrication immediately.
R Make sure that the grease nipples have balls and springs.
R (3) Make sure that the old grease comes out of the pressure relief valves
R and on each side of the spherical bearings (unless there is an
R indication of the quantity of grease to be used).
R (4) After lubrication, remove all unwanted grease. Wipe the grease nipple
R with a clean, lint-free cloth.
R Make sure that the balls and springs are in position.
R (5) Clean the wheel bearings before lubrication.

R Lubricate and install the bearings immediately.
D. Lubrication Symbols
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R The symbols used show the recommended lubrication method.
R Below each symbol, an index shows:
R - first term: the location of the lubrication point
R - second term : the lubricant to be used.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES
Lubrication Symbols
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES
CARGO LOADING SYSTEM - SERVICING
________________________________
TASK 12-22-25-640-001
Lubrication of Screw Shaft of Drive Unit of Sliding Carpet System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 PAINTBRUSH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 301
Feb 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-52-00-710-016 Operational Test of the Sliding Carpet Loading System

25-52-12-000-003 Removal of the Moveable Bulkhead
25-52-12-400-003 Installation of the Moveable Bulkhead
12-22-25-991-005 Fig. 301
12-22-25-991-006 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-25-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) and install the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s).
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the control box of the sliding-carpet
loading-system to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 12-22-25-860-050
(1) In the AFT cargo compartment:
(a) Do the work steps that follow to make sure that the sliding
carpet system is in the maximum unload position.
1
_ Make sure that the POWER AVAILABLE lamp is on.
2
_ Make sure that the amber warning lamps LOAD ALARM LIMIT SW and
UNLOAD ALARM LIMIT SW are off.
3
_ Make sure that the EMERGENCY STOP switch is in the NORM
position.

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 302
Feb 01/08

CES
4
_ Push then release the two ALARM LIMIT SW indicators.
5
_ Make sure that the ALARM LIMIT SW indicator lights come on,
then go off.
6
_ Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
7
_ Set the SELECT switch to the UNLOAD position.
8
_ Make sure that the green UNLOAD indicator lamp comes on.
9
_ Push and hold the RUN button.
NOTE : The sliding carpet moves in the unload direction.

____
10
__ Release the RUN button when the sliding carpet stops
automatically at the maximum unload position.
11
__ Make sure that the amber UNLOAD ALARM LIMIT SW indicator light
is off.
(2) In the FWD cargo compartment:
carpet system is in the maximum unload position.
1
2
3
_ Make sure that the TIEDOWN IN USE indicator light is off.
4
position.
5
6
then go off.
7
_ Push then release the TIEDOWN IN USE indicator.
8
_ Make sure that the TIEDOWN IN USE indicator light comes on,
then goes off.

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 303
Feb 01/08

CES
9
other items.
10
__ Set the SELECT switch to the UNLOAD position.
11
__ Make sure that the green UNLOAD indicator lamp comes on.
12
__ Push and hold the RUN button.
NOTE : The sliding carpet moves in the unload direction.

____
13
automatically at the maximum unload position.
14
__ Make sure that the amber UNLOAD ALARM LIMIT SW indicator light
is off.
Subtask 12-22-25-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SLIDING CARPET CTL-FWD 2MY E6
2000VU SLIDING CARPET PWR-FWD 3MY E8
2001VU SLIDING CARPET CTL-AFT 102MY D6
2001VU SLIDING CARPET PWR-AFT 103MY D8
Subtask 12-22-25-010-052
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the moveable bulkhead (Ref. TASK 25-52-12-000-003).

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 304
Feb 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-25-991-005, 302/TASK 12-22-25-991-006)
Subtask 12-22-25-640-050
A. Lubrication of the Screw Shaft
(1) Remove the used grease with a lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003), from the thread of the shaft (2).
(2) Lubricate the thread of the shaft (2) with the COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022). Use a PAINTBRUSH to do this.
Subtask 12-22-25-865-053
breaker(s):
2MY, 3MY, 102MY and 103MY.
Subtask 12-22-25-860-051
(1) In the AFT cargo compartment:
carpet system is in the maximum load position.
1
2
3
position.
4
5
then go off.
6
other items.
7
_ Set the SELECT switch to the LOAD position.

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 305
Feb 01/08

CES
FWD Cargo-Compartment Drive-Shaft Lubrication
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-25-991-005

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 306
Feb 01/08

CES
AFT Cargo-Compartment Drive-Shaft Lubrication
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-25-991-006

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 307
Feb 01/08

CES
8
_ Make sure that the green LOAD indicator lamp comes on.
9
_ Push and hold the RUN button.
NOTE : The sliding carpet moves in the load direction.

____
10
automatically at the maximum load position.
11
__ Make sure that the amber LOAD ALARM LIMIT SW indicator light
is off.
(2) In the FWD cargo compartment:
carpet system is in the maximum load position.
1
2
3
_ Make sure that the TIEDOWN IN USE indicator light is off.
4
position.
5
6
then go off.
7
_ Push then release the TIEDOWN IN USE indicator.
8
_ Make sure that the TIEDOWN IN USE indicator light comes on,
then goes off.
9
other items.
10
__ Set the SELECT switch to the LOAD position.
11
__ Make sure that the green LOAD indicator lamp comes on.
12
__ Push and hold the RUN button.
NOTE : The sliding carpet moves in the load direction.

____

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 308
Feb 01/08

CES
13
automatically at the maximum load position.
14
__ Make sure that the amber LOAD ALARM LIMIT SW indicator light
is off.
Subtask 12-22-25-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SLIDING CARPET CTL-FWD 2MY E6
2000VU SLIDING CARPET PWR-FWD 3MY E8
2001VU SLIDING CARPET CTL-AFT 102MY D6
2001VU SLIDING CARPET PWR-AFT 103MY D8
Subtask 12-22-25-640-051
E. Lubrication of the Screw Shaft
(1) Lubricate the thread of the shaft (2) again with the COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022). Use a PAINTBRUSH to do this.
(2) Make sure that you apply the grease to the area of the thread (2)
where the running nut (1) had its initial position.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-25-410-051
A. Install the parts removed for access.
(1) Install the moveable bulkhead (Ref. TASK 25-52-12-400-003).
Subtask 12-22-25-865-055
breaker(s):
2MY, 3MY, 102MY and 103MY.

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 309
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-22-25-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the sliding-carpet loading-system (Ref. TASK

25-52-00-710-016).
Subtask 12-22-25-410-052
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT
cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

305-399, 12-22-25

Page 310
Feb 01/08

CES
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-22-27-640-003
Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Ball Screw Nut
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
No specific 1 PIN - NON METALLIC

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 301
Aug 01/07
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 27-44-51-000-001 Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
R Actuator (9CE)
R 27-44-51-400-001 Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
R (THS) Actuator (9CE)
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
after Operation of the PTU
Electric Pump
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)
12-22-27-991-003 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 302
Aug 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-22-27-941-053
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the
R Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).
R the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the access door
312AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 303
Aug 01/08

CES
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator.
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 304
Feb 01/07
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-052
A. Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball Screw

Nut
CAUTION : DO NOT MIX LITHIUM-COMPLEX THICKENED GREASE WITH CLAY-

_______
THICKENED GREASE. IF YOU MIX THESE GREASES, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE BALL NUT OF THE THS ACTUATOR.
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Clean the greaser and the THS actuator ball-screw nut with a clean
(2) Use a PIN - NON METALLIC and make sure that the vent hole of the
ball-screw nut is clear.
(3) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply the new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) through the greaser of the ball-screw nut. Apply the grease
until it comes out through the vent hole.
NOTE : It is normal that some grease also comes out through the
____
top/bottom nut seals.
(4) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.
(5) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply more new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) through the greaser of the ball-screw nut. Continue to apply
grease until approximately 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of the grease comes out
through the vent hole.
NOTE : Grease can come out from the ball-screw nut vent hole or the
____
top/bottom nut seals. If grease leaks from a different
position, you must replace the THS Actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-
51-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
(6) Remove the GUN - GREASE and make sure that the ball in the greaser
closes correctly after lubrication.
(7) Clean the unwanted grease from the greaser and the ball-screw nut
with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 305
Aug 01/08
R
CES
(8) Make sure the travel range of the THS actuator ball-screw nut is
clear.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-066
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-067
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
Subtask 12-22-27-860-053
D. Cycle the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton
switches are pushed in. On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off.
(3) On the FLT CTL panel 24VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton
switches are pushed in. On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off.
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (5) On the center pedestal, on the Electronic Centralized Aircraft

R Monitoring (ECAM) control panel, push (in) the F/CTL pushbutton
R switch. On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into
R view.
(6) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 306
Aug 01/08

CES
(7) On the center pedestal, use the pitch-trim control wheel to operate
the THS through one full cycle as follows:
R - slowly move the THS to the 13.5 degree UP stop
R - slowly move the THS to the 4 degree DN stop
- slowly move the THS back to the 0 position.
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
R (9) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) stop procedure (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(11) Make sure the warning notice(s) are in position.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-068
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-640-058
F. Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball Screw

Nut
(1) Lubricate the THS actuator ball-screw nut again as given in Paragraph
4A.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 307
Aug 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-22-27-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-055
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-053

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 308
Aug 01/08
R
CES
TASK 12-22-27-640-004
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on all Flap Tracks
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 275446-01

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 309
Nov 01/07

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 04-024
SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203,
12-22-27-991-001 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 310
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-22-27-991-001-A Fig. 302A
R **ON A/C 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-27-991-006 Fig. 303
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-27-941-054

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 311
Feb 01/10

CES
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203, 12-22-27

Page 312
May 01/08

CES
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers - Lubrication Points
Figure 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-27

Page 313
May 01/08

CES
Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points

R

EFF : 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-27

Page 314
Feb 01/10

CES
Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points

R

EFF : 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249,
251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-27

Page 315
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-22-27-866-052
(2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever (panel 114VU) to
tell persons not to operate the flap system.
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
flap track.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 316
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203, 301-399,
Subtask 12-22-27-640-053
A. Lubricate the Flap Track Carriage-Rollers

_______
EDGE:
____
(1) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Use a GUN - GREASE filled with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the flap track
carriage-rollers. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out
of the applicable roller.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the flap track
carriage-rollers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly after
lubrication.
R **ON A/C 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-27-640-053-A
A. Lubricate the Flap Track Carriage-Rollers and No.1 Track Lever Arm

_______
EDGE:
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses grease, refer to the SIL
____
(Ref. SIL 12-008).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-27

Page 317
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
NOTE : Make sure that the greaser ball of each greaser has sealed
____
correctly after lubrication.
(1) Clean the greasers of the flap track carriage-rollers with a clean
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the flap track
carriage-rollers. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out
of the applicable roller.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers with a clean
(4) Clean the greasers of the No.1 track lever arm with a clean
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the No.1 track lever
arm. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out of the lever
arm pivot.
(6) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers of the No.1 track
lever arm with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-103, 201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 062-099, 104-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 318
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-27-865-057
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-22-27-866-053
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-054
C. Removal of the Equipment
R

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 319
Aug 01/07

CES
TASK 12-22-27-640-005
Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 Servo Control Bearings
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 320
Aug 01/07

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-991-007 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-055

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 321
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-22-27-866-054
R (2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
R POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever (panel 114VU) to
tell persons not to operate the flap system.
spoiler.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY 21CE2 Q18
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-007)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-054
A. Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 Servo Control Bearings
____
(1) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Lubricate the spoiler servo-control bearings with COMMON GREASE

(Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) through
the greasers until new grease comes out.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 322
Aug 01/07

CES
Spoiler Servo Control Bearing - Lubrication Point
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 323
Aug 01/07
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 324
Aug 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 325
Aug 01/07

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 326
Aug 01/07

CES
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the spoiler
servo-control bearings with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
lubrication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-059
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-866-055
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-055
C. Removal of the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 327
Feb 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-22-27-640-006
Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth
_______
_______
GEAR.
R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 328
Feb 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-80-00-866-004 Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground
57-41-37-000-004 Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels 521AB(621AB),
521CB(621CB), 521EB(621EB), 522AB(622AB),
522CB(622CB)
57-41-37-000-006 Removal of the Access Panels 522FB(622FB),
522JB(622JB), 522KB(622KB), 522LB(622LB),
522NB(622NB), 522QB(622QB), 522SB(622SB),
522UB(622UB)
57-41-37-400-002 Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
521AB(621AB), 521CB(621CB), 521EB(621EB),
522AB(622AB), 522CB(622CB)
57-41-37-400-006 Installation of the Access Panels 522FB(622FB),
522JB(622JB), 522KB(622KB), 522LB(622LB),
522NB(622NB), 522QB(622QB), 522SB(622SB),
522UB(622UB)
12-22-27-991-002 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 329
Nov 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-27-941-056
Subtask 12-22-27-866-056
(1) Fully extend the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004).
R (2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
R POSITION (98D27803000000) is installed on the flap/slat control
lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the slats.
slat track.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
Subtask 12-22-27-010-054
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable access panels, (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004) and
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006):
- for the left wing remove 521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522KB, 522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB
- for the right wing remove 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB, 622FB,
622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 330
Aug 01/07

CES
Slats - Lubrication Points
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 331
Feb 01/07
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-055
A. Lubricate the Slat Track Pinion Bearings, the Slat Track Rollers, the
Pinions and the Rack Teeth
____
(1) Lubricate the pinion bearings with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) as follows:
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
CAUTION : IF YOU USE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT, DO NOT

_______
USE AN AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 3 BARS (43.5
PSI).
THE AIR PRESSURE CAUSES THE GREASE TO COME OUT OF THE
EQUIPMENT WITH MORE FORCE THAN IF YOU USE
MANUALLY-OPERATED EQUIPMENT. THUS IF THE AIR PRESSURE
IS TOO HIGH, THE GREASE WILL POSSIBLY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE PINION BEARING SEALS.
(b) If you use power-operated lubrication equipment:
1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers at a maximum
pressure of 3 bar (43.5 psi).
2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.
(c) If you use manually-operated lubrication equipment:
1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers.
2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.
(2) Lubricate the slat track rollers with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) as follows:
003).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 332
Feb 01/07
R
CES
(b) Lubricate the slat track rollers through the greasers until new
grease comes out.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the slat track
rollers and pinion bearings with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
lubrication.
(5) Lubricate the pinions and rack teeth as follows:
(a) Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or COMMON

R GREASE (Material No. 04-004), with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, to the
pinions and to the rack teeth as far as possible.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Install the applicable access panels, (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002)

and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006):
- for the left wing install 521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522KB, 522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB
- for the right wing install 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB,
622FB, 622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-061
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.
Subtask 12-22-27-866-057
C. Aircraft Configuration
items.
(2) Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 333
Feb 01/07

CES
Subtask 12-22-27-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 334
Feb 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-22-27-640-007
Lubrication of the THS Mechanical Control Chains
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific fine brush
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
98D27403500000 1 PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 335
Feb 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)

12-22-27-991-004 Fig. 306
12-22-27-991-005 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-010-055
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
121.
(a) Open the access door 811.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
312.
(a) Open the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 336
Feb 01/07

CES
Subtask 12-22-27-860-050
(1) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels
are set to zero.
(2) Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) to lock the
pitch control wheels.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
Subtask 12-22-27-020-050
D. Removal of the Protective Covers

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004)
(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-005)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-056
R A. Lubrication of the THS Mechanical Control Chains
R NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
R the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Clean the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and a fine brush.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 337
Feb 01/07

CES
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 338
Feb 01/07
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 339
Feb 01/07

CES
Control Chains

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 340
Feb 01/07

CES
Control Chains

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 341
Feb 01/07

CES
R (2) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED to apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R to the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-420-050
A. Installation of the Protective Covers

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004)
(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).
(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).
(3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-063
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-057
C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) On the center pedestal, remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING.
Subtask 12-22-27-410-055
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 811, 312AR.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 342
Feb 01/07

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
TASK 12-22-27-640-008
Remove Flap Rotary Actuators For Regreasing
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-22-27

Page 343
Nov 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-54-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Flap System
27-54-49-000-008 Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
27-54-49-400-005 Installation of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
27-60-00-866-002 Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Gears
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
CMMV 275323
CMMV 275324
CMMV 275325
CMMV 275326
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-057
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate
the flaps.
landing gear doors.

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-22-27

Page 344
Nov 01/09

CES
(4) Make sure that the the ground safety locks are installed on the
landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-22-27-860-051
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is on
the flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.
(3) Extend the No. 1 to No. 5 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(4) Make sure that a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER is on the piston rod of each
servo-control.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-056
D. Get Access
R (1) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable access panels.
(3) Remove the applicable access panels:
(a) For the LH wing, remove the following:

- 193AB, 193BB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-000-004).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-22-27

Page 345
Aug 01/08

CES
(b) For the RH wing, remove the following:
- 194AB, 194BB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
51-37-000-004).
Subtask 12-22-27-020-051
E. Removal of the Flap Rotary Actuators
(1) Remove the flap rotary actuators (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-008):
- actuator number 1, 6205CM(6255CM)

- actuator number 4, 6233CM(6283CM).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-640-057
A. Regreasing of the Flap Rotary Actuators
(1) Refer to the applicable CMM and lubricate the rotary actuators:
R - for actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. CMMV 275323)

R - for actuator 6233CM(6283CM) (Ref. CMMV 275326).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-420-051
A. Installation of the Flap Rotary Actuators
(1) Install the flap rotary actuators (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-005):

- actuator number 4, 6233CM(6283CM).

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-22-27

Page 346
Aug 01/08

CES
R Subtask 12-22-27-710-051
R B. Operational Test of the Flap System
R (1) Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-

R 001).
Subtask 12-22-27-410-056
R C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panels:
(a) For the LH wing, install the following:

- 193AB, 193BB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
51-37-400-004).
(b) For the RH wing, install the following:

- 194AB, 194BB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
51-37-400-004).
(3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-22-27-942-058
R D. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-22-27

Page 347
Nov 01/07

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-22-27-640-009
Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable (Area of Tension Regulator)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific safety barriers
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 348
Feb 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-11-100-001 Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-001 Check of the Control Cables
SIL 12-008
12-22-27-991-008 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-061
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the
R Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).
R the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-074
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 349
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-22-27-010-057
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
zone 312.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-020-052
A. Removal of the Protective Covers

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-008)
(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
Subtask 12-22-27-640-061
B. Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable (Area of Tension Regulator)
(1) Make sure that the cables (6) and (7) are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-
24-12-200-001).
(2) Clean the control cables (6) and (7) in this area, with a lint-free
cloth.
(3) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (6) and (7)
(Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001).
(4) Lubricate the control cables (6) and (7) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004).
NOTE : Refer to the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008) about the mixing of lithium
____
and clay based greases.
Subtask 12-22-27-420-052
C. Installation of the Protective Covers
(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).
(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 350
Feb 01/07

CES
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.
Figure 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 351
Feb 01/07

CES
(3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 352
Feb 01/07

CES
___________________________
TASK 12-22-29-600-001
Lubrication of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) Door Hinges
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-004 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 1
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
29-22-00-869-001 Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
29-22-00-869-002 Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
12-22-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-29-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Extend the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-29

Page 301
May 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-22-29-600-050
A. Lubrication of the RAT Door Hinges
(1) Lubricate the RAT door hinges with the OILS (Material No. 03-001) or
the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-29-010-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-29-860-051
(1) Retract the RAT (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-29

Page 302
Nov 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) Door Hinges
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-29

Page 303
Nov 01/08

CES
________________________
TASK 12-22-32-640-001
Lubrication of the MLG and Doors
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 301
Nov 01/09

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
R SIL 12008 (for corrective action)
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-32-991-001-A Fig. 301
**ON A/C 051-052,
12-22-32-991-001-C Fig. 301A
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-22-32-991-001-B Fig. 301B
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Post SB 57-1104 For A/C 051-052,
12-22-32-991-001 Fig. 301C
**ON A/C ALL
12-22-32-991-002 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-32-941-050
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-22-32-010-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG).
(2) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuating cylinder.
Subtask 12-22-32-640-055
C. Preparation of the Equipment
R (1) Make sure that the LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT is in the correct condition
before you fill it.
R (2) Operate the lubricating equipment to make sure that the lines and
R adaptor are full of new lubricant.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU

_______
MUST OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B)
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Post SB 57-1104 For A/C 051-052,
(Ref. Fig. 301C/TASK 12-22-32-991-001)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-002)
R **ON A/C 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-051-A
R A. Lubrication of the MLG

R
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE

_______
THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : FOR LUBRICATION OF THE GLAND HOUSING ON THE MLG BOTTOM-BEARING

_______
USE ONLY HAND-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT. POWER-OPERATED
LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE EXTRUSION OF THE MLG
BOTTOM-BEARING SCRAPER-SEAL.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 305
Feb 01/10

CES
MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A18 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 306
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 307
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 308
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 309
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 310
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 311
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 312
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 313
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C18 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 314
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 315
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 316
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 317
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 318
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 319
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 320
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 321
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 322
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 323
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 324
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 325
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 326
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 327
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 328
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 329
Aug 01/09

CES
Figure 301C/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 18 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 330
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 331
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 332
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 333
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 334
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 335
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 336
Aug 01/09

CES

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 337
Aug 01/09

CES
R MLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 338
Aug 01/09

CES
R NOTE : Use the Figures together with the tables that follow, to find the
____
R greasers.
R
R NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the materials COMMON
____
R GREASE (Material No. 04-004) and COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 022) are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same time
R (Ref. SIL 12008).
NOTE : Do not use Material 04-004B (Aeroshell 7) to lubricate the

____
greasers of the MLG.
R (1) Lubricate the greasers of the MLG as follows:
R (a) Lubricate all of the greasers in the MLG Table, with COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
022). Do this until new grease comes out.
R (b) Lubricate the greasers Items 1 thru 3 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
Table, with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022). Do this until new grease comes out.
R (c) Lubricate the greasers Items 4 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table,
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022). Do this until new
grease comes out.
R (d) Lubricate the greasers Item 5 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table,
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
- Use the hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate the
uplock with a maximum of two full strokes.

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 339
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Retraction | 6 | 1 on the piston rod |
| | Actuating Cylinder | | 2 on the piston rod attachment |
| | | | pin |
| | | | 3 on the structure attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Upper Leg | 9 | 1 on the forward pintle housing |
| | | | 1 on the aft pintle housing |
| | | | 3 on the aft pintle pin |
| | | | 4 on the aircraft structure at the |
| | | | forward pintle bearing (it is |
| | | | permitted to lubricate only 2 |
| | | | greasers when the MLG is |
| | | | installed) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Gland Housing | 3 | 3 on the bottom bearing |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Torque Link | 8 | 3 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the top torque link |
| | | | attachment pin |
| | | | 3 on the bottom torque link |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Lower Leg Lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Leg Side-Stay | 2 | 2 on the leg attachment bracket |
| | Attachment | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Side-Stay | 15 | 5 at the top cardan joint |
| | | | 7 at the middle joint |
| | | | 3 at the bottom cardan joint |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Lockstay | 13 | 2 at the side-stay attachment |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay attachment lug |
| | | | of the upper leg |
| | | | 3 on the lockstay cardan joint |
| | | | 2 on the top of the lockstay |
| | | | 2 at the actuator attachment |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Lockstay Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
| | Cylinder | | cylinder |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Side-Stay Bracket, | 4 | 2 at each bush |

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 340
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | at A/C structure | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 004-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 341
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | MLG Door Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the aft hinge |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the roller |
| | Uplock-Roller | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | MLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | MLG Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Remove the unwanted grease:

_______
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-051-C

R

_______

_______

R

EFF : 004-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-22-32

Page 342
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
____
R greasers.
R
____
R (Ref. SIL 12008).

____
R (c) Lubricate the greasers Item 4 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table,
grease comes out.

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 343
Feb 01/10

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MLG Table |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | pin |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | greaser when the MLG is |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | 1 on the spacer assembly adjacent |
| | | | to the torque link damper |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5 | Towing Lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | 2 on the lockstay attachment lugs |
----------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 344
Nov 01/09

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| MLG Table |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-32

Page 345
Nov 01/09

CES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greaseres |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------

_______

**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-051-B

R

_______

_______

EFF :

051-052, 301-399, 12-22-32

Page 346
Feb 01/10

CES
____
R greasers.
R
____
R (Ref. SIL 12008).

____
R Table, with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-022). Do this until new grease comes out.
R (c) Lubricate the greasers Item 4 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table,
grease comes out.
R - use the hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate the
R uplock with a maximum of two full strokes.

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 347
Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Lower Leg lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | 1 on the lockstay attachment lug |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 348
Nov 01/09

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
--------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-32

Page 349
Nov 01/09

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
--------------------------------------------------------------------

_______

**ON A/C 001-003, 051-052,
Post SB 57-1104 For A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-051

R

_______

_______

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 301-399, 12-22-32

Page 350
Feb 01/10

CES
____
R greasers.
R
____
R (Ref. SIL 12008).

____
R (c) Lubricate the greasers Items 4 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table,
grease comes out.

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 351
Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | 1 on the spacer assembly adjacent |
| | | | to the torque link damper |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Towing Lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | 2 on the lockstay attachment lugs |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|

R

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 352
Nov 01/09

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
--------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

001-003, 051-052, 12-22-32

Page 353
Nov 01/09
R
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU

_______
R MUST OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND
R SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
R (a) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS

R (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 354
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-22-32-942-050

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 355
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-22-32-640-002
Lubrication of the NLG and Doors
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 356
Nov 01/09

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lubrication equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

R SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gear Doors
R SIL 12008 (for corrective action)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32-991-003 Fig. 303

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 357
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299,

R 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1288 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,201-203,
12-22-32-991-003-A Fig. 303A
**ON A/C ALL
12-22-32-991-004 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299,

R 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1288 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004)
Subtask 12-22-32-941-051
(1) Put the SAFETY BARRIERS in position.

- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in the DOWN
position
landing gear.
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 358
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-22-32-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the Nose
Landing Gear (NLG).
(3) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed in each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
Subtask 12-22-32-640-056
(1) Make sure the lubrication equipment is in the correct condition

before you fill it.
(2) Operate the lubrication equipment to make sure the lines and adaptor
are full of new lubricant.
(3) Clean the greasers:

_______
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299,

R 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1288 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,201-203,
(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 359
Feb 01/10

CES
R NLG - Lubrication Points

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 360
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 361
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 362
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 363
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 364
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 365
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 366
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 367
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 368
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 369
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 370
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 371
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 372
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 373
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 374
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 375
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
R NLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 376
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-053
R A. Lubrication of the NLG

_______
NOTE : Use the Figures together with the tables that follow to find the
____
greasers.
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the materials COMMON
____
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) and COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
022) are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same time
(Ref. SIL 12008).

____
greasers of the NLG.
(1) Lubricate the NLG Door and Uplock:
R (a) Lubricate the greasers items 1 and 2 in the NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of two full strokes.
R (b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the Table,
R with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(2) Lubricate the NLG:
R (a) Lubricate the greasers items 1, 5 and 7 in the NLG Table, with
R COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
R No. 04-022) as follows:
- use the hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of three full strokes.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 377
Feb 01/10

CES

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 378
Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R | NLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 1 | Upper Drag-Strut | 4 | 2 on the drag-strut |
R | | | | (one on each side) |
| | | | 1 on each attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 2 | Self-Aligning | 2 | 2 on the aircraft structure |
R | | Bearings | | (one on each side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Lockstay Middle | 2 | 1 on the attachment pin |
| | Axis | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Retraction Actuator| 4 | 1 at one end of the actuator |
| | | | 3 on the retraction actuator pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Leg Upper | 6 | 1 on each attachment pin |
| | Attachments | | 2 on the adjacent aircraft |
| | | | structure for the swivel |
| | | | bearings (one on each side) |
| | | | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | | | side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Lockstay to the | 4 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | NLG Leg Attachment| | 2 on the lockstay upper arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Nosewheel Steering | 1 | 1 on the actuator |
| | Actuator | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Drag-Strut to the | 3 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Leg Attachment | | 1 on the bottom arm of the drag- |
| | | | strut |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Drag-Strut to the | 10 | 2 on the drag-strut bottom arm |
| | Lockstay Attachment| | 1 on the bottom arm pin |
| | | | 2 on the drag-strut |
| | | | 2 on the ball joint |
| | | | 1 on the strut link-pin |
| | | | 1 on the uplock roller pin |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Torque Links | 12 | 4 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the turning tube (near the |
| | | | upper torque link connector) |
| | | | 2 on the middle hinge pin |

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 379
Nov 01/09

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 11 | Downlock Release | 2 | 1 on one end of the actuator |
| | Actuator | | 1 on the attachment pin on the |
| | | | NLG leg |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 12 | NLG Leg to the | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | Rotating Rod | | side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 13 | NLG Leg Barrel | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Lower Bearing | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-22-32

Page 380
Nov 01/09

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | NLG Door Uplock | 4 | 3 on the aft side |
| | | | 1 on the forward side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | NLG Gear Uplock | 3 | 2 on one side |
| | | | 1 on the other side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Rotating Rod | 4 | 1 on the lower attachment pin |
| | Assembly | | 3 on the rotating rod |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | NLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 on support bracket attachment pin|
| | Cylinder | | 1 on bellcrank lever attachment pin|
--------------------------------------------------------------------

_______

R (Material No. 19-003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
026).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299,

R 303-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 32-1288 For A/C 001-049,051-061,101-105,201-203,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-053-A
R A. Lubrication of the NLG

_______
NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow to find the
____
greasers.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-32

Page 381
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the materials COMMON
____
GREASE (Material No. 04-004) and COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
022) are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same time
(Ref. SIL 12008).

____
greasers of the NLG.
(1) Lubricate the NLG Door and Uplock:
R (a) Lubricate the greasers items 1 and 2 in the NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of two full strokes.
(2) Lubricate the NLG:
R (a) Lubricate the greaser item 1 and 7 in the NLG Table, with COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 022) as follows:
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate the
greaser with a maximum of three full strokes.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 382
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Upper Drag-Strut | 4 | 2 on the drag-strut (one on each |
| | | | side) |
| | | | 1 on each attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Self-Aligning | 2 | 2 on the aircraft structure (one |
| | Bearings | | on each side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Lockstay Middle | 2 | 1 on the attachment pin |
| | Axis | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Retraction Actuator| 4 | 1 at one end of the actuator |
| | | | 3 on the retraction actuator pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Leg Upper | 6 | 1 on each attachment pin |
| | Attachments | | 2 on the adjacent aircraft |
| | | | structure for the swivel |
| | | | bearings (one on each side) |
| | | | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | | | side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Lockstay to the | 4 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | NLG Leg Attachment | | 2 on the lockstay upper arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Nosewheel Steering | 1 | 1 on the actuator |
| | Actuator | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Drag-Strut to the | 3 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Leg Attachment | | 1 on the bottom arm of the drag- |
| | | | strut |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Drag-Strut to the | 10 | 2 on the drag-strut bottom arm |
| | Lockstay Attachment| | 1 on the bottom arm pin |
| | | | 2 on the drag-strut |
| | | | 2 on the ball joint |
| | | | 1 on the strut link-pin |
| | | | 1 on the uplock roller pin |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Torque Links | 12 | 4 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the turning tube (near the |
| | | | upper torque link connector) |
| | | | 2 on the middle hinge pin |

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 383
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NLG Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 11 | Cam Pivot for NLG | 1 | 1 on the cam pivot pin |
| | Weight-on-Wheels | | |
| | Sensor | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 12 | Downlock Release | 2 | 1 on one end of the actuator |
| | Actuator | | 1 on the attachment pin on the |
| | | | NLG leg |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 13 | NLG Leg to the | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | Rotating Rod | | side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 14 | NLG Leg Barrel | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Lower Bearing | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-061, 101-149, 201-203,
229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-22-32

Page 384
Feb 01/10
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R | NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | NLG Door Uplock | 4 | 3 on the aft side |
| | | | 1 on the forward side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | NLG Gear Uplock | 3 | 2 on one side |
| | | | 1 on the other side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Rotating Rod | 4 | 1 on the lower attachment pin |
| | Assembly | | 3 on the rotating rod |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | NLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 on support bracket attachment pin|
| | Cylinder | | 1 on bellcrank lever attachment pin|
---------------------------------------------------------------------
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU

_______
R MUST OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND
R SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

R (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 385
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-22-32-942-052
(1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIERS.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 386
Nov 01/09

CES
DOORS - SERVICING
_________________
TASK 12-22-52-640-002
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 301
Feb 01/98

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
52-31-13-400-001 Installation of the Lining and the Insulation
52-32-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and Insulation
52-32-13-400-001 Installation of the Lining and Insulation
52-32-33-000-001 Removal of the Door Fairings and Access Panel
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52-991-002-A Fig. 301
**ON A/C 051-052,
12-22-52-991-002 Fig. 301A

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52-991-003-A Fig. 302
**ON A/C 051-052,
12-22-52-991-003 Fig. 302A
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
12-22-52-991-003-B Fig. 302B
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
12-22-52-991-032 Fig. 303
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-22-52-991-032-A Fig. 303A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52-991-030-A Fig. 304
**ON A/C 051-052,
12-22-52-991-030 Fig. 304A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52-991-031 Fig. 305

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 303
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
12-22-52-991-033-A Fig. 306
**ON A/C 051-052,
12-22-52-991-033 Fig. 306A
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-22-52-991-033-B Fig. 306B
**ON A/C 051-052,
12-22-52-991-035 Fig. 307

12-22-52-991-036 Fig. 308
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-22-52-991-034 Fig. 309
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,

R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-52-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the opened cargo
door
(3) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the applicable cargo
door.
(4) Remove the door lining to get access to the drift pins of the
applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-
32-13-000-001).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-52-010-051-C
A. Get Access
00-860-001).
door
(3) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the applicable cargo
door.
(4) Remove the door lining to get access to the drift pins of the
applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-
32-13-000-001).
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
Subtask 12-22-52-010-051-B
A. Get Access
(1) Get access to the door mechanism of the FWD cargo-compartment door
(referred to as cargo door) as follows:
(a) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed
cargo door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 305
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
cargo door.
NOTE : Do not unlock the cargo door at this time.

____
(c) Remove the access panels 825AR from the cargo door.
R (2) Get access to the door mechanism of the aft cargo-compartment door
R (referred to as cargo door) as follows:
(a) Open the cargo door and safety it with the actuator safety locks
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the opened
cargo door.
(c) Remove the door lining to get access to the drift pins of the
applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
(d) Remove the access panels 826AR and 826BR and the door fairing
826CR from the applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-32-33-000-
001).
(e) Remove the door lining and insulation from the cargo door to get
access to the drift pin assembly (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-52-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 306
Aug 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-051-A
R A. Lubrication of the Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002-A)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 201-220,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-A)
**ON A/C 151-199,
(Ref. Fig. 302B/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-B)
**ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-220,
(1) Lubricate the piano hinges with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(2) Lubricate the switch mechanism as follows:
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the target lever with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the link assy with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(3) Lubricate the vent door mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032)
CAUTION : DO NOT LUBRICATE THE PTFE-BEARINGS OF THE BELLCRANKS. AN

_______
ACCIDENTAL LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE THE PTFE-BEARINGS TO
BECOME UNSERVICABLE.
(a) Lubricate the top and bottom vent door hinges with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(4) Lubricate the bearings of the locking shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 307
Aug 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges at the FWD
Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002-A

R EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,

12-22-52 Page 308
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges at the FWD
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-52-991-002

R EFF :

051-052,

12-22-52 Page 309
Aug 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-A

R EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

12-22-52 Page 310
Feb 01/10

CES
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 302A/TASK 12-22-52-991-003

R EFF :

051-052,

12-22-52 Page 311
May 01/08

CES
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 302B/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-B

R EFF :

151-199, 401-499,

12-22-52 Page 312
May 01/08

CES
R Lubrication of the Vent Door Mechanism
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 12-22-52

Page 313
Nov 01/08

CES
(5) Lubricate the latching mechanism as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030-A)
(6) Lubricate the bearings of the latching shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(a) Lubricate the latching hooks with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank of each latching unit with COMMON GREASE
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank links with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(7) Lubricate the interlock mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031)
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock lever and the roller
lever with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock link with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
R (c) Lubricate the mating surface of the spring sleeve with OILS
(8) Lubricate the drift pin mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-033-A)

_______
(a) Lubricate the drift pins with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank lever with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(c) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(9) Remove unwanted lubricant with a lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS


R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 12-22-52

Page 314
Aug 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Vent Door Mechanism
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-52-991-032-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52

Page 315
Feb 01/10

CES
Lubrication of the Latching Unit
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 316
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
R Lubrication of the Locking Unit
R Figure 304A/TASK 12-22-52-991-030

R

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-52

Page 317
May 01/08

CES
R Lubrication of the Interlock Mechanism
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 318
Nov 01/08

CES
R Lubrication of the Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-033-A

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 053-099, 101-105, 151-199, 12-22-52

Page 319
Nov 01/08

CES
(10) Apply the storage preservation as follows:
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R (a) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) to the locking

R shaft and latching shaft.

_______
(b) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) to the inner

R face of the access panels and to the lower section of the door
R structure.
R (c) Make sure that do you not apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15-005) to the ball bearings of the door mechanism.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-051-B
R A. Lubrication of the Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-22-52-991-002, 302A/TASK 12-22-52-991-003)
No. 03-001).
03-001).
(3) Lubricate the top and bottom vent door hinges with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032)
(4) Lubricate the bearings of the safety shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).

R

EFF :
201-220,
001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 12-22-52

Page 320
Aug 01/08

CES
(5) Lubricate the locking mechanism as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 304A/TASK 12-22-52-991-030)
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the locking shaft with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the locking hooks with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(c) Lubricate the bellcrank of each locking unit with COMMON GREASE
(d) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank links with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031)
No. 03-001).
R (c) Lubricate the mating surface of the spring sleeve with OILS
R (7) Lubricate the deflection unit as follows:

R (a) Lubricate the bearing of the deflection lever with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
R (b) Lubricate the eyebolt of the deflection lever OILS (Material No.
03-001).
R (8) Lubricate the drift pin mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 306A/TASK 12-22-52-991-033)

_______
004).

R

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-52

Page 321
Aug 01/08

CES
R Lubrication of the Drift Pin Mechanism
R Figure 306A/TASK 12-22-52-991-033

R

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-52

Page 322
May 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 306B/TASK 12-22-52-991-033-B

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52

Page 323
Feb 01/10

CES
FWD Cargo-Compartment Doors - Lubrication of the Deflectiton Unit
Figure 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-035

R

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-52

Page 324
Nov 01/08

CES
AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors - Lubrication of the Deflectiton Unit
Figure 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-036

R

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-52

Page 325
Nov 01/08

CES
(b) Lubricate the bearing of the bellcrank lever with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-051-C
A. Lubrication of the Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-A)
**ON A/C 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 302B/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-B)
R **ON A/C 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
No. 03-001).
03-001).
(3) Lubricate the vent door mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-22-52-991-032-A)

_______
(a) Lubricate the top and bottom vent door hinges with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

R

EFF : 051-052, 106-149, 221-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52

Page 326
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(4) Lubricate the bearings of the locking shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(5) Lubricate the latching mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030-A)
(6) Lubricate the bearings of the latching shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(a) Lubricate the latching hooks with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank of each latching unit with COMMON GREASE
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank links with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031)
No. 03-001).
(c) Lubricate the mating surface of the spring sleeve with OILS
(8) Lubricate the drift pin mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 306B/TASK 12-22-52-991-033-B)

_______
004).
(b) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank lever with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(c) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No.
03-001).

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52

Page 327
Feb 01/10

CES
(9) Lubricate the sequence shaft assembly as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-034)

_______
(a) Lubricate bearing of the input bellcrank shaft with OILS

(b) Lubricate bearing of the sequence shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).

(11) Apply the storage preservation as follows:

_______
(a) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the locking

and safety shaft.

_______
(b) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inner

R face of the access panels and to the lower section of the dooe
R structure.
R (c) Make sure that you do not apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15- 06) to the ball bearings of the door mechanism.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-865-050
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 328
Aug 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Sequence Shaft Assembly
Figure 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-034

R

EFF : 106-149, 221-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52

Page 329
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-52-410-051-A
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the removed door linings on the applicable cargo door
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(4) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the applicable cargo
door.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-52-410-051-C
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the applicable cargo
door.
(4) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52

Page 330
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
Subtask 12-22-52-410-051-B
B. Close Access
items.
(Ref. TASK 52-32-13-400-001).
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(4) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR, 826BR and 826CR on the
applicable cargo door.

R

EFF :

151-199, 401-499, 12-22-52

Page 331
Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-22-52-640-005
Lubrication of the Door-Warning Proximity-Switch Actuating-Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD

Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 332
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left

FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 12-22-52-991-007 Fig. 310
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
passenger/crew door.
(4) Remove the door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003)
or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) as required.
(5) Remove the insulation blankets from the applicable door frame as
required.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 333
Aug 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-054
A. Lubrication of the Proximity Switch Actuating-Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-007)
(1) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the actuation
lever (1).
(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot point of the target
lever (2).
(3) Remove the unwanted oil with a lint-free cloth.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-054-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the removed insulation blankets on the applicable

passenger/crew doors.
(3) Install the applicable door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006) 222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-008) or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005).
(4) Do the special precautions on the passenger/crew door after

maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
(5) Close the applicable passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 334
Aug 01/08

CES
Actuating Mechanism of Proximity Switches
R Figure 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 335
Aug 01/08

CES
TASK 12-22-52-640-006
Lubrication of the External Control Handles of the FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 336
Aug 01/08
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
R 12-22-52-991-008 Fig. 311
R 12-22-52-991-006 Fig. 312
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-056
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-055
A. Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm
(1) Lubricate the external control handle as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-008)

_______
(a) Make sure that the external control handle of the applicable
passenger/crew door is in the horizontal position.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 337
Aug 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the External Control Handles-FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-008

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 338
Aug 01/08

CES
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the control
mechanism of the external control handle. the applicable external
control handle.
(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,

(2) Lubricate the telescopic arm of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-006)

_______
(a) Clean the lubrication fitting (1) with a lint-free cotton cloth,
(b) Operate the GUN - GREASE until the new grease COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) comes out to lubricate the telescopic arm.
(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Do the special precautions on the passenger/crew door after

maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 339
Aug 01/08

CES
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm
R Figure 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-006

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 340
Aug 01/08

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221, 224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
TASK 12-22-52-640-007
R Lubrication of the BULK-Cargo Compartment-Door Handle and Hinge Arms Bearings
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870

R MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221,
224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
12-22-52

Page 341
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-991-015 Fig. 313
R 12-22-52-991-037 Fig. 314
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-057
A. Get Access
(1) Get access to external door handle as follows:
(a) Put the access platform in position below the closed BULK
cargo-compartment door (refered to as Bulk door).
(b) Push the button of the external door handle so that it moves from
its recess.
NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK

____
position at this time.
(2) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) to

get access to the hinge arms of the closed Bulk door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-056
A. Lubrication Procedure

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Lubricate the external door handle as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-015)
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the shaft of the
external door handle.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221,
224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
12-22-52

Page 342
Aug 01/09

CES
External Door Handle of Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-015

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221,
224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
12-22-52

Page 343
Aug 01/09
R
CES
(b) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.
(2) Lubricate the hinge arm bearings as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-037)
(a) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) on the top bearing of the hinge
arms.
(b) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) on the center bearing of the
hinge arms.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221,
224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
12-22-52

Page 344
Aug 01/09

CES
R Lubrication of the Hinge Arms Bearings
R Figure 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-037

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 221-221,
224-224, 228-228, 251-299,
12-22-52

Page 345
Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-22-52-640-008
Lubrication of the Avionics Compartment-Door Handles
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 346
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-22-52-991-010 Fig. 315
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-064
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD, lateral
left, lateral right or aft avionics compartment door as required.
(2) Push the button of the external door handle at the applicable
avionics compartment door so that it moves from its recess.
NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK position at
____
this time.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-057
A. Lubrication of the External Door Handle

R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-22-52-991-010)
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the FWD avionics compartment door.
external door handle at the lateral left avionics compartment door.
external door handle at the lateral right avionics compartment door.
external door handle at the aft avionics compartment door.

_______
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(5) Remove any unwanted lubricant with a clean lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 347
Aug 01/09

CES
External Door Handle of Avionics Compartment Doors
R Figure 315/TASK 12-22-52-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 348
Aug 01/09

CES
(6) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) to the inner surface
and the adjacent area of the applicable external door handle.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 349
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-22-52-640-009
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Door Handle
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 350
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
52-32-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and Insulation
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52-991-014-A Fig. 316
**ON A/C 051-052,
12-22-52-991-014 Fig. 316A

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 351
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-52-010-065-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A)
00-860-001).
door.
(3) Remove the door lining and insulation from the applicable cargo door
to get access to inner skin (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or
(Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
(4) Remove the screws and access cover from the inner skin of the cargo
door.
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-52-010-065
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD or aft cargo
compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
(2) Remove the access panel 825AR or 826AR from the cargo door.
(3) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
cargo door.
NOTE : Do not move the locking handle in the UNLOCKED position at

____
this time.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 352
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-52-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-058-A
A. Lubrication of the Door Handle

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A)
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or to the grease nipple of
the door handle shaft.
(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the door
handle flap.
(3) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the handle flap spring.
(4) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the bearings of the serrated
shaft.
(5) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the spring bolt.
(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
the Malteser-cross latch and the Malteser-cross lock.
the handle catch hook.
the roller lever.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 353
Feb 01/10

CES
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 354
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES

R

EFF : 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 355
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(9) Remove the unwanted grease or oil with a lint-free cloth.

_______
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-058
A. Lubrication of the Locking Handle

R (Ref. Fig. 316A/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or to the grease nipple (2)
of the locking handle (3).
(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points (1) of the
locking handle (3).
(3) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the handle
flap mechanism (4).
(4) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the locking
handle spring.
(5) Remove the unwanted grease or oil with a lint-free cloth.

_______
(6) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the inner surfaces
and the adjacent area of the locking handle (2).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-865-053
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 356
Aug 01/09

CES
R Figure 316A/TASK 12-22-52-991-014

R

EFF :

051-052, 12-22-52

Page 357
Aug 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-52-410-058-A
B. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A)
(1) Put the access cover on the inner skin of the cargo door and attach
it with the screws.
(2) Install the door lining and insulation on the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
**ON A/C 051-052,
Subtask 12-22-52-410-058
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Make sure that the locking handle is in the LOCKED position and push
it into the recess of the handle flap.
(3) Install the access panel 825AR or 826AR on the applicable cargo door.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 358
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
TASK 12-22-52-640-013
Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific grease gun


EFF :

301-399, 12-22-52

Page 359
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-22-00-010-001 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the

Passenger Compartment
52-22-00-410-001 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
52-22-00-860-003 Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
52-22-00-860-004 Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R 12-22-52-991-020 Fig. 317
R 12-22-52-991-021 Fig. 318
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-063
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door) as

required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the partly
opened door.
(3) Make sure that the special precaution on the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder is completed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-52

Page 360
Aug 01/09

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-062
A. Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm
(1) Lubricate the external control handle as follows:
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the pivot points.
(b) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.
(2) Lubricate the telescopic arm of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder as follows:
(a) Clean the lubrication fitting with a lint-free cloth.
(b) Pump the grease gun until the new grease COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) comes out to lubricate the telescopic arm (1).
(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the inner surface
and adjacent area of the external control handle.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-062
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Do the special precaution for the door damper and emergency operation
cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-004).
(3) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-52

Page 361
Aug 01/09

CES
Lubrication of the External Control Handles-Emergency Exit Doors
R Figure 317/TASK 12-22-52-991-020

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-52

Page 362
Aug 01/09

CES
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm of the Emergency Exit Doors
R Figure 318/TASK 12-22-52-991-021

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-22-52

Page 363
Aug 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-22-52-640-014
Lubrication of Safety Pin Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific hand grease gun
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 364
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-46-000-001 Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew

Doors
25-23-46-000-002 Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors
25-23-46-400-001 Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD
25-23-46-400-002 Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT
Door
Door
12-22-52-991-022 Fig. 319
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-22-52-991-029 Fig. 320
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-066
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position to the applicable passenger/crew

door (referred to as door).
(2) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Do the special precautions on the applicable door before maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-46-000-001) and the door insulation as required.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 365
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 319/TASK 12-22-52-991-022)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 320/TASK 12-22-52-991-029)
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-063
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A HIGH-PRESSURE GREASE-GUN. HIGH-PRESSURE

_______
LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS.
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a hand grease gun to
the grease fitting of the subsequent components:
- the safety-pin guide fitting (1)
- the spring rod of the slide control handle (2)
- the telescopic rod of the slide arming mechanism (3)
- the hook of the interlock mechanism (4)
- the spring rod of the escape-slide control mechanism (5)
(2) Make sure that the bushes of the safety-pin guide fitting (1) are in
their correct position after the lubrication procedure.
(3) Lubricate the flexible control (6) as follows:
(a) Loosen the lower seal nut (7) by three turns minimum.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).
NOTE : Use of a high pressure grease gun is not permitted.

____
Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
at the holes of the lower seal nut (7).
(c) TORQUE the lower seal nut (7) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(d) Loosen the upper seal nut (8) by three turns minimum.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 366
Feb 01/10

CES
Lubrication of the Safety Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism
R Figure 319/TASK 12-22-52-991-022

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 367
Aug 01/09

CES
Lubrication of the Girt Bar Spring
Figure 320/TASK 12-22-52-991-029

R

EFF : 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 368
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
NOTE : Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
____
at the holes of the upper seal nut (8).
(f) TORQUE the upper seal nut (8) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(4) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.
R **ON A/C 003-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-063-A
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A HIGH-PRESSURE GREASE-GUN. HIGH-PRESSURE

_______
LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS.
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a hand grease gun to
the grease fitting of the subsequent components:
- the safety-pin guide fitting (1)
- the spring rod of the slide control handle (2)
- the telescopic rod of the slide arming mechanism (3)
- the hook of the interlock mechanism (4)
- the spring rod of the escape-slide control mechanism (5)
(2) Make sure that the bushes of the safety-pin guide fitting (1) are in
their correct position after the lubrication procedure.
(3) Lubricate the flexible control (6) as follows:
(a) Loosen the lower seal nut (7) by three turns minimum.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
____
at the holes of the lower seal nut (7).
(c) TORQUE the lower seal nut (7) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(d) Loosen the upper seal nut (8) by three turns minimum.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-22-52

Page 369
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
____
at the holes of the upper seal nut (8).
(f) TORQUE the upper seal nut (8) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a brush to the spring
of girt bar trigger.
(5) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-063
A. Close Access
(1) Install the removed door insulation and door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-
46-400-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).
(2) Do the safety precautions on the applicable door after maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 370
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-22-52-640-016
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm Support-Fitting Bearings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 06-014

DRY FILM LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
R 12-22-52-991-028 Fig. 321

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 371
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-068
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position to the applicable passenger/crew

door (referred to as door).
(2) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Do the special precautions on the applicable door before maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 12-22-52-160-050
B. Cleaning Procedure
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the bearing area of the opened door with a lint-free cloth and
the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).
(2) Dry the cleaned bearing area.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-065
A. Lubrication of the Bearings

R (Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-22-52-991-028)
(1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-014) on all sliding parts of the
bearings.
(2) Release the door stay mechanism and move the applicable door in the
close and open direction serveral times.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 372
Aug 01/09

CES
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm Support-Fitting Bearings
R Figure 321/TASK 12-22-52-991-028

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 373
Aug 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Do the safety precautions on the applicable door after maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 374
Aug 01/09

CES
FUSELAGE - SERVICING
____________________
TASK 12-22-53-640-001
Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and Attachment Fittings

R with Grease Mat. No. 04-004
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 301
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-53-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-53-860-050
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003) and install the warning notices to prevent pressurization.
(2) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel is at zero.
(3) Make sure that the elevator controls are at zero.
Subtask 12-22-53-941-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 310.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 302
May 01/03

CES
Subtask 12-22-53-010-050
C. Open Access
(1) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to prevent the
operation of the flight controls.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-53-640-050
R A. Lubricate the attach and hinge fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004).
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-53-410-050
A. Close the access door 314AR.
Subtask 12-22-53-942-050
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 303
Aug 01/08

CES
Lubrication Points of the Hinge and Attach Fittings of the Horizontal
Stabilizer
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001

EFF :

ALL

12-22-53 Page 304
Feb 01/98

CES
R TASK 12-22-53-640-002
R Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and Attachment Fittings

R with Grease Mat. No. 04-037
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
R CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
R OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
R NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific warning notices

R No specific access platform 3.60 m (11 ft. 10 in.)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R GENERAL PURPOSE LITHIUM GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 305
Aug 01/08

CES
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

R 29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
R 29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
R 12-22-53-991-002 Fig. 302
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-22-53-860-051
R A. Aircraft Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
R 10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
R 864-003) and install the warning notices to prevent pressurization.
R (2) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel is at zero.
R (3) Make sure that the elevator controls are at zero.
R Subtask 12-22-53-941-052
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 310.
R Subtask 12-22-53-010-051
R C. Open Access
R (1) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to prevent the
R operation of the flight controls.
R (2) Open the access door 314AR.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-22-53-640-051
R A. Lubricate the attach and hinge fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-037).
R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 306
Aug 01/08

CES
R Lubrication of the Attach and Hinge fittings of the Horizontal Stabilizer
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 307
Aug 01/08

CES
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-22-53-410-051
R A. Close the access door 314AR.
R Subtask 12-22-53-942-051
R B. Close Access
R standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 308
Aug 01/08

CES
STABILIZERS - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-22-55-640-001
R Lubrication of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6 with Grease Mat. No. 04-004
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 301
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-55-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-55-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
R (4) Open and safety the access panels 325DL or 325DR.
Subtask 12-22-55-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 302
Nov 01/08

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-55-640-050
R A. Lubrication of the Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-001)
R (1) Clean the grease nipple with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003)
R (2) Lubricate the bearing with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R through the grease nipple with a GUN - GREASE.
R (3) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth

R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-55-410-051
R A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the access panels 325DL or 325DR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 303
Nov 01/08

CES
Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 304
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 12-22-55-865-051
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R
R 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CC, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 305
Nov 01/08

CES
R TASK 12-22-55-640-002
R Lubrication of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6 with Grease MAT. No. 04-037
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
R CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R GENERAL PURPOSE LITHIUM GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 306
Nov 01/08

CES
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

R 29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
R 29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
R 12-22-55-991-002 Fig. 302
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-22-55-010-052
R A. Get Access
R (1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
R 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
R 864-003).
R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flight controls.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
R (4) Open and safety the access panels 325DL or 325DR.
R Subtask 12-22-55-865-052
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
R 121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 307
Nov 01/08

CES
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-22-55-640-051
R A. Lubrication of the Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-55-991-002)
R (1) Clean the grease nipple with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003).
R (2) Lubricate the bearing with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037)
R through the grease nipple with a GUN - GREASE.
R (3) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth

R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-22-55-410-052
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Close the access panels 325DL or 325DR.
R Subtask 12-22-55-865-053
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CC, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 308
Nov 01/08

CES
R Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-55-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 309
Nov 01/08

CES
WINDOWS - SERVICING
___________________
TASK 12-22-56-600-001
R Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific clean and dry cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236

PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 301
Nov 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
12-22-56-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-56-941-050
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position opposite the forward

(2) Open the right or left sliding window.

R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-56-615-050
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001)
(1) Clean the cockpit sliding window tracks with a brush soaked in
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(2) Make dry with a clean and dry cloth.
NOTE : Make sure that the area to lubricate is clean.

____
Subtask 12-22-56-640-050
B. Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks
R (1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the cockpit sliding
R window tracks. Move the sliding window back and forth if necessary.
(2) Remove all the unwanted material from the tracks.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 302
Nov 01/09

CES
R Lubrication of Sliding Windows Mechanism Tracks
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 303
Feb 01/02

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-56-942-050
A. Close Access
R
R (1) Close the right and the left sliding window.
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 304
Nov 01/09

CES
DRAINAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. General
_______
A. The drainage points and their locations are specified in 12-00-00 page 1.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
AIR DATA SYSTEM - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-24-34-600-001
Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Remove water from the Standby Air Data System.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-34-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-34-860-051
A. Put the access platform in position in the zone 120, opposite the access
door 811.
Subtask 12-24-34-010-050
B. Open the access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 301
Feb 01/98

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001)
Subtask 12-24-34-680-050
(1) Put the container in position under the water drain (1).
(2) Release the protection plug (2) from the water drain (1).
(3) Turn the protection plug (2) 180 degrees and put it into the drain
valve.
(4) Push the drain valve until the water in the standby static pressure
lines is removed.
(5) Install the protection plug (2) on the water drain (1) and lock it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-34-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
items.
(3) Remove all the grounding connectors, the maintenance equipment, the
special tools and the standard tools, the ground power units, the
filling equipment and the other items of equipment.
Subtask 12-24-34-410-050
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 302
Feb 01/98

CES
Standby Air Data System Water Drain
Figure 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 303
Feb 01/98

CES
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-24-38-680-001
Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical Power)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 HOSE - DRAIN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-24-38-991-004-A Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
12-24-38-991-004-B Fig. 201A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-680-050
A. Draining of the Potable water System
_______
(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).
Subtask 12-24-38-861-051
B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 202
May 01/07
R
CES
Subtask 12-24-38-865-052
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 301-399, 401-499,
2001VU WATER SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
R **ON A/C 106-149, 211-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
2001VU WATER-SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT-IND 1MA B06
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-941-052
D. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at Zones 171, 138, 133.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-941-052-A
D. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at Zones 171, 133.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-24-38-860-050
(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each lavatory is
open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each wet galley is
open.
(3) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).
(4) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each galley is
open.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-010-054
F. Open for Access
(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-010-054-A
F. Open for Access
(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 171AL.
2023VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-680-051
A. Drain the Potable Water System

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-A)
(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:

- The fill and drain port on the potable water service-panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the MID drain and overflow panel,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.
(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:
(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
NOTE : These
____ lights come on:
- The drain valve control light 2MP,
- The drain valve control light 12MP,
- The overflow valve control light 6MP.
NOTE : Water will drain from:

____
- The fill and drain port on the potable water
service-panel 2023VU,
(3) Operate the water faucet(s) in the galley(s), the coffee makers and
or the water heater to drain them.
NOTE : To drain the residual water from the galley(s) it is necessary

____
to repeat step (3) several times.
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of
the water outflow from the potable water system can take at
least 15 minutes. This depends on the attitude of the
aircraft.
Step (3) must be repeated again if the aircraft has been
moved.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES
Potable Water Service-Panel
Figure 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-24-38

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) When the system is drained, remove the drain hose from:
- The fill and drain port at the service panel 2023VU,
(5) Return the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the NORMAL
position.
**ON A/C 151-199, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-680-051-A

(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-B)

- The fill and drain port on the service panel,
NOTE : The drain valve control light 2MP comes on.

____

____
- The fill and drain port on the potable water
service-panel 2023VU,
(3) In the Lavatories/Galleys:
(a) Push the toilet flush button to drain the remaining water from
the toilet system.

____
aircraft.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-24-38

Page 207
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Potable Water Service-Panel
Figure 201A/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-B

R

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-24-38

Page 208
Aug 01/05

CES
R Step (4) must be repeated again if the aircraft has been
R moved.
position.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-24-38-680-051-B

(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-B)

- The fill and drain port on the potable water service-panel 2023VU,
NOTE : The drain valve control light 2MP comes on.

____

____
- The fill and drain port on the potable water service
panel 2023VU,

____
aircraft.
R Step (3) must be repeated again if the aircraft has been
R moved.

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-24-38

Page 209
Aug 01/08

CES
position.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Clean and dry the panels with a lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(3) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.
NOTE : If the draining is done in cold weather the caps and access
____
panels should be left open (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001).
(4) Close the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-410-052-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Clean and dry the panels with a lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 210
Feb 01/10

CES
NOTE : If the draining is done in cold weather the caps and access
____
panels should be left open (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001).
(4) Close the access panels 133AL, 171AL.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-24-38-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
Subtask 12-24-38-942-055
C. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 211
May 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-24-38-680-002
Draining of the Potable Water System (without Electrical Power)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-24-38-991-004-A Fig. 201
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
12-24-38-991-004-B Fig. 201A

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 212
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-680-052
A. Draining of the Potable Water System
_______
(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold-weather maintenance-procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-
38-660-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-941-053
B. Put the access platform in position at Zones 171, 138, 133.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-941-053-A
B. Put the access platform in position at Zones 171, 133.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-24-38-860-051
(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each lavatory is
open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 213
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each galley is
open.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-010-055
D. Open for Access
(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
2023VU.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-010-055-A
D. Open for Access
(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 171AL.
2023VU.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-680-053

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-A)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION IF
_______
THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER FROM
THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 214
Feb 01/10

CES
(1) Connect the drain hoses to:
- the fill and drain port on the service panel,
- the drain port on the MID drain and overflow panel,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.
(3) On the MID drain panel:
(a) Turn the overflow control handle to the OPEN position.
(4) Turn the drain control handle to the OPEN position.
(5) On the FWD drain panel:
(a) Turn the drain control handle on the drain panel to the OPEN
position.
NOTE : Water
____ will drain from:
- the fill and drain port on the service panel 2023VU,
- the drain port on the MID drain panel,
(6) When the system is drained:

- push in and then turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to
the NORMAL position.
- turn the drain control handle on the MID drain panel to the CLOSED
position,
- turn the overflow control handle on the MID drain panel to the
CLOSED position.
- turn the drain control handle on the FWD drain panel to the CLOSED
position.
(7) Disconnect the drain hose(s) from the drain port(s).
(8) Clean and dry the panels with a clean cloth.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249,
251-299, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-24-38

Page 215
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-680-053-A
A. Drain the Potable water System

(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-B)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION IF
_______
THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER FROM
THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.
(1) Connect the drain hoses to:

- the fill and drain port on the service panel,
(b) Turn the drain control handle on the FWD drain panel to the OPEN
position.

____
- the fill and drain port on the service panel 2023VU:
NOTE : Water will remain in the supply lines to the toilet units.
____
(3) When the system is drained:

- push in and then turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to
the NORMAL position.
- turn the drain control handle on the FWD drain panel to the CLOSED
position.
(4) Disconnect the drain hose(s) from the drain port(s).
(5) Clean and dry the panels with a clean cloth.

R

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-24-38

Page 216
Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-24-38-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
(4) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
the standard and special tools and all other items.
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-24-38-410-053-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 133AL, 171AL.
(4) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
the standard and special tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES
USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs) can be used to find the quantity of fuel
R in the tanks when the aircraft is on the ground. Electrical power is not
required to operate the MMIs.
Before the MMIs are used it is necessary to find the aircraft attitude
value.
To find the quantity of fuel in the tanks it is necessary to use conversion

tables and this data:
- the MMI readings
- the aircraft attitude value
- the specific gravity of the fuel.
R The MMIs each contain a Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI) and its related
R Magnetic Level Indicator Housing (MLIH), these are fully described in (Ref.
R 28-43-00) and for their use (Ref.12-11-28).

EFF :

ALL 12-28-00

Page 1
Nov 01/09

CES
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations for
which no frequency is specified.
It is divided as follows:
- AIRCRAFT PROTECTION (Ref. ATA 12-31),
- SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS (Ref. ATA 12-32),
- PRE-CONDITIONING (Ref. ATA 12-33),
- SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING (Ref. ATA 12-36).

EFF :

ALL 12-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
Safe operation of aircraft in cold weather conditions raises specific
problems. Aircraft downtime and delays in flight schedules caused by cold
weather problems can be minimized by a program of preventive cold weather
servicing.
Procedures for cold weather servicing during cold weather must be developed
by the operator. This servicing must meet their specific requirements based
on :
- their cold weather experience
- the available equipment and materials
- the climatic conditions existing at their bases
This topic contains information to assist the operator in defining
developing, and implementing cold weather preventive maintenance procedures
R that will minimize aircraft downtime and improve the safe operating level of
R the aircraft in adverse climatic conditions .
These procedures are:
- 12-31-11,P. Block 201 ANTI-ICING PROTECTION
- 12-31-12,P. Block 201 ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL.
- 12-31-21,P. Block 201 AIR CONDITIONING.
- 12-31-24,P. Block 201 ELECTRICAL POWER.
- 12-31-25,P. Block 201 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS.
- 12-31-27,P. Block 201 FLIGHT CONTROLS.
- 12-31-28,P. Block 201 FUEL.
- 12-31-31,P. Block 201 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION.
- 12-31-32,P. Block 201 LANDING GEAR.
- 12-31-35,P. Block 201 OXYGEN SYSTEM
- 12-31-38,P. Block 201 WATER/WASTE.
- 12-31-49,P. Block 201 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT.
- 12-31-51,P. Block 201 STRUCTURE.
- 12-31-52,P. Block 201 DOORS.
- 12-31-71,P. Block 201 POWER PLANT.
Cold Soak Definition
The aircraft is in cold soak configuration when :
- it is parked in cold weather (Outside Air Temperature (OAT) lower than 0
deg.C (32.00 deg.F)) and
- there is no supply of power to the aircraft (no air conditioning).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04

CES
2. __________________________________
De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines
A. De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary
(1) De-icing is a procedure to remove frost, ice, snow and slush from the
aircraft surfaces.
R (2) De-icing fluids are normally applied heated. Typical de-icing fluids
R are :
- Heated water
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type I)
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid
- Non-Newtonian fluid (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV fluid)
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.
R (3) De-icing and anti-icing fluids shall be heated according to the fluid
R manufacturers guidelines.
R For Type I fluids, water loss can cause undesirable aerodynamic
R effects.
R For Type II and type IV fluids, therminal exposure and/or water loss
R can cause a reduction in fluid viscosity leading to lower holdover
R times.
R Any of the following situations or a combination of them can
R accelerate the fluid performance degradation:
R - low fluid consumption,
R - trucks being in standby mode with heating system on for extended
R periods of time,
R - high temperatures in fluid tanks,
R - high temperatures in water tanks which are in direct contact with
R the fluid tanks (no insulation between tanks).
R (4) Anti-icing is a precautionary procedure which provides protection

against the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulation on the
treated surfaces of the aircraft for a limited period of time, the
holdover time.
R (5) Anti-icing fluids are normally applied cold directly onto clean
aircraft surfaces. Typical anti-icing fluids are :
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA type I)
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid
- Non-Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV)
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.
R (6) Non-Newtonian Fluids (Type II or Type IV) have a viscosity that

reduces with increased air flow over the fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 2
Nov 01/04

CES
(7) Newtonian Fluids (Type I) have a low viscosity that only changes with
temperature
(8) Holdover time is the estimated time during which anti-icing fluids
will prevent the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on
the protected surfaces of the aircraft. The holdover time starts at
the beginning of the anti-icing treatment.
(9) De-/Anti-icing is a combination of the de-icing and the anti-icing

procedures and is performed in one or two steps.
(10) One step De-/Anti-icing is carried out with an anti-icing fluid,

normally heated. The aircraft is de-iced and the fluid that remains
on the aircraft gives limited anti-ice protection.
(11) Two step De-icing/Anti-Icing, as inferred, comprises two completely

separate steps :
- The first step is to de-ice the aircraft (remove frost, ice, slush
and snow accumulations),
- The second step is then to immediately follow this with an
anti-icing procedure.
B. Recommendations
(1) Aircraft performance certification is based upon that aircraft having

an uncontaminated or clean structure.
(2) Ice, snow and frost or combinations of them will disturb the airflow,
affecting lift and drag. They also increase the aircraft weight.
(3) The aircraft, and especially its surfaces that provide lift and
stability, must be aerodynamically clean. If they are not, safe
operation is not possible.
(4) If the fuel temperature is below freezing point and the aircraft is
subject to precipitation, clear ice may form on the wings (wing tank
area), even if the outside temperature is as high as 15 deg.C (59.00
deg.F).
(5) An aircraft that is ready for flight must not have ice, snow, slush
or frost adhering to its critical flight surfaces (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers and rudder).
R Thin hoarfrost is permitted on the upper surface of the fuselage.
R NOTE : Thin hoarfrost is typically a white crystalline deposit which

____
R usually develops uniformly on exposed surfaces on cold and
R cloudless nights; it is so thin that a person can distinguish
R surface features (lines or markings) beneath it.
NOTE : A frost layer less than 3 mm (1/8 in.) on the underside of the
____
wing, in the area of fuel tanks, is permitted without effect

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 3
Feb 01/06

CES
on takeoff performance if it is caused by cold fuel (low fuel
temperature, OAT above freezing and high humidity).
(6) A contamination check of the aircraft must cover all parts of the
aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because accumulations of clear
ice are sometimes not easily visible, it is recommended that critical
surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers and rudder) are
inspected with your hands.
(7) Weather conditions determine when the aircraft de-/anti-icing must be

carried out.
(8) During checks on the ground, electrical or mechanical ice-detectors

must not replace physical checks.
(9) If the aircraft arrives at the gate with the flaps/slats in a

position other than fully retracted, you must inspect these
flaps/slats, and if necessary de-ice before retraction.
C. De-icing and/or Anti-icing Equipment and Materials
(1) Type I Fluids

Type I fluids are normally used for aircraft de-icing and have only a
limited effect when used for anti-icing purposes.
Type I fluids are normally used for aircraft de-icing. These fluids
contain at least 80 % by volume of either :
- Monoethylene-glycol
- Diethylene-glycol
- Monopropylene-glycol
- or a mixture of these glycols.
- The other 20% comprise inhibitors to restrict corrosion and
increase the flash-point together with water and wetting agents.
These fluids show a low viscosity which only changes with
temperature. The freezing point of a water/glycol mixture will vary
with the amount of water contained in the fluid. It must be noted
that the lowest freezing point of concentrated TYPE I fluid is
approximately -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F) whereas the lowest
temperature protection will be found with a 60%/40% mixture of TYPE
I fluid and water whose freezing point will be below -50 deg.C (-
58.00 deg.F). However, due to the lower viscosity, it flows off the
wing more easily. Therefore a 50/50 mixture of TYPE I fluids and
water is normally used.
(2) Type II or Type IV fluids contain at least 50% by volume of either :

- Diethylene-glycol
The other 50% comprises :

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 4
Feb 01/06
R
CES
- inhibitors to restrict corrosion and increase the flash-point
- water and wetting agents to allow the fluid to form a uniform film
over the aircraft surfaces
- thickening agents to enable the fluid to adhere to the aircraft
surfaces for longer periods.
Type II or Type IV fluids have a longer holdover time than type I
fluid.
(3) Fluid dilution

Type I, Type II and Type IV fluids can be diluted with water. This
may be done if, due to weather conditions, there is no requirement
R for a long conservation time or the higher freezing points are
R sufficient for the climatic conditions present.
(4) Holdover times

Holdover times are the estimated times that the applied anti-icing
fluid will prevent the formation of frost, ice and the accumulation
of snow on the protected surfaces of an aircraft. When applying first
step de/anti-icing process, the holdover time is from the start of
the de/anti-icing application and when applying second step
de/anti-icing process, the holdover time is from the start of the
anti-icing application.
The holdover times given are for general information only. The
indicated time of protection may be shortened :
- in severe weather
- in high winds and jet blasts
- by the age and condition of the fluid
- by the method of application
(5) The anti-icing code

It is important that the flight crew get clear and precise
information from persons who have carried out any de-/anti-icing
procedures. In order to improve the quality of communication between
the de-/anti-icing team and the flight crew, it is recommended that
an anti-icing code be used. This will enable the flight crew to
assess the Holdover Time. This code must contain the following
information :
- Type of Fluid
- Percentage of fluid to water (for type II and Type IV fluids only)
- Time de-/anti-icing application began (preferably local time)
R - Complete name of the anti-icing fluid (so called brand-name) for
R Type II and Type IV fluids only (optional).
NOTE : The time referred to in the anti-icing codes must be the

____
starting time of the anti-icing procedure.
Two examples of anti-icing codes are given below :

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 5
Nov 01/04

CES
AEA Type II/ 75/ 16.43 local xxxxx
----------- --- ----------- -----
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | --------- Complete name of fluid
| | |
| | ----------------- Local Time of start of the application
| |
| ---------------- % of fluid/water by vol : 75% fluid/25% water
|
Type of fluid used
ISO Type I/ 06.30 UTC

---------- ---------
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| - Universal coordinated Time of start of the application
|
------ Type of fluid used
(6) Equipment
(a) Mobile equipment

Truck mounted de-icing/anti-icing equipment must ideally be
R compatible for the application of Type I, Type II and Type IV
R fluids.
R De-icing: anti-icing fluids can show degradation (viscosity
R reduced for instance) by excessive mechanical shearing. Therfore,
R only compatible pumps and spraying nozzles recommended by fluid
R manufacturers must be used.
R REASON: To be compatible with AEA guidelines, the centrifugal
R pumps can be used with Type I fluids.
(b) Static facilities

Purpose built de-icing/anti-icing facilities, available at some
airports, consist of spray nozzles mounted on a gantry. The
gantry moves at a predetermined speed over the aircraft or the
aircraft moves under the gantry. The rate of fluid application
can be computer-controlled, giving consistent and fast fluid
application.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 6
Aug 01/09

CES
(c) Protective clothing
The usual precautions generally taken with chemicals must be
applied when using de-icing/anti-icing fluids. This includes
wearing protective clothing, protective goggles and the
application of suitable skin ointment on exposed skin.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 7
Aug 01/09

CES
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
TASK 12-31-00-600-001
Cold Weather Maintenance Procedures
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To give data to help the operator with preventive maintenance procedures to

keep aircraft downtime to a minimum.
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid). The Ice Protection Procedures and all the
data related to anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association
of European Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website
www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
- Training Recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
These procedures equate to and are related to SAE ARP 4737 (Ice
Protection Procedures) and are Airbus preferred for De-Icing and
Anti-Icing requirements.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE II ISO 11078
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI ICE/DE ICINGFLUID TYPE IV (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 10-005 USA SAE AMS1428
ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID SAE TYPE III (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-11-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection

12-31-12-660-002 De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area
(Engines Stopped)
12-31-12-660-003 De-icing with the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area
(Engines Running)
12-31-12-660-006 De-icing of the Aircraft by InfraRed Facilities
12-31-21-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning
12-31-24-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power
12-31-25-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Equipment/Furnishings
12-31-27-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight Controls
12-31-28-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel
12-31-31-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording
systems and Navigation
12-31-32-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing Gear
12-31-35-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen System
12-31-49-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit
12-31-51-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Structure
12-31-52-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors
12-31-71-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Power Plant
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-00-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-00-860-050
A. General
(1) Safe operation of the aircraft.

- Safe operation of the aircraft in cold weather conditions decreases
downtime and delays in flight schedules.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Cold soak definition
(a) The aircraft is in cold soak configuration when:

- It is parked in cold weather, Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
lower than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) and
- There is no electrical and no air conditioning power supply.
(3) Procedures for cold weather servicing
(a) The operators must develop their own servicing procedures during
cold weather.
This servicing must meet their specific requirements based on:
- their cold weather experience,
- the available equipment and material,
- the climatic conditions at their bases.
Subtask 12-31-00-860-051
B. Cold Weather Procedures
(1) Aircraft cold weather procedures

- to do the anti-icing procedure: (Ref. TASK 12-31-11-660-001)
- to do the de-icing of the aircraft parked in an open area (Engines
Stopped): (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002)
- to do the de-icing with the aircraft parked in an open area
(Engines Running): (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-003)
- to do the de-icing of the aircraft by infrared facilities:
(Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-006)
(2) System cold weather procedures

- air conditioning: (Ref. TASK 12-31-21-660-001)
- electrical power: (Ref. TASK 12-31-24-660-001)
- equipment/furnishings: (Ref. TASK 12-31-25-660-001)
- flight controls: (Ref. TASK 12-31-27-660-001)
- fuel: (Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001)
- indicating/recording systems and navigation: (Ref. TASK 12-31-31-
660-001)
- landing gear: (Ref. TASK 12-31-32-660-001)
- oxygen system: (Ref. TASK 12-31-35-660-001)
- water/waste: (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001)
- Auxiliary Power Unit: (Ref. TASK 12-31-49-660-001)
- structure: (Ref. TASK 12-31-51-660-001)
- doors: (Ref. TASK 12-31-52-660-001)
- power plant: (Ref. TASK 12-31-71-660-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-31-00-860-052
C. De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines
(1) De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary
(a) De-icing is a procedure to remove frost, ice, snow and slush from
the aircraft surfaces.
(b) De-icing fluids are usually applied heated. Typical de-icing

fluids are:
- Heated water,
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type I ANTI-ICING AND DE-
ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001)),
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001),
- Non-Newtonian fluid (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II ANTI-ICING AND
DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-003) or Type IV ANTI-ICING
AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004)),
- Mixtures of water and Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-003) or Type III ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-005) or Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-
ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004) fluids.
(2) Follow manufacturers guidelines to increase the temperature of

de-icing and anti-icing fluids.
De-icing and anti-icing fluids are not heated in tanks too many times
or for long periods because:
- the quantity of water in the fluids will decrease and
- there will be a possible degradation of the fluid performance.
For Type I fluids ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No.
10-001), water loss can cause unwanted aerodynamic effects.
For Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-003)
and Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004)
fluids, thermal exposure and/or water loss can decrease fluid
viscosity which causes lower holdover times.
One or more of the conditions that follow can decrease fluid
performance:
- not much fluid used
- trucks that do not operate with heating system on for extended
periods of time
- high temperatures in fluid tanks,
- high temperatures in water tanks which directly touch the fluid
tanks (no insulation between tanks).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Anti-icing is a precautionary procedure which provides protection
from the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on the
treated surfaces of the aircraft for a limited period of time, the
holdover time.
(4) Anti-icing fluids are usually applied cold directly onto clean
aircraft surface.
Typical anti-icing fluids are:
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA type I ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001)),
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001),
- Non-Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-
ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-003) or Type III ANTI-ICING AND
DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-005) or Type IV ANTI-ICING AND
DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004)).
- Mixtures of water and Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-003) or Type III ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-005) or Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-004) fluids.
(5) Non-Newtonian Fluids (Type II or Type III or Type IV) have a

viscosity that decreases with increased air flow over the fluid.
(6) Newtonian Fluids (Type I) have a low viscosity that only changes with
temperature.
(7) Holdover time is the estimated time during which anti-icing fluids
will prevent the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on
the protected surfaces of the aircraft. The holdover time starts at
the beginning of the anti-icing treatment.
(8) De-/Anti-icing is a combination of the de-icing and the anti-icing

procedures and is performed in one or two steps.
(9) One-step De-/Anti-icing is carried out with an anti-icing fluid,

usually heated. The aircraft is de-iced and the fluid that remains on
the aircraft gives limited anti-ice protection.
(10) Two-step De-icing/Anti-Icing, as inferred, has two fully separate

steps :
The first step is to de-ice the aircraft (remove frost, ice, slush
and snow accumulations).
Then to immediately follow this with an anti-icing procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES
NOTE : Two step de/anti-icing is the Airbus and EASA preferred method
____
because one-step de-icing, using Type II, III or IV, only
leads to build up of residues in the aircraft.
After prolonged periods of de-icing/anti-icing, it is
advisable to do a check of aerodynamically quiet areas and
cavities, like balance bays and rear spars of wing and
stabilizer, for residue of thickened fluids.
Subtask 12-31-00-860-053
D. General Information on Effects of Icing
(1) An aircraft performance certification is based upon that aircraft

having an uncontaminated or clean structure.
(2) Ice, snow and frost or combinations of them will disturb the airflow,
affecting lift and drag. It also increases the aircraft weight.
(3) The aircraft, and especially its surfaces that provide lift and
stability, must be aerodynamically clean. If they are not, safe
operation is not possible.
(4) If the fuel temperature is below freezing point and the aircraft is
subject to precipitation, clear ice may form on the wings (wing tank
area), even if the outside temperature is as high as 15 deg.C (59.00
deg.F).
(5) An aircraft that is ready for flight must not have ice, snow, slush
or frost adhering to its critical flight surfaces (Wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers and rudder).
Thin hoarfrost is permitted on the upper surface of the fuselage.
NOTE : Thin hoarfrost is usually a white crystalline deposit which

____
usually develops equally on external surfaces on cold nights
without clouds; it is sufficiently thin that surface features
(lines or markings) can be seen below it.
NOTE : A frost layer less than 3 mm (0.1181 in.) on the underside of

____
the wing, in the area of fuel tanks, is permitted without
effect on take off performance if it is caused by cold fuel
(low fuel temperature, OAT above freezing and high humidity).
This note is not applicable to THS underside.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES
(6) A contamination check of the aircraft must include all parts of the
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because collected clear ice is
not always easily seen, we recommend that you inspect critical
surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers and rudder) with
your hands.
(7) Weather conditions determine when the aircraft de-/anti-icing must be

carried out.
(8) During checks on the ground, electrical or mechanical ice-detectors

must not replace physical checks.
(9) If the aircraft arrives at the gate with the flaps/slats in a

position other than fully retracted, you must inspect these
flaps/slats, and if necessary de-ice before retraction.
Subtask 12-31-00-860-054
E. De-icing and/or Anti-icing Equipment and Materials
(1) Type I Fluids

Type I fluids ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-
001), are usually used for aircraft de-icing and have only a limited
effect when used for anti-icing purposes.
Type I fluids contain at least 80 % by volume of either:
- Diethylene-glycol
The other 20% comprise inhibitors to restrict corrosion and
increase the flash-point together with water and wetting agents.
These fluids show a low viscosity which only changes with
temperatures.
The freezing point of a water/glycol mixture will vary with the
amount of water contained in the fluid. It must be noted that the
lowest freezing point of concentrated Type I fluid will be
approximately -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F) whereas the lowest
temperature protection will be found with a mixture of 60%/40% Type
I fluid to water mixture whose freezing point will be below -50
deg.C (-58.00 deg.F). Also due to the lower viscosity, it flows off
the wing more easily. Therefore a 50/50 mixture of Type I fluids to
water is usually used.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-003), or
Type III ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-005), or
Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004)
fluids contain at least 50% by volume of either:
- Diethylene-glycol
The other 50% comprise:
- inhibitors to restrict corrosion and increase the flash-point
- water and wetting agents to allow the fluid to form a uniform film
over the aircraft surfaces
- thickening agents to enable the fluid to adhere to the aircraft
surfaces for longer periods.
Type II or Type III or Type IV fluids have a longer holdover time
than type I fluids.
(3) Holdover times

Holdover times are the estimated times that the applied anti-icing
fluid will prevent the formation of frost, ice and the accumulation
of snow on the protected surfaces of an aircraft.
When you apply a single step de/anti-icing process (not recommended
by Airbus), the holdover time is from the start of the application.
When you apply the first step of a two-step de-icing and anti-icing
process, the holdover time is from the start of the anti-icing
application.
The holdover times given are for general information only. The
indicated time of protection may be shortened:
- in severe weather
- in high winds and jet blasts
- by the age and condition of the fluid
- by the method of application
(4) Equipment
(a) Mobile equipment

Truck mounted de-icing/anti-icing equipment must ideally be
compatible for the application of Type I, Type II, Type III and
Type IV fluids.
De-icing and anti-icing fluids can show degradation (viscosity
decreased for instance) by excessive mechanical shearing.
Therefore, only compatible pumps and spraying nozzles recommended
by fluid manufacturers must be used.
To be compatible with AEA guidelines, centrifugal pumps can be
used with Type I fluids.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 208
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Static facilities
Purpose-built de-icing/anti-icing facilities, available at some
airports, consist of spray nozzles mounted on a gantry. The
gantry moves at a predetermined speed over the aircraft or the
aircraft moves under the gantry. The rate of fluid application
can be computer-controlled, giving consistent and fast fluid
application.
(c) Protective clothing

The usual precautions generally taken with chemicals must be
applied when using de-icing/anti-icing fluids. This includes
wearing protective clothing, protective glasses and the
application of suitable skin ointment on exposed skin.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 209
Feb 01/10

CES
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-11-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID IN:

_______
- THE AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES OR APU
- THE AIR OUTLET OF THE OUTFLOW VALVE 10HL
- ALL OTHER AIR INTAKES OR OUTLETS.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT

_______
PROTECTION (SHEET MATERIAL) ON THE BRAKE UNITS. ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING
FLUID CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
CAUTION : DO NOT POINT HIGH-PRESSURE JETS:

_______
- AT EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY
ACTUATORS AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS,
- AT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS.
THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 5 PSI (0.35
BAR). FOR FAIRINGS, THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE
THAN 1.5 PSI (0.1 BAR).
HIGH PRESSURE JETS CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO BEARINGS, JOINTS, BRAKES,
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED COMPONENTS. LIQUIDS THAT GET
INTO THESE AREAS CAN CAUSE CORROSION, FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT,
REMOVE NECESSARY LUBRICANTS OR START INCORRECT ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME. THE
_______
HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
____
R (supplied with the fluid).
R The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
R anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
R Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
R - Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
R - Training Recommendations and Background Information for
R De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 201
Nov 01/07

CES
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their individual
____
operating procedures and requirements.
NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.

____
The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
applicable methods of protection.
The time of protection will be shorter in very bad weather
conditions. High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the
protective film. If these conditions occur, the time of protection
will be much shorter.
The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wind
temperature is lower than the Outside Air Temperature (OAT).
Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
is necessary when you use the times given in the tables.
The procedures prevent the formation of ice in some zones (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) and make the removal of snow from the
aircraft easier.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING
R HEIGHT

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 202
Nov 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10-11-00-555-015 Procedure for the Installation of Wheel Chocks on
Aircraft
12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
External Power
Gears
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-11-660-052
A. Recommendations
(1) An aircraft that is prepared for flight must not have ice, snow,
slush or frost on its critical flight surfaces (wings, vertical and
horizontal stabilizers, rudder).
(2) A contamination check of the aircraft must include all parts of the
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because collected clear ice is
not always easy to see, we recommend that you inspect critical
surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) with
your hands.
(3) Do the aircraft de-/anti-icing if weather conditions make it

necessary.
(4) When you do a check on the ground, electrical or mechanical

ice-detectors must not replace manual checks.
(5) If the aircraft comes to the gate with the flaps/slats in a position
other than fully retracted:
- You must inspect these flaps/slats.
- You must de-ice before retraction, if necessary.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 203
Nov 01/08
R
CES
(6) Application limits:
Do not apply a new layer of anti-icing fluid directly on a layer
applied before.
If you must apply new anti-icing protection before the subsequent
flight, you must:
- First, do the de-icing of the aircraft with a hot fluid solution.
- Then, apply the anti-icing protection on the clean aircraft.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-11-860-050
A. Aircraft configuration
(1) Park the aircraft on a flat surface. Make sure that the wheel of the
nose landing gear is on the aircraft axis and the aircraft points
into the wind.
(2) Install the safety devices on the landing gears (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).
(3) Put the wheel chocks in position (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-015) .
(4) Ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002).
(5) Install protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-013).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(7) Make sure that the flaps, the slats, the spoilers, the speed brakes
and the thrust reversers are retracted.
(8) Make sure that the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and the engine bleed
air systems are stopped.
(9) On the CABIN PRESS section of the panel 25VU:
(a) Make sure that the MODE SEL pushbutton switch is in the AUTO
position.
- the FAULT and the MAN indicator legends in the MODE SEL
pushbutton switch are off.
(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend comes on).
NOTE : The upper Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring

____
(ECAM) Display Unit (DU) can show the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 204
Nov 01/08
R
CES
message. Ignore this message, but make sure that you reset
(open and close) the Avionics Equipment Ventilation
Computer (AEVC) circuit breakers at the end of the
procedure.
R (10) Put a WARNING NOTICE to tell persons to remove snow from their shoes
R and clothes before
R
R they go into the aircraft. This is very important in the cargo
compartments. If there is ice or snow on the latches, this can cause
defective operation of the cargo loading system.
(11) Make sure that all the doors and the sliding windows are closed.
Subtask 12-31-11-941-050
R B. Put the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT in
position. Make sure that the safety zone of the aircraft is clear so that
R the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT moves easily.
R NOTE : For the use of the ramp, the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39
____
R FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT has a storage tank for the anti/de-icing
fluid. Do not mix other fluids with the anti/de-icing fluid. Use
the fluid at the recommended concentration for the temperature to
get a correct protection.
Subtask 12-31-11-660-051
C. Aircraft Anti-Icing
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID ON THE COCKPIT OR CABIN

_______
WINDOWS. IT CAN CAUSE CRACKS ON THE WINDOW. THE FLUID CAN ALSO
GO INTO THE WINDOW SEAL. YOU MUST CLOSE ALL DOORS AND WINDOWS
TO PREVENT:
- CONTAMINATION OF GALLEY FLOOR AREAS WITH FLUID,
- CONTAMINATION OF UPHOLSTERY.
(1) Apply the anti-icing fluid to all the external surfaces of the
R aircraft with the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING
R HEIGHT
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
Do no apply fluid directly on:
- The APU air intake
- The ram air inlets
- The landing gear doors
- The engine cowls and air intakes

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 205
Nov 01/08

CES
- The outflow valve air outlet
- The pitot probes
- The static probes
- The Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.
(2) Do not put too much anti-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the snow.
(3) In the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) area, be specially

careful to point the spray from the front to the rear.
NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to the
____
front), anti-icing fluid can go into the THS or into rear
fuselage non-pressurized compartment.
(4) To prevent the flow of fluid on the cockpit windows, remove the
remaining fluid from the forward areas. You can clean the surface
with clear water and a soft cloth.
(5) If you find fluid on the cockpit or cabin windows, clean the window
with clear water and a soft cloth.
- Do not use the wipers to clean fluid from the windshield.
- Be careful to remove all fluid from the windshield, specially in
the wiper area.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-11-942-050
A. Put the Aircraft back to its initial configuration
(1) Remove the covers and clean them with water to remove all signs of
the anti-icing fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 206
Nov 01/08
R
CES
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-12-660-002
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (Engines Stopped)
R CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
R ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.

_______
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT

_______
R PROTECTION (SHEET MATERIAL) ON THE BRAKE UNITS. ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING
R FLUID CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
CAUTION : DO NOT POINT HIGH-PRESSURE JETS:

_______
- AT EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY
ACTUATORS AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS,
- AT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS.
THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 5 PSI (0.35
BAR). FOR FAIRINGS, THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE
THAN 1.5 PSI (0.1 BAR).
HIGH PRESSURE JETS CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO BEARINGS, JOINTS, BRAKES,
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED COMPONENTS. LIQUIDS THAT GET
INTO THESE AREAS CAN CAUSE CORROSION, FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT,
REMOVE NECESSARY LUBRICANTS OR START INCORRECT ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS.
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME. THE
_______
HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 201
May 01/08

CES
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedures show how to remove ice and snow from some areas of the
aircraft when the engines are stopped.
____
operating methods and requirements.

____
The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wing
is necessary.
____
(supplied with the fluid).
The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
R Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
De-Icing/Anti-Icing Aircraft on the Ground.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BROOM
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
No specific 1 DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING
HEIGHT

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 202
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Gears
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-660-056
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-058
A. De-icing with the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (the aircraft engines
are stopped).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Put the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT in
position.
NOTE : To use the mobile equipment on the ramp, it has a storage tank
____
for the de-icing fluid.
Do not mix other fluids with the de-icing fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 203
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Use it at the ambient temperature.
(3) Make sure that the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and aircraft engine
bleed are stopped.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU PUSH THE DITCHING PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, MAKE SURE
_______
THAT THERE IS NO SUPPLY OF AIR TO THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH THE
LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION. IF THERE IS A SUPPLY OF AIR, YOU
CAN CAUSE UNWANTED PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) make sure that the MOD SEL pushbutton switch is on AUTO.
(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (ON legend comes on).

____
(ECAM) Display Unit (DU) can show the EVENT AVNCS SYS
FAULT message. Ignore this message, but make sure that you
reset (open and close) the AEVC C/Bs at the end of the
procedure.
(a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
(6) Put a WARNING NOTICE to tell persons to remove snow from their shoes
and clothes before they go into the aircraft. This is very important
in the cargo compartments. If there is ice or snow on the latches,
this can cause defective operation of the cargo loading system.
(7) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the surfaces of the aircraft with the
mobile equipment.
aircraft.
Do not apply fluid directly on:
- the APU air intake,
- the ram air inlets,
- the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
- the landing gear doors,
- the engine cowls and air intakes,
- the outflow valve air outlet,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the static probes,
- the Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 204
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(8) Do not put too much de-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
and the snow.
NOTE : If the layer of snow is too thick, remove most of the snow
____
with BROOM. (Use brooms with soft bristles to prevent damage
to the skin of the aircraft).
(9) In the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) area, be specially

careful to point the spray from the front to rear.
NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
____
de-icing fluid can go into the THS or into rear fuselage
(10) Make sure that there is no ice frost or snow in the engine air
intake, all the air inlets and outlets and the engine fan blades.
This includes the rear side of the engine fan blades.
(11) Landing gear
CAUTION : REMOVE ICE AND SNOW TO PREVENT INGRESS OF CONTAMINANTS INTO

_______
BRAKES AND WHEELS. PUT COVERS ON TO PREVENT FURTHER INGRESS
OF CONTAMINANTS.
Remove collected ice or snow on the with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) or a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT.
(12) If the handle of the cargo compartment door stays fully in:
- lubricate the handle and the latch with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
Subtask 12-31-12-660-057
B. De-icing after Landing With Snow on the Runways
(1) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) If necessary , remove all signs of ice or snow from:

- the leading edge of the wing,
- the slat control mechanism : the PCU, gearboxes, rotary actuators,
torque shaftsand tracks,
- the flap tracks, the carriages and the hinge mechanism,
- the rear spar area of the wing (above and in front of the flaps),
- the engine air intakes and the fan duct,
- the engine fan blades (this includes the rear side of the engine
fan blades),

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 205
Feb 01/09
R
CES
- the landing gears, specially the wheels and the brakes.
(3) If you think there will be snow:

- retract the flaps and the slats,
- retract the spoilers and the speed brakes,
- install protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-013).
Make sure that:
- the passenger/crew doors,
- the cargo compartment doors,
- the sliding windows are closed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-050
A. Put the Aircraft back to its initial configuration
(1) Remove the mobile equipment.
(2) On the panel 25VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is off).
(3) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10 HL is in the OPEN
position before:
- you supply air to the aircraft,
- you start the air conditioning packs.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 206
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-31-12-660-003
De-icing with the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (Engines Running)
WARNING : WEAR A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU DE-ICE THE FORWARD FUSELAGE WITH THE
_______
ENGINES AT IDLE. THE SUCTION AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES CAN BE
DANGEROUS.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
AIRCRAFT.
_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To provide protection against the formation of frost or ice and snow

accumulation.
Preparation of the aircraft in icing weather conditions.

____
The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wing
is necessary.
____
operating methods and requirements.
NOTE : The flight crew are in the aircraft.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 207
Feb 01/09
R
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-31-12

Page 208
Feb 01/09

CES
____
(supplied with the fluid).
The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of aircraft on the Ground
De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific rag
R No specific 1 DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING
R HEIGHT
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-210-057
A. External safety inspection
(1) Make sure that there is no ice or snow in the Auxiliary Power Unit
(APU) intake and ram air inlet.
(2) Make sure that there is no snow or frost on all control surfaces.
(3) Make sure that there is no frost, ice or snow on these items of
equipment :
- the landing gear
- the engine inlets
- the engine fan blades (this includes the rear side of the engine
fan blades)
- the venting system
- the pitot and static probes

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 209
Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-31-12-660-061
R B. Put the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT in
position.
(1) Prepare the de-icing compound. For this, obey the instructions of the
supplier. Do not mix the de-icing compound with the other fluids and
use it at the ambient temperature.
NOTE : For use on the ramp, the mobile equipment has a storage tank
____
for de-icing fluid.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-860-051
(1) On the panel 25VU :
(a) Make sure that the MOD SEL pushbutton switch is on AUTO.
(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (ON legend comes on).

____
(ECAM) Display Unit (DU) can show the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT
message. Ignore this message, but make sure that you reset
(open and close) the AEVC C/Bs at the end of the
procedure.
(a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
(a) Release the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton switches (the
OFF legends are on).
(b) Release the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend is off).
(a) Set the PARKING BRK control switch to ON, or chocks ON.
This is not necessary if aircraft is connected to pushback
tractor.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 210
Nov 01/08

CES
(5) Make sure that the engine THROTTLE control levers are at IDLE to
operate the engines at IDLE.
Subtask 12-31-12-660-059
B. Aircraft De-Icing
(1) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the surfaces of the aircraft with the
mobile equipment.
aircraft.
Do not apply fluid directly on:
- the APU air intake,
- the ram air inlets,
- the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
- the engine cowls and air intakes,
- the outflow valve air outlet,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the static probes,
R - the Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.
(2) Do not put too much de-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
and the snow.
R (3) In the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) area, be specially

R careful to point the spray from the front to the rear.
NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
____
de-icing fluid can go into the THS or into the rear fuselage
(4) Landing gear

Remove collected ice or snow on the landing gear with a rag or a soft
brush.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 211
Aug 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-31-12-660-060
C. Completion of spraying operation
(1) Run engines up to approximately 60 % N1 for 10 to 15 seconds to

remove residual de-icing fluids.
(2) On the panel 25VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is off).
(3) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10 HL is in the OPEN
position before you supply bleed air to the air conditioning packs.
(4) On the panel 30VU, push the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton
switches (the OFF legends are off).
(5) On the panel 30VU, push the APU bleed pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is on).
(6) On the panel 22VU, push the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (AUTO).
Subtask 12-31-12-210-056
D. Do a visual inspection of the PITOT and STATIC probes.
Subtask 12-31-12-865-052
E. If the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT message is shown on the upper ECAM DU, reset
these AEVC C/Bs:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-054
A. Remove the equipment
(1) Remove the mobile equipment.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 212
May 01/08
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 213
May 01/08
R
CES
TASK 12-31-12-660-006
De-icing of the Aircraft by InfraRed Facilities
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To provide de-icing procedure of the aircraft by infrared facilities.

To prepare the aircraft in icing weather conditions before flight.
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-660-063
R A. General Facility Specification

The facilities used are identified and proven InfraTek Radiant infrared
de-icing facilities or in accordance with the same Design and
Certification processes.
FAA AC No. 150/5300-14 gives specification and guidance for aircraft
de-icing facility. Always use the latest issue. If the AC is superseded
by inclusion into an FAA document or manual, use the latest issue of the
document.
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : DURING THE INFRARED DE-ICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN DOES NOT INCREASE TO MORE THAN
+70 DEG.C (158.0 DEG.F).
Subtask 12-31-12-660-064
A. Procedures for the Use of the Facility

The procedures are given by the InfraRed De-Icing Facility (IRDF). They
must be in accordance with the latest issue of the FAA regulations and
SAE Standard Practice documents (See SAE ARP4737. Always use the latest
issue).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 214
May 01/08

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-055
A. Aircraft De-icing Confirmation

At the end of the infrared de-icing procedure, the airline inspector and
the flight crew must make sure that the aircraft de-icing is completed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 215
May 01/08

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-21-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the air
conditioning.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-31-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording

systems and Navigation
12-31-49-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-21-660-050
A. General
(1) To know if pre-conditioning is necessary, refer to tables 1 and 2 in

the cold weather practices for the water/waste system (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 201
May 01/99
R
CES
R (2) Avionics Bay Temperature
R CAUTION : DO NOT ENERGIZE THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL NETWORK IF:

_______
R - THE TEMPERATURE IN THE AVIONICS COMPARTMENT IS EQUAL TO
R OR LESS THAN -40C (-40.00F), AND
R - THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THE COMPUTERS IN THE AVIONICS
R COMPARTMENT ARE CLOSED.
R BEFORE YOU ENERGIZE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS IN THESE
R TEMPERATURES, YOU MUST OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. IF THE
R CIRCUIT BREAKERS STAY CLOSED, PERMANENT DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO
R THE COMPUTERS.
R NOTE : The temperature factor for operation of those computers

____
R located in the aircraft avionics bay is the avionics bay
temperature.
R
R You must measure the temperature in the avionics bay with a
R suitable temperature measuring device.
R
R (3) If the temperature in the aircraft avionics bay is between -40 deg.C
R (-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F):
R
R - do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits before the related
R computer systems circuit breakers are open.
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-21-660-051
A. Pre-conditioning Recommendations
R (1) If the avionics bay temperature is equal to or less than -40 deg.C (-
R 40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning through the LP ground
connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(2) If the avionics bay temperature is between -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)
and -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning
through:
R
R - the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or,
R
R - the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
NOTE : When you do the pre-conditioning through the HP ground

____
connector:

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 202
May 01/99

CES
- it is possible to operate the avionics bay computers in this
temperature range but incorrect operation of the computers
can occur (Ref. TASK 12-31-31-660-001).
- this may cause the pre-conditioning to stop.
- this can be because of the temperature conditions and not
necessarily through a technical malfunction.
(3) If the avionics bay temperature is above -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)you
must do the pre-conditioning:
(a) Through the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001),
(b) Through the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or
(c) With the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) and (Ref. TASK 12-31-
49-660-001).
5. Close-up
________

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 203
May 01/99
R
CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-24-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedures gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
batteries when the aircraft is in a cold soak configuration.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-31-24-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-24-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-24-660-050
A. General.
In very low temperatures, the chemical reaction of the electrolyte is
slower and the performance of the batteries decreases :
- the quantity of high current the batteries can supply decreases,
- the time necessary to charge the batteries increases.
This procedure gives you instructions that keep the batteries
serviceable.
NOTE : The values specified in this procedure are only applicable if the
____
aircraft doors stay closed during the cold soak.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 201
Feb 01/05

CES
Subtask 12-31-24-660-051
B. Battery Cold Weather Maintenance Practices.
(1) The batteries can stay on the aircraft during the cold soak if :
- the OAT stays higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F),
R
R (2) Refer to the graph to know the battery cool-down time. You must
R remove the batteries before their internal temperature reaches -15
R DEG.C (+5.00 DEG.F).
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001)
NOTE : We recommend that you use a ground power unit to start the APU
____
if the OAT was lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) during the
cold soak.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 202
Feb 01/05

CES
R Batteries Cooling Down Curve
R Figure 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 203
Feb 01/05

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-25-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Equipment/Furnishings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-027B

X (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-52-22-000-001 Removal of the Ball Mats and Ball Strips
25-52-22-400-001 Installation of the Ball Mats and Ball Strips
R 53-22-14-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 201
Feb 01/06

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-22-14-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment

Floor-Panels
53-42-14-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
Zone 150
53-42-14-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels Zone 150
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-25-010-050
R A. Get Access
(1) Open the Cargo Compartment Doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Get Access to the Cabin (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,

R 401-499,
Subtask 12-31-25-660-050-A
A. Do the Cold Weather Maintenance
(1) Cargo Compartments - Door Sill Latches
(a) Remove the floor panels adjacent to the door sill latches
(Ref. TASK 53-22-14-000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001).
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
NOTE : Make sure that the door sill latches are clean and clear.
____
(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027B) to the latch

mechanisms.
(d) Install the floor panels (Ref. TASK 53-22-14-400-001) (Ref. TASK
53-42-14-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 202
Feb 01/08

CES
(2) Cabin Escape Facilities
(a) Girt Bar.
1
_ If the aircraft is parked and not heated:
- Make sure that all snow and/or slush is removed from the
door exit area, before you close the doors of the aircraft.
2
_ Clean dirt from the floor fittings. Do a check every 350
flight hours, or more frequently as necessary.
NOTE : Do not apply grease to the cleaned area.

____
(b) Escape Slides
1
_ Low pressure (NO GO) indication:
NOTE : If the aircraft is exposed to temperature changes (from

____
cold to warm), the pressure gages of the escape slides
can give NO GO indication for a short time because the
green temperature compensator cursor in the gage reacts
to temperature changes faster than the gas expansion in
the bottle.
NO GO indications may occur for short periods under the
following circumstances :
- if the cabin door is open in cold condition when the
aircraft is being prepared or while passengers are
embarking.
- when the aircraft is heated for flight preparation
after the aircraft has been parked unheated and
allowed to cool.
After closing of the doors and when the aircraft
temperature becomes stable, the NO GO indication is
no longer present.
(3) Galley Equipment
(a) You must drain all the galley equipment which contains water,
such as coffee makers and water boilers (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
NOTE : You must operate the taps several times to make sure that
____
the supply lines are empty.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
12-31-25

Page 203
Feb 01/08

CES
(b) Pre-conditioning
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE

_______
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED.
A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED.
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS
_______
OPEN. WITH A WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE
DOOR. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : If it not possible to drain all the galley equipment it is

____
recommended to apply heating (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)
as follows:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
| TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| 0 deg.C | 1 HOUR | | | |
| (32 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -5 deg.C | | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -5 deg.C | 2 HOURS | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | | | | |
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | CONTINUOUS | NO | NO | NO |
| -15 deg.C | | | | |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| BELOW | | AS | | |
| -15 deg.C | CONTINUOUS | REQUIRED | YES | YES |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304, 401-499,
12-31-25

Page 204
Feb 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-31-25-660-050
A. Do the Cold Weather Maintenance
(1) Cargo Compartments - Door Sill Latches
(a) Remove the ball strips adjacent to the door sill latches
(Ref. TASK 25-52-22-000-001).
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
NOTE : Make sure that the door sill latches are clean and clear.
____
(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027B) to the latch

mechanisms.
(d) Install the ball strips (Ref. TASK 25-52-22-400-001).
(2) Cabin Escape Facilities
(a) Girt Bar.
1
_ If the aircraft is parked and not heated:
- Make sure that all snow and/or slush is removed from the
door exit area, before you close the doors of the aircraft.
2
_ Clean dirt from the floor fittings. Do a check every 350
flight hours, or more frequently as necessary.
NOTE : Do not apply grease to the cleaned area.

____
(b) Escape Slides
1
_ Low pressure (NO GO) indication:
NOTE : If the aircraft is exposed to temperature changes (from

____
cold to warm), the pressure gages of the escape slides
can give NO GO indication for a short time because the
green temperature compensator cursor in the gage reacts
to temperature changes faster than the gas expansion in
the bottle.
NO GO indications may occur for short periods under the
following circumstances :

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-25

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES
- if the cabin door is open in cold condition when the
aircraft is being prepared or while passengers are
embarking.
- when the aircraft is heated for flight preparation
after the aircraft has been parked unheated and
allowed to cool.
After closing of the doors and when the aircraft
temperature becomes stable, the NO GO indication is
no longer present.
(3) Galley Equipment
(a) You must drain all the galley equipment which contains water,
such as coffee makers and water boilers (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
NOTE : You must operate the taps several times to make sure that
____
the supply lines are empty.

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-25

Page 206
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) Pre-conditioning
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE

_______
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED.
A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED.
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS
_______
OPEN. WITH A WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE
DOOR. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : If it not possible to drain all the galley equipment it is

____
recommended to apply heating (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)
as follows:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
| TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| 0 deg.C | 1 HOUR | | | |
| (32 deg.F) | | | | |
| -5 deg.C | | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -5 deg.C | 2 HOURS | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | | | | |
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | CONTINUOUS | NO | NO | NO |
| -15 deg.C | | | | |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| BELOW | | AS | | |
| -15 deg.C | CONTINUOUS | REQUIRED | YES | YES |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-25

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-31-25-620-050
B. First Aid Kit (7600MM)
(1) Remove the first aid kits from the aircraft if the cabin temperature
is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F).
NOTE : To avoid damage to the kit equipment keep the kits in a place
____
with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40
deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel that the first aid
kits are removed.
R **ON A/C 401-499,
R Subtask 12-31-25-620-051
R C. Doctors Kit (7610MM)
R (1) Remove the doctors kits from the aircraft if the cabin temperature is
R less than 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F).
R NOTE : To avoid damage to the kit equipment keep the kits in a place
____
R with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40
R deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.
R (2) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel that the doctors
R kits are removed.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-25-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Close the cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 208
Feb 01/06

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-27-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight Controls
_______
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
(ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the flight
controls.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE II ISO 11078
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI ICE/DE ICINGFLUID TYPE IV (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 10-005 USA SAE AMS1428
R ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID SAE TYPE III (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-27-640-004 Lubrication of all Flap Track Carriage Rollers

12-22-27-640-006 Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion
Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth
12-31-11-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 201
May 01/07

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-27-941-050
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-27-660-050
A. Check of the Flight Controls

R
R (1) Remove any ice from :

- the wing leading edge
- the slats
- the flaps
- the spoilers
- the ailerons
R (2) You must retract the wing flaps and slats during periods of snowfall
and icing conditions. If it is necessary to operate these controls,
make sure that they are clear of accumulation before retraction.
R (3) If an aircraft arrives with the slats and flaps in a positon other
than fully retracted during a period of ice or snow conditons, those
slats and flaps which are extended must be inspected for ice and snow
accumulation before retracting.
R (4) All control surfaces must have no ice, snow or frost. After the
deicing operation, do a check of the associated hinges, tracks,
actuators and servo controls for trapped moisture that can freeze.
R Apply anti-icing fluid for protection ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
R MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
R (Material No. 10-003), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material
R No. 10-005) or ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-
R 004) (Ref. TASK 12-31-11-660-001)
R (5) Do a check of the leading edge area of the spoilers, the flaps for
ice, snow and frost.
R (6) Final checks after aircraft deicing on flap/slat areas : the

applicable areas must have no snow and ice as well as water
accumulation. During snowfall, freezing rain and drifting snow it is
possible that snow and melting ice go into slots, drainage openings,
hinges and operating linkage and freeze again. You must do the check
of these areas with special attention when an aircraft has been
parked outside for a long period above mentioned conditions.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 202
May 01/07

CES
Subtask 12-31-27-660-051
B. Lubrication of the Flaps and Slats
(1) Do the applicable flap/slat lubrication tasks (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-

640-004) (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-006)
(2) The winter preparation program should include the flap and slat
lubrication.
NOTE : In climates where the atmosphere is both particularly cold and

____
humid (mist/fog) use your experience to reduce the lubrication
task intervals during winter operations.
NOTE : In extreme climates and low ambient temperatures it may be

____
difficult to lubricate the flap and slat systems correctly. If
hangar space is not available then it is recommended to do the
lubrication tasks at a station where the approppriate
facilities are available or where the ambient temperature is
above 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F).
NOTE : Increases in grease stiffness may occur if water present

____
within a lubricant forms discrete lumps of ice, the associated
increases in system friction may then result in torque limiter
operation.
(3) When you do the lubrication tasks take care to ensure that all the
old grease is removed in order to reduce the risk of an increase in
grease stiffness.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-28-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel

_______
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hot air blower

No specific surface contact thermometer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-28-869-050
R A. General Information
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the fuel
R system when:
R - an aircraft is operated or stored in conditions with ground
R temperatures of between 0 deg.C (32 deg.F) and -54 deg.C (-67 deg.F)
R or

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 201
Feb 01/08

CES
R - the fuel temperature in the tanks is less than -5 deg.C (23 deg.F).
The fuel storage and handling conditions can have an important effect on
the amount of water in solution with the fuel. In unsatisfactory
conditions, each 3785 liters (1000 USgal) of fuel can contain up to 0.76
l (0.2 USgal) of water. Water can get into the tanks in different ways:
- the fuel supplied to the aircraft contains water
- the air in the tank contains moisture (water)
- during descent large quantities of moist air can enter the tank
- fuel which is open to dampness or wet atmospheric conditions will
contain larger quantities of water than fuel stored in sealed
containers.
In cold conditions, much of this water can come out of solution and fall
to the bottom of the tank. It then collects at the lowest parts of the
tank and can form ice. The formation of ice (and the presence of water)
in the fuel tanks can have an effect on the accuracy and/or performance
of the quantity indication system. It can also cause engine or corrosion
related problems.
Approved anti-ice additive can be added, in the correct proportions, to

the fuel which is supplied to the aircraft. This can prevent water in the
fuel from freezing and let it be drained from a tank with a fuel
temperature below 0 deg.C (32 deg.F). The ice in the fuel tank can be
melted through these procedures:
- ambient air heat in a hangar
- a refuel with warm fuel
- warm air heat from a blower, until the temperature of the whole of the
bottom skin is 1 deg.C (34 deg.F). This procedure is usually done in a
hangar, but can be used outside if a hangar is not available
- a combination of these methods.
NOTE : Ice can form on the inside of the fuel tank close to the water
____
drain valve. When you drain fuel from the tank for a water
analysis check, fuel flows over the ice and collects water. This
can cause incorrect analysis results. The procedure that follows
should remove most of the water/ice from the fuel tank.
You must do the water drain procedure regularly to make sure that
all the water is drained from the tank low points.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 202
Feb 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-31-28-941-050

_______
(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-28-660-050
A. Water Draining of the Tanks
(1) If a water drain does not open with the usual pressure, find the
cause. The valve could be frozen because of the low temperature.
(2) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft in a hangar):
(a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.
(b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of

the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.
(c) If necessary, use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom
skin of the tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the
bottom skin does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00
deg.F).
NOTE : The temperature of all the bottom skin should be 1 deg.C

____
(33.80 deg.F) or more measured one minute after the
removal of the hot air blower.
(d) Drain accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) 30 minutes

after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the bottom skin
temperature decreases below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)).
NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary

____
to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001).
(3) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft outside):
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 203
Nov 01/07

CES
(b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of
the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.
NOTE : To do the procedure the temperature near to the drain

____
valves should be 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) or more. It is
possible that not all of the ice will be melted, thus the
drain procedure will not be fully successful.
(c) Use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom skin of the
tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the bottom skin
does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00 deg.F).
NOTE : The temperature of the bottom skin near to the drain valve
____
should be 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) or more measured one
minute after the removal of the hot air blower.
(d) Drain the accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) 30

minutes after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the
bottom skin temperature near to the drain valves decreases below
0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)).
NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary

____
to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001).
Subtask 12-31-28-660-051
R B. Anti-Icing Additives
(1) If you think that fuel temperatures will be less than 0 deg.C (32.00
deg.F) (and if it is not possible to warm the aircraft in a hangar)
it is necessary to put anti-icing additives in the fuel. This makes
sure that the water in the fuel does not freeze.
When you add anti-icing additives to the fuel, the concentration must
R not be more than 0.15 % by volume.
R
You must also make sure that the additive is fully mixed with the
fuel.
NOTE : Refer to the engine manufacturer data for approved fuel

____
additives.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 204
Feb 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-28-942-050
(1) Remove the safety barriers

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 205
Feb 01/98

CES
______________________________________________________________________
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 12-31-31-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording systems and Navigation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
indicating/recording and navigation systems.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-21-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-31-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-31-660-050
A. General.
(1) When the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is very low, cold (temperature
lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)) in the avionics compartment can
cause incorrect operation of the computers.
NOTE : This is only due to the cold weather conditions and not to a
____
technical malfunction.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-31

Page 201
Feb 01/98

CES
Subtask 12-31-31-660-051
B. Recommendations.
(1) Make sure that the computers are at a temperature equal to or higher
than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) for correct operation.
NOTE : If you energize the computers at very low temperatures the

____
following can occur. If the temperature is :
- equal to or lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you can
cause permanent damage to the computers.
- between -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00
deg.F), the computers can operate but normal operation can
stop momentarily.
- equal to or higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F), the
computers operate normally.
(a) Preconditioning
It is recommended to use the pre-conditioning procedure to
increase the temperature in the avionics compartment (Ref. TASK
12-31-21-660-001).
(b) Energization of the computers

If the temperature is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you
can energize the computers to increase the temperature to -15
deg.C (+5.00 deg.F). The time necessary to increase the
temperature will change with the OAT, the humidity and the time
since the avionics compartment ventilation stopped.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-31

Page 202
Feb 01/98

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING GEAR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-32-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing Gear
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the landing
gear.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-32-614-001 Nitrogen Filling of the Tires

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-32-941-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-32-660-050
A. General
(1) When the ambient temperature decreases, the pressure in the tires
also decreases.
A 3 deg.C (5.4 deg.F) change in temperature causes a 1% change in
tire pressure.
NOTE : The tires wear faster if the pressure in the tires is low.
____
(2) It is recommended that all ice and/or snow is removed from the
landing gear before flight. Ice and/or snow contamination could cause
a possible malfunction and/or damage the landing gear components on
retraction.
Subtask 12-31-32-660-051
B. Recommendations
(1) Check the tire pressure

If the aircraft is parked in cold weather conditions (cold soak) for
more than one hour, do a check of the tire pressure.
If necessary, correct the pressure with nitrogen (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-
614-001).
NOTE : Do not use air to correct the tire pressure. If the ambient
____
temperature is below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F), moisture in the
air can change to ice in the valve and cause a permanent leak.
(2) Remove ice and/or snow from the landing gear
NOTE : De-ice the landing gear no more than 1 hour before flight.
____
Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to blow air at a
maximum temperature of 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F) at the landing gear
assembly. Start at the top and work down the landing gear until all

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
signs of ice and/or snow is removed. Make sure that no ice or snow
stays on the components that follow:
- the dynamic joints
- the lock springs
- the sliding tube of the shock absorber
- the piston rod of the retraction actuator
- the piston rod of the lockstay actuator
- the proximity sensors and targets
- the brakes and brake hoses.
(3) Towing
Be careful during aircraft towing operations in cold weather
conditions. Do not make small-radius turns which can cause too much
load on the sidewalls of the tires.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-32-942-050

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-35-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practises for the oxygen
system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-35-600-001 Servicing of the Oxygen-Replenishing

35-11-41-000-001 Removal of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder (5750HM)
35-11-41-400-001 Installation of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder
(5750HM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-35-941-050
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 12-31-35

Page 201
May 01/06

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-35-660-050
A. Installation of Oxygen Cylinder(s). (Ref. TASK 35-11-41-000-001)

(Ref. TASK 35-11-41-400-001)
NOTE : When you replace oxygen cylinder(s), you must mandatorily obey the
____
Removal/Installation procedure for oxygen cylinder(s).
(1) If you replace the oxygen cylinder(s) of the crew oxygen system when
the ambient temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less :
- make sure that the temperature in the oxygen cylinder compartment
is more than -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). If this temperature is -20
deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less, the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-004) used to do the leak test will freeze.
(2) It is recommended to replace the cylinder after a flight but before

the compartment temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). Or you can do
this task while you pre-condition the aircraft on the ground.
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)
R **ON A/C 051-099,
R Subtask 12-31-35-660-051
R B. Replenishment of Oxygen Cylinder(s). (Ref. TASK 12-14-35-600-001)
R NOTE : When you fill oxygen cylinder(s), you must mandatorily obey the
____
R replenishment procedure for oxygen cylinder(s).
R (1) The maximum charging pressure of the cylinder changes with the
R ambient temperature. Be careful that the pressure at which you
R pressurize the cylinder is not more than the maximumn charging
R pressure.
R (2) It is recommended to fill the cylinder before the temperature in the

R oxygen cylinder compartment is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) but only after
R :
R - the aircraft network is de-energized,
R - the aircraft and equipment are bonded to ground.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-35

Page 202
May 01/05

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ WASTE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-38-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TANK IS DEPRESSURIZED.

_______
_______
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU SUPPLY AIR FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE OR THE APU, MAKE
_______
CERTAIN THAT :
-AT LEAST ONE COCKPIT WINDOW OR CABIN DOOR IS OPEN AND THAT IT
REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
-IF THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED OUTSIDE AND IS NOT PROTECTED FROM THE RAIN
ONE MAINTENANCE DOOR OR AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR IS OPEN AND
THAT IT REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To prevent damage to the water/waste system by ice when the aircraft is not
supplied with power or other sources of hot air.
NOTE : Although an aircraft is resistant to very low ambient temperatures,

____
the cabin air conditioning (and WIPU system) keep the pipes (and
water systems sufficiently warm to prevent them) from freezing.
However, when the aircraft is not energized or stays on the ground at
R sub-zero temperatures, you must do additional procedures to prevent
R damage to the systems by ice.
NOTE : If the service panels or caps are frozen closed, you must not use
____
force to open or release them. You must apply hot air.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 201
May 01/04

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-15-38-613-001 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

Electrical Power Available)
12-16-38-613-001 Servicing of the Toilet System
12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical
Power)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-38-941-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-38-660-050
A. Pre-Flight (First Flight of the Day)
(1) After draining due to low ambient temperatures you must obey the
steps that follow.
(2) Make sure that all drain valves are closed.
(3) Potable Water System
(a) Fill the potable water system with warm water of 30 deg.C (86.00
deg.F) not earlier than 30 minutes before the engine start
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-001).
(b) Pressurize the potable water system and examine the fill/drain
valve for leaks.
(c) Remove excessive quantity of water from around the service panel
before you close it.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 202
Aug 01/06
R
CES
(4) Waste system
(a) Pre-charge the waste tanks not earlier than 30 minutes before the
engine start (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).
- Remove excessive liquid from around the waste service panel
before you close it.
Subtask 12-31-38-660-051
B. Post Flight (Last Flight of the Day but not Transit Stops) (Ref. TASK 12-
16-38-613-001) (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001)
(1) General
(a) You must do the servicing of the potable water and waste water
tanks as soon as possible after a flight.
(b) Read tables 1, 2 and 3 (draining of the water/waste system) to

find if it is necessary to drain or not (depending on the ambient
temperature and the cold soak period).
(c) After draining of the system and parking of the aircraft at

temperatures below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F):
- Let the drain valves and the service panels stay open to let
remaining fluid to flow out.
- Do not install the caps on the drain and the fill/drain
nipples.
NOTE : If you install the caps, the remaining fluid can freeze
____
immediately behind the drain and the fill/drain caps and
will cause:
- Damage to the piping system
- The system to become unserviceable
- Delay at the next servicing.
R Potable water system
Table 1

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 203
May 01/07

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |POTABLE |PURGE OF |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO | WATER | SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER | SYSTEM |REQUIRED |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |DRAINING | |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN |REQUIRED | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Between ON Above 10 No Time Limit NO NO

0 and -15 (50)
(32 and 5)
Below -15 ON Above 10 1:15 YES NO

(5) (50)
Between OFF 1:30 YES NO

0 and -7
(32 and
19.4)
Between OFF 0:30 YES YES

-7 and -15
(19.4 and 5)
R Below -15 OFF None YES YES

(5)
(2) Potable water system
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR SUPPLIED BY THE
_______
AIRCRAFT BLEEDAIR SYSTEM IS NOT HIGHER THAN 50 DEG.C (122
DEG.F).
IF THE AIR IS HOTTER THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F). IT CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) In case of aircraft parking under very low temperature conditions

you must drain and purge the potable water system. Pressurize and
ventilate the system to remove residual water. Do the procedure
given below:
- drain the potable water system
- close all the lavatory and galley manual shutoff valves
- pressurize the potable water system after closing all potable
water drain and fill valves
- open one manual shutoff valve
- make sure that air but no water comes out of the faucet
connected to the open manual shutoff valve

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 204
Feb 01/08

CES
- close the faucet outlet with flat of hand, flush the toilet as
often as necessary until you are sure that air but no water
comes out of the toilet rinse valve (this part of procedure is
applicable for vacuum toilets only)
Do the whole procedure above for all lavatories and galleys
with potable water supplied equipment as there are water
heater, coffee maker and water faucets
- open all drain valves of the potable water system
- operate the water faucets in the galleys several times to bleed
them
NOTE : you must repeat the procedure as often as necessary to

____
make sure that the residual water has drained fully.
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of the
water flow from the potable water system can take at least 15
minutes. This depends on the attitude of the aircraft.
If the aircraft has been moved, the drain valves should be open
again to make sure that all the residual water is drained.
- depressurize the potable water system
(b) If the potable water has frozen (or started to freeze) before you
can drain it, you must heat the aircraft with an external or
internal source as given in table 3
Subtask 12-31-38-660-053
C. Waste System Drain

Table 2
---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
R Between ON Above 10 No Time Limit NO

0 and -15 (50)
(32 and 5)
Below -15 ON Above 10 1:15 YES

(5) (50)
Between OFF 1:30 YES

0 and -7

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 205
Feb 01/08

CES
---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
(38 and 19)
Between OFF 0:30 YES

-7 and -15
(19.4 and 5)
R Below -15 OFF None YES

(5)
Subtask 12-31-38-660-054
D. Cold Weather Maintenance under supervision

Table 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT| APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
|TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | | | | |
|(DEG.F) | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to -5 1 Hour NO NO NO
(32 to 23) Every
4 Hours
-5 to -10 2 Hours NO NO NO
(23 to 14) Every
4 Hours
-10 to -15 Continuous NO NO NO

(14 to 5)
Below -15 Continuous As YES YES

(5) Required

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 206
Feb 01/08

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-49-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) when the aircraft is in a cold soak condition.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-24-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power

12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
R 49-00-00-860-003 APU Start by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-00-00-860-004 APU Shutdown by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
49-00-00-860-005 APU Start by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-006 APU Shutdown by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-008 APU Start by External Power (131-9(A))
49-00-00-860-009 APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
R 49-61-34-000-001 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB) (59KD)
R (GTCP 36-300)
49-61-34-000-002 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB) (59KD)
(APS 3200)
49-61-34-000-003 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
(131-9(A))
R 49-61-34-400-001 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
R (59KD) (GTCP 36-300)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 201
Nov 01/04

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49-61-34-400-002 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)

(59KD) (APS 3200)
49-61-34-400-003 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
(131-9(A))
R 49-90-00-600-002 Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-90-00-600-005 Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (APS 3200)
R 49-90-00-600-008 Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (131-9(A))
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-49-860-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-49-660-055
A. Electronic Control Box 59KD (ECB 59KD)
(1) If the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is/will be lower than -40 deg.C
(-40.00 deg.F) and the aircraft is not pre-conditioned (heated)
alternatively:
R - through the Low Pressure (LP) ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-
21-618-001),
R - the High Pressure (HP) ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-
R 001), or
- with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
R (a) Remove the Electronic Control Box (ECB) 59KD from the aircraft
- If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-001)
- If an APS 3200 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-002)
- If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-003)
(b) Keep the ECB 59KD in a dry storage at a temperature of between 15

deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00 deg.F).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-31-49-660-056
B. Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
R CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

_______
NOTE : It is recommended to use type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-003) for APU
____
operation in cold weather conditions.
(1) Oil type.
(a) If necessary, do an oil change to type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-

003)
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-002).
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-005).
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-008).
(2) If no external power is available (Ref. TASK 12-31-24-660-001).
(a) It is recommended to start the APU every three hours and operate
it for one hour if the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is lower
than -30 deg.C (-22.00 deg.F).
NOTE : These values are only applicable if all the access doors
____
are closed.

(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009)
Subtask 12-31-49-660-054
C. APU Starting after a Cold Soak Condition
(1) ECB 59KD.
NOTE : Do not operate the ECB 59KD for more than 30 minutes at -40
____
deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) or lower.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
(a) If the ECB was on the aircraft during the cold soak, make sure
that the temperature of the ECB is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00
deg.F).
If the temperature of the ECB is lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00
deg.F), use a pre-conditioning procedure to increase the
temperature of the ECB to a minimum of -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F)
(b) If the ECB was removed from the aircraft and kept at a
temperature of between 15 deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00
deg.F), install the ECB
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-002)
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-003)
(2) Electrical Power.
(a) For the cold weather maintenance - electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-31-24-660-001).
(3) Start and operate the APU

(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008)
Subtask 12-31-49-660-053
D. Turn-Around Time
For turn-around in cold weather conditions, when it is not pratical to
remove equipment, it is recommended to keep the APU in operation. In this
configuration :
- the temperature in the cabin will not decrease,
- no specific cold weather maintenance practices are necessary for the
APU system.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 204
May 01/07
R
CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-51-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Structure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
structure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-00-00-210-001 Remove and Inspect Piston-Type Drain Valves in Lower

Fuselage Shell
53-42-14-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
Zone 150
53-42-14-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels Zone 150
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-51-010-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-51-660-050
A. General
(1) At the start of each winter, make sure that the drain valves in the
lower fuselage are clean and operate correctly. (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-
210-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 201
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Ice can collect in the lower fuselage areas especially when the
aircraft flies from warm, humid climates to cold climates. In some
conditions, the ice can collect during more than one flight.
NOTE : Water/ice in the lower fuselage can cause failure of the radio
____
altimeter.
(3) When you do a check for ice in the lower fuselage, look for ice in
the aft area before you look in the forward area. Ice usually
collects more easily in the aft area than in the forward area. Water
evaporation is faster in the forward area because of the warnm air
from the avionics compartment.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-051
B. Check for Ice
(1) Remove a floor panel from the forward end of the aft cargo
compartment. (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001)
(2) Look for ice in the lower fuselage.
(3) If you find ice below the aft cargo compartment, look for ice below
the forward cargo compartment.
(4) Install the floor panel (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-400-001).
(5) Frequency of check

You must adapt the frequency of the check to the climatic conditions
in whichthe aircraft operates. In the worst condition one check per
week should be sufficient initially.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-052
C. Removal of Ice
(1) Warm hangar

The recommended procedure is to put the aircraft in a warm hangar
with cargo bay doors open. This will cause all the ice in the
aircraft to melt and the water will flow out through the drain
valves.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 202
Feb 01/98

CES
(2) Hot air blower
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
You can use a hot air blower if the aircraft is parked in an open
area.
(3) Frequency of ice removal

You must adapt the frequency of ice removal to the climatic
conditions in which the aircraft operates. In the worst conditions,
one overnight stop a week is usually sufficient for ice removal.
(4) The procedure used to remove ice from the lower fuselage must be
monitored to make sure that all water drains are working and that the
all the ice is removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-52-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the doors.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236
PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-001 USA SAE-AS8660
INSULATING AND SEALING GREASE SILICONE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 201
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-52-640-002 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment

Doors
12-22-52-640-006 Lubrication of the External Control Handles of the
FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R 12-22-52-640-007 Lubrication of the BULK-Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
R and Hinge Arms Bearings
12-22-52-640-009 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Handle
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-22-00-010-001 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
52-22-00-410-001 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 202
May 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 12-31-52-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Do not open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
procedure in cold weather area.
(2) Do not remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-
11-000-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
(3) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-
(4) Open the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006)

until immediately before you start the winter preparation procedure
in cold weather area.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-31-52-010-050
A. Get Access
(2) Do not remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-31-52-010-050-B
A. Get Access
(2) Do not open the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-31-52-640-050
A. Winter Preparation on the Passenger Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches
(1) Do the winter preparation on the passenger/crew door as follows:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.
(b) Clean the components of the passenger/crew door that follow with
the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003),and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- The upper and lower door guide fittings
- The roller fittings
- The guide rollers.
(c) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower door guide fittings , the roller fittings
and guide rollers.
(d) Clean the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
(e) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.
(f) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), to these areas of the passenger/crew
door:
- The inner surface and the structure of the handle housing
- Tthe external control handle.
(g) Do not apply temporary protective compound to the mechanism of

the external control handle and the related outer handle grip.
(h) Make sure that the mechanism of the external control handle is
sufficently lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-006).
(i) Make sure that the girt bar fittings in the entry area are clear
and have no obstruction.
(2) Close the related passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)

immediately after you completed the winter preparation.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-31-52

Page 205
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
(3) Do the winter preparation on the emergency exit hatch referred to as
hatch) as follows:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(a) Clean the components of the hatch that follow with the lint-free
cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004):
- The lower hook brackets
- The lateral guide fittings.
(b) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the lower hook brackets and the lateral guide fittings.
(c) Clean the upper and lower pivot fittings of the hatch frame with
the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003),
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower pivot fittings.
(e) Clean the hatch seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
(f) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the hatch seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.
(g) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), to the inner surface and the structure of
the hatch around the hatch control handle.
(4) Install the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-31-52

Page 206
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-31-52-640-050-A
A. Winter Preparation of the Passenger/Crew and Emergency Exit Doors

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
R (2) Clean the components of the passenger/crew door or emergency exit

R door that follow with the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003), and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The upper and lower door guide fittings
R - The roller fittings
R - The guide rollers.
(3) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017), to
the upper and lower door guide fittings , the roller fittings and
guide rollers.
R (4) Clean the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
R lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (5) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-001),
R to the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.
R (6) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

R (Material No. 15-005A), to these areas of the passenger/crew door or
R emergency exit door:
R - The inner surface and the structure of the handle housing
R - Tthe external control handle.

EFF :

301-399, 12-31-52

Page 207
Feb 01/08

CES
(7) Do not apply temporary protective compound to the mechanism of the
external control handle and the related outer handle grip.
(8) Make sure that the mechanism of the external control handle is
sufficently lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-006).
(9) Make sure that the girt bar fittings in the entry area of the related
passenger/crew door are clear and have no obstruction.
(10) Close the related passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) or

the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001) immediately
after you completed the winter preparation.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 12-31-52-640-051-A
B. Winter Preparation of the FWD, AFT and BULK Cargo-Compartment Doors
(1) Do the winter preparation on the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors

(referred to as the doors) as follows:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(a) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the cargo doors.
(b) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
(c) Clean the components of the doors that follow with lint-free
cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- The pressure seals and their mating surfaces on the fuselage

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 301-399, 12-31-52

Page 208
Nov 01/09

CES
- The vent door seals and their mating surfaces around the door
cut-out
- The external door handle mechanism
- The door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage
- The internal mechanism of the vent door, the locking mechanism
and the latching mechanism.
(d) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the mating surface of the seals around the vent door and
fuselage.
(e) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.
(f) Make sure that the related cargo door is sufficiently lubricated
(Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-009).
(g) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
006), to the door mechanism.
(h) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the lower internal bays of
the cargo doors.
(i) Make sure that the electrical components, the bearings and other
movable parts stay without temporary corrosion-preventive
compound.
(2) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002) immediately after you completed the winter preparation.
(3) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the cargo doors.
(4) Do the winter preparation on the Bulk cargo-compartment door as

follows:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 12-31-52

Page 209
Nov 01/09

CES
_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
(b) Clean the components of the Bulk cargo-compartment door that

follow with lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- The door handle mechanism
- The door suspension and the stop assemblies
- The door handle mechanism, locking mechanism and the balance
mechanism.
(c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the mating surface of the Bulk door seal.
012), to the Bulk door seal.
(e) Make sure that the door handle mechanism is sufficiently

lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-007).
(f) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray, to these Bulk door areas:
- The handle recess of the outer skin
- The inner surface of the outer handle.
(g) Make sure that the handle shaft stays without the temporary
protective compound.
(5) Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008)


R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 12-31-52

Page 210
Nov 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
R 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-31-52-640-051
B. Winter Preparation of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the cargo doors.
(2) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
(3) Clean the components of the related cargo-compartment doors that

follow with lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- The vent door seals and their mating surface s around the door
cut-out
- The external door handle mechanism
- The door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage
- The internal mechanism of the vent door, the locking mechanism and
the latching mechanism.
(4) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-001),
to the mating surface of the seals around the vent door and fuselage.
(5) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), or
the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the
vent door seal and the cargo door seal.
(6) Make sure that the related cargo door is sufficiently lubricated
(Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-52

Page 211
Feb 01/10

CES
(7) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
006),to the door mechanism.
(8) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the lower internal bays of the
doors.
(9) Make sure that the electrical components, the bearings and other
movable parts stay without temporary protective compound.
(10) Close the related cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)

(11) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the cargo doors.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105,
Subtask 12-31-52-660-051-A
C. Winter Preparation (Before Flight)
(1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches
(a) Remove all the snow and slush from the areas that follow before
you close a passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) or
install an emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001):
- the door/hatch seal
- the seal contact area on the fuselage.
(2) On the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE

_______
EQUIPMENT (PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE
IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE
IDG.
(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the cargo
pallets before you install them in the aircraft.
NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-31-52

Page 212
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(b) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001) until immediately before you install the cargo
pallets/containers.
(c) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002) immediately after the installation of the cargo
pallets/containers is complete.
(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the FWD or AFT

cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) to their
vertical positions.
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
inner surfaces of the doors sill area.
(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from the doors or panels that are frozen in their closed
positions. Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.
(3) On the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door

_______
IDG WITH OIL.
IDG.
(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the bulk cargo
before you install it in the aircraft.
____
positions.
(b) Do not open the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-006) until immediately before you install the bulk cargo.
(c) Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-

008) immediately after the installation of the bulk cargo is
complete.
(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the Bulk

cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).
____
inner surfaces of the doors sill area.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 12-31-52

Page 213
Nov 01/09

CES
ice from the door area that are frozen in their closed positions.
Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.
(4) On the Service Panels/Doors
(a) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, to the hinges and latch
mechanisms of the fuselage service panels and doors.
Subtask 12-31-52-660-052-A
D. Winter Preparation (After Flight)
(a) For aircraft not parked in a hangar:
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER

_______
SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANT.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
_ Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001) or the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-
001):
- the door/hatch seals
- the door/hatch contact areas on the fuselage.
2
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
the pressure seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit hatches.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 12-31-52

Page 214
Nov 01/09

CES
3
_ Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
4
_ Make sure that the infation holes of the door seal are clean
and have no obstructions.
5
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the passenger/crew doors are
clear and not blocked.
(b) For aircraft parked in a hangar:
1
_ Open the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and
the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from

____
the inner surfaces of the doors.
(2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors (After Flight)
(a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002):
- the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.
(b) If the aircraft flies from an airport where the ambient

temperature is more than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) to an airport
where the ambient temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F),
you must:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors:
- the door mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the cargo doors.
NOTE : This procedure will keep the effects of freezing

____
condensation to a minimum at cold airports.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 12-31-52

Page 215
Nov 01/09

CES
(3) On the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door (After Flight)
you close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-008):
- the door seals

you must:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
the Bulk cargo-compartment doors:
- the door handle mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the Bulk door.

____
(4) Maintenance at the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
NOTE : The frequency of the procedure that follow can be increased as

____
necessary for the operating environment.
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seals are clear
and not blocked.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 12-31-52

Page 216
Nov 01/09

CES
(b) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
these components of the applicable cargo-compartment doors:
- the door seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
- the vent door seals
- the external door handle mechanism
- the door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage.
001), to contact area of the seals around the vent door and the
fuselage.
(e) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(f) Lubricate the door hinges and the guide fittings. Apply the
temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No.
15-005A), to the latch assemblies and the latch spools.
(5) Maintenance at the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Doors:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

____
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal is clear and
not blocked.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 12-31-52

Page 217
Nov 01/09

CES
these components of the Bulk door:
- the door suspension and the stop assemblies.
001), to contact area of the Bulk door seal.
012), to the Bulk door seal.

006), to the door handle mechanism.
R **ON A/C 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-31-52-660-051
you close a passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) or
install an emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001):
- the door/hatch seal
(2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

_______
IDG WITH OIL.
IDG.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-31-52

Page 218
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
pallets/containers before you install them in the aircraft.
____
positions.
(b) Do not open the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001) until immediately before you install the cargo
pallets/containers.
(c) Close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002) immediately after the installation of the cargo
pallets/containers is completed.
(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the FWD and AFT
vertical positions.
____
inner surfaces of the door sill area.
ice from doors or panels that are frozen in their closed

(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the hinges and latch

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-52

Page 219
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-31-52-660-052

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
IRRITANT.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
001) or the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-
001):
- the door/hatch seals
- the door/hatch contact areas on the fuselage.
2
3
4
_ Make sure that the infation holes of the door seal are clean
5
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the passenger/crew doors are
clear and not blocked.

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-52

Page 220
Feb 01/10

CES
1
the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

____
30-00-860-002):
- the door seals

you must:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
- the door handle mechanism

____
(3) Maintenance at the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-52

Page 221
Feb 01/10

CES
_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

____
and not blocked.

fuselage.

006), to the door handle mechanism.
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-31-52-660-051-B
(1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors
you close a passenger/crew door or an emergency exit door:
- the door seal

R

EFF : 106-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299,
301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-31-52

Page 222
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

_______
IDG WITH OIL.
IDG.
pallets before you install them in the aircraft.
____
positions.
(b) Do not open the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001) until immediately before you install the cargo
pallets/containers.
(c) Close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002) immediately after the installation of the cargo
pallets/containers is complete.
(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the FWD and AFT
vertical positions.
____
inner surfaces of the door sill area.
ice from doors or panels that are frozen in their closed

(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the hinges and latch

EFF :

301-399, 12-31-52

Page 223
Feb 01/08
R
CES
Subtask 12-31-52-660-052-B
(1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
IRRITANT.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
001) or the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001):
- the door seals
2
emergency exit doors.
3
emergency exit doors.
4
_ Make sure that the infation holes of the door seals are clean
5
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the passenger/crew doors and
the emergency exit doors are clear and not blocked.

EFF :

301-399, 12-31-52

Page 224
Feb 01/08
R
CES
1
the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).

____
30-00-860-002):
- the door seals

you must:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
- the door mechanism

____
(3) Maintenance at the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

301-399, 12-31-52

Page 225
Feb 01/08
R
CES
_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

____
and not blocked.

fuselage.


EFF :

301-399, 12-31-52

Page 226
Feb 01/08

CES
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-71-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Power Plant
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
(ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
CAUTION : INSTALL ENGINE INLET AND EXHAUST PLUG COVERS WHEN AIRCRAFT IS STORED
_______
UNDER HEAVY SNOWSTORM CONDITIONS SINCE CONSEQUENTIAL ENGINE INTERNAL
DAMAGES MAY OCCUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the engines.
2. ______________________
R A. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. CP2499 *

R Kilfrost ABC3 (Ref. 70-30-00)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 71-00-00-790-002 Fuel or Hydraulic or Oil Leakage Limits

R 71-00-00-790-002 Fuel or Hydraulic or Oil Leakage Limits
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-71-941-050
A. Not applicable

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-71-660-050
A. Ice can form in the engine intakes and freeze the fan, therefore you must
do a careful examination of the engine intake and fan before engine start
up.
Attention should be paid to the forward and rear sides of the fan blades
in order to determine whether clear ice is present.
Use hot air blower to remove all traces of ice and residual water before
engine start up.
Subtask 12-31-71-660-051
B. Freezing Points
(1) The oil temperature is also a limitation. For the approved oils and
the oil limitation temperatures, you must refer to the engine
manufacturers data.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499,
R Subtask 12-31-71-660-052-A
R C. Preparation for engine start
R WARNING : DEICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID IS DANGEROUS. USE RUBBER GLOVES AND

_______
R EYE PROTECTION. KEEP THE FLUID AWAY FROM HEAT AND AN OPEN
R FLAME. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY GLYCOL ALCOHOL AS A DEICING/ANTI-ICING MIXTURE.

_______
R METHANOL CAN CAUSE CORROSION TO ENGINE PARTS MADE OF TITANIUM.
R (1) If it is necessary, de-ice or anti-ice the fan blades with Kilfrost

R ABC3 (Material No. CP2499).
R (a) Prepare the deicing/anti-icing fluid with the table given below :
R
R CONCENTRATION OF HEATED WATER/DEICER FLUID (VOL %)
R

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | OAT deg C (Deg F) | DEICING | ANTI-ICING |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | WATER HEATED TO 60 DEG C | |
R | -3 (27) and above | (140 deg F) MINIMUM OR HEATED | 50/50 WATER/DEICER |
R | | MIX OF DEICER WITH WATER | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | -4 to -7 (19 to 26) | 50/50 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 50/50 WATER/DEICER |
R | | | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | | | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | -15 to -17 (1 to 6) | 50/50 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 100% DEICER |
R | | | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | -18 to -25 (-13 to 0)| 75/25 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 100% DEICER |
R | | | |
R |----------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|
R | | SAE TYPE II FLUIDS CAN BE USED AS |
R | | DEICING/ANTI-ICING AGENTS, IF A 7 DEG C (13 DEG F) |
R | | BUFFER IS MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE FREEZING POINT OF |
R | -26 (-14) and below | THE CONCENTRATED FLUID AND OAT. |
R | | IN ALL CONDITIONS THIS TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE |
R | | LOWER THAN THE LOWEST OPERATIONAL TEMPERATURE AS |
R | | DEFINED BY THE AERODYNAMIC ACCEPTANCE TEST OF THE |
R | | MANUFACTURER. |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : Hot water above 60 deg C (140 deg F) is more efficient.

____
R (b) Apply the deicing/anti-icing mixture using a soaked clean cloth

R on the frozen fan blades.
R (2) Look at the general condition of the fan spinner and fan blades, core
R exhaust nozzle, LPT and external surfaces of the cowls.
R (3) Make a check of the drain ports for fuel, oil and hydraulic leaks
R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-002). Also make sure that fuel drained from
R the engine does not cause a fire.
R NOTE : In case of extreme cold weather condition (OAT < -20 deg.C),
____
R fuel leaks from the drain may occur and should not be

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-31-71

Page 203
Feb 01/10

CES
R considered as abnormal. Therefore, check for fuel leaks at the
R drain mast shall be performed with the engine fully stabilized
R at idle.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
R Subtask 12-31-71-660-052
R C. Preparation for engine start
R WARNING : DEICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID IS DANGEROUS. USE RUBBER GLOVES AND

_______
R EYE PROTECTION. KEEP THE FLUID AWAY FROM HEAT AND AN OPEN
R FLAME. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY GLYCOL ALCOHOL AS A DEICING/ANTI-ICING MIXTURE.

_______
R METHANOL CAN CAUSE CORROSION TO ENGINE PARTS MADE OF TITANIUM.
R (1) If it is necessary, de-ice or anti-ice the fan blades with Kilfrost

R ABC3 (Material No. CP2499).
R (a) Prepare the deicing/anti-icing fluid with the table given below :
R
R CONCENTRATION OF HEATED WATER/DEICER FLUID (VOL %)
R
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | OAT deg C (Deg F) | DEICING | ANTI-ICING |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | WATER HEATED TO 60 DEG C | |
R | -3 (27) and above | (140 deg F) MINIMUM OR HEATED | 50/50 WATER/DEICER |
R | | MIX OF DEICER WITH WATER | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | | | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | | | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | -15 to -17 (1 to 6) | 50/50 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 100% DEICER |
R | | | |
R |----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R | -18 to -25 (-13 to 0)| 75/25 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 100% DEICER |

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-31-71

Page 204
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OAT deg C (Deg F) | DEICING | ANTI-ICING |
|----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
R | | | |
R |----------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|
R | | SAE TYPE II FLUIDS CAN BE USED AS |
R | | DEICING/ANTI-ICING AGENTS, IF A 7 DEG C (13 DEG F) |
R | | BUFFER IS MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE FREEZING POINT OF |
R | -26 (-14) and below | THE CONCENTRATED FLUID AND OAT. |
R | | IN ALL CONDITIONS THIS TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE |
R | | LOWER THAN THE LOWEST OPERATIONAL TEMPERATURE AS |
R | | DEFINED BY THE AERODYNAMIC ACCEPTANCE TEST OF THE |
R | | MANUFACTURER. |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : Hot water above 60 deg C (140 deg F) is more efficient.

____
R (b) Apply the deicing/anti-icing mixture using a soaked clean cloth

R on the frozen fan blades.
R (2) Look at the general condition of the fan spinner and fan blades, core
R exhaust nozzle, LPT and external surfaces of the cowls.
R (3) Make a check of the drain ports for fuel, oil and hydraulic leaks
R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-002). Also make sure that fuel drained from
R the engine does not cause a fire.
R NOTE : In case of
____ extreme cold weather condition (OAT < -20 deg.C),
R fuel leaks from the drain may occur and should not be
R considered as abnormal. Therefore, check for fuel leaks at the
R drain mast shall be performed with the engine fully stabilized
R at idle.

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-31-71

Page 205
Feb 01/10

CES
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section defines the different fluid samplings which may be carried out
for an analysis.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL - SERVICING
__________________________________________
TASK 12-32-24-281-001
Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the cause of the oil contamination (skydrol, fuel, water, chlorine,
oil degradation, and other causes).
NOTE : The best location and time to get an oil sample is at the case drain
____
after operation of the engine, when the IDG oil is at the operating
temperature (80 deg.C (176 deg.F)).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal)
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 301
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Addition of Oil after a level Check
Power
the External Power
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
Maintenance
R 78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
R Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
Maintenance
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-32-24-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 302
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
12-32-24-991-001-A Fig. 301A
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-32-24-991-001-B Fig. 301B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-24-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-32-24-941-050
engine.

the FADEC 1(2).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499,
Subtask 12-32-24-010-050

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 12-32-24-481-050
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-32-24-010-050-A
C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 12-32-24-481-050-A
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199, 201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299, 303-399, 401-499,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-24-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES
IDG Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-105, 151-199,
201-228, 236-238, 301-302,
12-32-24

Page 305
Feb 01/08

CES
Figure 301A/TASK 12-32-24-991-001-A

R

EFF : 106-149, 229-235, 239-249, 251-299,
303-399, 401-499,
12-32-24

Page 306
Nov 01/08

CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-32-24-991-001-B)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-24-864-050
_______
SKIN.
_______
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG.
(3) Put the end of the drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP in
the container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal).
(a) Connect the overflow drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
UP to the overflow drain valve (6).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose of the
____
TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.
Subtask 12-32-24-281-050
B. Oil Sampling
_______
NOTE : Make sure that the oil is not too hot.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 307
Feb 01/10

CES
Figure 301B/TASK 12-32-24-991-001-B

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-24

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
(2) Loosen the case drain plug (2).
(3) Put a transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal) below the case drain port
(1).
NOTE : The transparent bottle (4) must be cleaned and sterilized.

____
(4) Slowly remove the case drain plug (2) until oil flows out of the case
drain port (1).
(5) Fill the transparent bottle (4) with approximately 20 ml (0.053

USgal) of oil.
(6) Seal the case drain port (1).
(7) Remove the O-ring (3) from the case drain plug (2) and discard it.
Subtask 12-32-24-640-050
C. Lubricate the new O-ring (3) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-32-24-420-050
(2) Install the case drain plug (2) in the case drain port (1).
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
Subtask 12-32-24-281-051
E. Oil Sample Bottle
(1) Send the oil sample bottle to laboratory immediately with these data:
(a) Oil sampling date.
(b) Type and brand of oil used.
(c) Operating time since last oil sampling.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 309
Nov 01/07
R
CES
(d) IDG total operating time.
(e) Identification of the IDG (Serial Number).
NOTE : If you do not do the analysis immediately, seal the

____
bottle.
Subtask 12-32-24-080-050
F. Remove the Overflow Drain Hose
(1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
UP from the overflow drain valve (6).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-32-24-612-050
G. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-041).
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-32-24-612-050-A
G. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-011).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 310
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-32-24-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-32-24-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 311
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-24-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 312
Nov 01/07

CES
FUEL - SERVICING
________________
TASK 12-32-28-281-001
Drain Water Content
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task can be done together with TASK 12-32-28-281-003.

____
NOTE : If possible, do the water drain procedure before a refuel.

____
Alternatively, you must wait for one hour after a refuel has been
completed before you do the water drain procedure.
R NOTE : For the gravity procedure AIRBUS recommends that there must be more
____
R than 10% content of fuel in each tank. If you have less than 10%
R content of fuel, then the indirect water drain valves will have a
R decreased flow. It is recommended that you use the suction procedure
R when you have less than 10% content of fuel.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 301
Nov 01/06

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hose
No specific suction pump
No specific Miscellaneous - HYDROKIT
R
R No specific 1 CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS
97A28002117002 1 PURGING TOOL
98A28101000000 1 ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL
98A28104000000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
98A28104000002 1 TOOL - PURGING
98D28104000000 1 PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
SIL 28-079
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-32-28-991-001 Fig. 301
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-32-28-991-001-A Fig. 301A

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-28-941-054-A

_______
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(5) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, to keep the flight turnaround
times, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001).
or

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
Fuel Sampling For Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-32-28

Page 304
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Fuel Sampling For Analysis
Figure 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-32-28

Page 305
Nov 01/06

CES
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.
NOTE : Removal of the fuel samples after 30 minutes will not remove
____
the water content as satisfactorily as samples removed one
hour after the refuel procedure.
NOTE : Do not apply unusually high force to open the water drain
____
valve.
Subtask 12-32-28-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open access panel 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open access panel 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-480-050
(1) To get access to the high water drain valves from the ground, attach
the:
- ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL (98A28101000000)
or the
- PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING (98D28104000000)
to the bottle and funnel of the PURGER - WATER DRAIN
(98A28104000000).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 306
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-28-281-050-A
R A. Fuel Sampling for Water Contamination
(1) Gravity Procedure
NOTE : Make sure that the fuel tanks are filled to a minimum of 10%
____
of capacity. This is necessary to cover the water drain valve
outlet, so that the water drain valves can operate
satisfactorily. Refer to SIL for data (Ref. SIL 28-079).
(a) For the wing-tank water drain valves:
1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000). Drain approximately 1.0
l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.
NOTE : A rubber shield prevents fuel leakage.

____
2
_ Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the water drain valve.
3
_ Examine the water drain valve for leakage. If the valve does
leak, use the PURGER - WATER DRAIN to push (in) and release
(out) the center of the valve three or four times. No leaks
are permitted.
(b) For the center-tank water drain valves:
1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
TOOL - PURGING (98A28104000002). Drain approximately 1.0 l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

____
2
_ Remove the TOOL - PURGING from the water drain valve.
3
_ Examine the water drain valve for leakage. If the valve does
leak, use the PURGER - WATER DRAIN to push (in) and release
(out) the center of the valve three or four times. No leaks
are permitted.
NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water

____
drain valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.
R (c) Put the fuel sample into a CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED,

R TRANSPARENT GLASS. If you do not do the analysis immediately,
R seal the container.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 307
Feb 01/10

CES
(d) Do the sample removal procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(2) Suction Procedure
(a) On the PURGING TOOL (97A28002117002), disconnect the funnel from

the bottle.
(b) Attach one end of the hose to the funnel. Attach the other end of
the hose to the suction pump.
NOTE : The illustration shows a typical suction pump with an air

____
drill power source. The suction pump used must be a type
approved for use on a fuel system. The applicable safety
precautions must be taken.
(c) Put the outlet of the suction pump into the container and start
the suction pump.
(d) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
funnel. Drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel (as a
sample) from the drain valve
(e) Remove the funnel from the drain valve.
(f) Examine the drain valve for leaks.
(g) Do this procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(h) Connect the funnel to the PURGING TOOL.
Subtask 12-32-28-750-050
B. Water Contamination Test
(1) Let the sample become stable.
(a) If the sample moves into two layers it contains water. Continue
to drain from the water drain valve until it has no water.
(b) If the sample stays in one layer, it can be all fuel or all
water. To find if the sample is fuel or water, do the test that
follows:
NOTE : Do the test only in an approved area.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 308
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. If you have a Miscellaneous - - If the powder stays white, the sample

HYDROKIT available put the is fuel and the test is complete.
contents into the sample
- If the white powder changes color to

purple, the sample is water. Continue
to take samples and test until all
the water has been removed.
2. If you do not have a HYDROKIT - If the sample moves into two layers,
available, add water to the then the sample is all fuel and the
sample. test is complete.
- If the sample stays in one layer,

then the sample is water. Continue to
take samples until all the water has
been removed.
NOTE : You can use the same procedure to do an analysis on a sample from a
____
fuel tanker. Remove the sample from the supply connector of the fuel
tanker.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access panels:

- for water drain valve 94QM, close access panel 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, close access panel 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-942-050
items.
NOTE : To discard the water samples, refer to the local regulations.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 309
Nov 01/07
R
CES

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 310
Nov 01/07
R
CES
TASK 12-32-28-281-003
Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination Analysis
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Refer to Service Information Letter (SIL 28-079) for more data on
____
microbiological contamination in fuel tanks
NOTE : This task can be done together with Task 12-32-28-281-001.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS
No specific AR CONTAINER-FUEL RESISTANT, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC
R No specific 1 MICROBMONITOR2 TEST KIT ECHA MIC. UK(CAGE CODE OHZY6)
R No specific 1 FUELSTAT RESINAE TESTKIT CONIDIA BIO.(CAGECODE KE385)
R No specific 1 FUEL CONTAMINATION TEST KIT - BIOCIDE
98A28101000000 1 ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL
98A28104000000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
98A28104000002 1 TOOL - PURGING
98D28104000000 1 PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 311
May 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28-11-00-600-003 Removal of Microbiological Particles
28-11-00-600-008 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Moderate Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Biobor Biocide
With Fuel Mixed with Kathon Biocide
Using Biobor Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
Using Kathon Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
28-11-00-600-009 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Heavy Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Biobor Biocide
With Fuel Mixed with Kathon Biocide
Using Biobor Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
Using Kathon Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
Gears
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-32-28-991-001 Fig. 301
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-32-28-991-001-A Fig. 301A
**ON A/C ALL
12-32-28-991-005 Fig. 302

12-32-28-991-006 Fig. 303

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 312
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-28-941-055-A

_______
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(4) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001)
or
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 313
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-32-28-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-480-051
(1) If it is necessary to get access to the high water drain-valves from

the ground, attach the:
- ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL (98A28101000000)
or the
- PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING (98D28104000000)
to the bottle and funnel of the PURGER - WATER DRAIN
(98A28104000000).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-28-281-055-A
A. Fuel Sampling for Microbiological Contamination
NOTE : If you use a test kit, refer to the kit manufacturers instructions
____
on fuel sampling and storage. Carefully follow the manufacturers
instructions to make sure that the test results are accurate.
NOTE : Before you collect the samples, read the manufacturers

____
instructions in the test kit. Make sure you use a sample container
that is specified and that is clean and dry before use. An

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 314
Feb 01/10

CES
incorrect, dirty sample container can give an unwanted effect to
the results.
(1) For the wing-tank water drain valves:
(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
R PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000) and drain approximately 1.0
l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

____
R (b) Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the drain valve.
(2) For the center-tank water drain valves:
R (a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the TOOL
R - PURGING (98A28104000002) and drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641
USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

____
R (b) Remove the TOOL - PURGING from the drain valve.
(3) Examine the applicable water drain valve for leakage. Leaks are not
permitted.
NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water drain
____
valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.
(4) Put the fuel sample for the microbiological test into a:
- CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS or CONTAINER-FUEL
RESISTANT, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC and seal the container.
NOTE : Do not put additives into the sample to show the water
____
contents.
(5) Do the sample removal procedure at all of the water drain-valves.
(6) Identify each sample with a label that shows:

- the aircraft number
- the time and date of the sample
- the fuel tank drain valve the sample came from
- all the additives you know about.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 315
Aug 01/08

CES
(7) Keep the sealed sample containers in a cool protected area.
NOTE : After the test samples are collected, microbiological

____
contamination in the sample could change. It is recommended
that the samples are tested in less than 6 hours and no later
than 24 hours. AIRBUS recommends that the samples are tested
in less than 6 hours.
NOTE : Make a selection of one of

____ the microbiological test kits for
the complete procedure. Do not compare results between
microbiological test kits. They use different methods to give
results. If you need help, refer to the manufacturer of the
kit.
Subtask 12-32-28-281-060
B. Sample Analysis - MICROBMONITOR2 Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the MICROBMONITOR2 test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.
(1) Do one of the steps that follow to check the sample(s) for
microbiological contamination:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)
R (a) Use the MICROBMONITOR2 TEST KIT ECHA MIC. UK(CAGE CODE OHZY6)
(and the manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis of each
sample.
(b) Send each sample to an approved laboratory for an IP385 test.
(2) Do a check of the results:
NOTE : If you only do one test it can give an incorrect indication of

____
the condition of the fuel tanks. If a test shows
contamination, (moderate or heavy) do the test again (in not
more than 10 days) before you remove the aircraft from
service. Use the same test kit/laboratory for the second test.
(a) Negligible contamination:
1
_ The contamination is negligible if:
- the WATER sample contents has 1000 CFU (Colony Forming
Units) per ml or less
- the FUEL sample contents has 4000 CFU per liter or less.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 316
May 01/09

CES
R Maintenance Plan Flowchart - Microbiological Contamination
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 317
Nov 01/06

CES
R Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 318
Nov 01/06

CES
R Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 319
Nov 01/06

CES
2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.
(b) Moderate contamination:
1
_ The contamination is moderate if:
- the WATER sample contents has between 1000 and 10000 CFU per
ml
- the FUEL sample contents has between 4000 and 20000 CFU per
liter.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
(c) Heavy contamination
1
_ The contamination is heavy if:
- the WATER sample contents has more than 10000 CFU per ml
- the FUEL sample contents has more than 20000 CFU per liter.
2
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).
NOTE : When you do the heavy contamination procedure, you will

____
need to enter all the fuel tanks to remove the
contamination (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 320
Nov 01/06
R
CES
Subtask 12-32-28-281-061
C. Sample Analysis - FUELSTAT RESINAE Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit only.
____
test kits.
NOTE : The FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit shows the most frequent type of
____
contamination you can find in fuel tanks (Hormoconis Resinae).
Other types of contamination will not be shown.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)
R (a) Use the FUELSTAT RESINAE TESTKIT CONIDIA BIO.(CAGECODE KE385)

(and the manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis of each
sample.

____
1
_ The contamination is negligible if the indication lines (on
the test kit) show a negative result.
2
1
_ The contamination is moderate if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a low positive result.
2

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 321
May 01/09

CES
3
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a high positive result.
2
3
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).

____
Subtask 12-32-28-281-062
R D. Sample Analysis - HY-LITE Jet A1 Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the HY-LITE Jet A1 test kit only.
____
test kits.
NOTE : The manufacturer recommends that you only use a fuel-resistant

____
transparent plastic container for the test. A glass container
could have an unwanted effect on the test result.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 322
Aug 01/08

CES
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)
R (a) Use the FUEL CONTAMINATION TEST KIT - BIOCIDE (and the
manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis of each sample.

____
1
_ The contamination is negligible if the sample contents has
1000 RLU/litre (Relative Light Units) or less.
2
1
_ The contamination is moderate if the sample contents has
between 1000 and 5000 RLU/litre.
2
3
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if the sample contents has more
than 5000 RLU/litre.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 323
May 01/09

CES
2
3
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access panels:

- for water drain valve 94QM, close 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, close 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-942-054
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 324
Nov 01/06

CES
Fuel Sampling For Analysis - Suction Procedure
Figure 304/TASK 12-32-28-991-007

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-32-28

Page 325
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
R Fuel Sampling For Analysis - Suction Procedure
R Figure 304A/TASK 12-32-28-991-007-A

EFF :

301-399, 12-32-28

Page 326
Nov 01/06

CES
HYDRAULIC FLUID - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-32-29-281-001
R Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow Systems for Analysis
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 301
Feb 01/07

CES
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific glass sample bottle 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal)
No specific plastic (non PVC) sample bottle 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal)
No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
HSPA181-380J 2 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032

in.) dia.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

R 12-36-29-600-001 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic
System
R 12-36-29-600-002 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic
System
R 12-36-29-600-003 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic
System
12-36-29-600-004 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-600-005 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-600-006 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-001 Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-002 Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-003 Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 302
Aug 01/08

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-21-911-001 Removal/Installation of the Bobbins from their

R Housings and Installation of O-rings, Square Seals,
R and Back-up Rings on the Bobbins
R 27-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
R 27-51-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the
R Pressure Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart
R 27-81-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the
R Pressure-Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart
R 27-96-00-710-007 Operational Test of the Damping Measurement (Aileron)
R 27-96-00-710-008 Operational Test of the Damping Measurement
R (Elevator)
R 29-00-00-280-001 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Green Hydraulic
R System
R 29-00-00-280-002 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Blue Hydraulic
R System
R 29-00-00-280-003 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Yellow Hydraulic
R System
R 29-00-00-910-003 General Removal and Installation Procedure of the
R Check Valves in the Hydraulic Systems
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
R 29-11-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Green
R Hydraulic System
R 29-11-35-000-001 Removal of the Engine 1 Thrust Reverser Check Valve
R (3010KM1)
R 29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
R 29-11-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 1048GM
R 29-12-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Blue Hydraulic
R System
R 29-12-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (2002GM)
R 29-12-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 2048GM
R 29-13-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Yellow
R Hydraulic System
R 29-13-35-000-001 Removal of the Engine 2 Thrust Reverser Check Valve
R (3010KM2)
R 29-13-35-400-001 Installation of the Engine 2 Thrust Reverser Check
R Valve (3010KM2)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 303
Nov 01/03

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)

29-13-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter (3048GM)
29-22-00-720-001 Operational Check of RAT Manual Deployment,
Functional Check of RAT using Ground Test Unit and
Check of Filter Indicator
29-22-00-720-003 Operational Check of RAT Manual Deployment and
Functional Check of RAT using Ground Test Unit,
followed by Check of Filter Indicator
29-22-00-720-004 Operational Check of RAT Manual Deployment and
Functional Check of RAT using Ground Test Unit,
followed by Check of Filter Indicator
R
12-32-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-29-941-050
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to move:
- the flight controls,
- the lever of the landing gear selector.
Subtask 12-32-29-863-050
B. Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system:

- for the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
- for the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
- for the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 12-32-29-010-050
C. Open the applicable access panel/door:

- for the Green hydraulic system, open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-
12-00-010-001).
- for the Yellow hydraulic system, open the access panel 196BB.
- for the Blue hydraulic system, open the access panel 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 304
Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-29-170-050
R A. Flush the Sampling Valve

R
R (1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable sampling valve:
R - For the Green hydraulic system, the sampling valve 1187GM
R - For the Yellow hydraulic system, the sampling valve 3187GM
R - For the Blue hydraulic system, the sampling valve 2187GM.
R (2) Remove the cap from the sampling valve.
R (3) Put the CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the sampling valve.
R (4) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.
R (5) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
R USgal) into the applicable container.
R (6) Remove the cap from the needle valve.
R (7) Discard the hydraulic fluid (refer to the local regulations).

R
Subtask 12-32-29-281-050
R B. Remove a Sample from the Sampling Valve
R (1) Flush the sampling valve before you take each sample.
R (2) Put the clean glass sample bottle or the plastic (non PVC) sample
R bottle below the sampling valve. Do not use a container /bottle made
R from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). This material will effect the results
R from the hydraulic fluid sample.
R (3) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.
R (4) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
R USgal) into the sample bottle.
R (5) Remove the cap from the needle valve.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 305
Feb 01/07

CES
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 306
Nov 01/03
R
CES
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 307
Nov 01/03
R
CES
(6) Seal the sample bottle.
(7) Put a tag on the sample bottle with:

- The aircraft registration
- The system identification
- The date and the time.
(8) Send the sample bottle to the analysis laboratory.
Subtask 12-32-29-281-052
C. Contamination Analysis by Particle Count

The maximum particle contamination must agree with or be better than
NSA307110 class 9.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF PARTICLES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particle size Class 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 to 15 micron 128000
15 to 25 micron 22800
25 to 50 micron 4050
50 to 100 micron 720
> 100 micron 128
(1) If the contamination rate in the fluid sample is more than the values
given in the table above (class 9):
(a) Stop the hydraulic tests.
(b) Clean the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001),

(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003):
- Or do the reclaiming procedure with the hydraulic ground power
cart (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-004), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-005)
and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-006)
- Or change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
Subtask 12-32-29-281-053
R D. Chemical Analysis
Chemical analysis must be to NSA307110 Limit Characteristics of fluid in
operation. The values below are the permitted limits for in-service
fluid:
- Acid number: 1.5mg KOH/g maximum
- Density at 23 +/- 3 deg.C: 970 to 1066 kg/m3 (60.56 to 66.55 lb/ft3)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
- Water content: 0.50% recommended, 0.80% maximum.
NOTE : The maximum water content is 0.80%. But to increase the hydraulic
____
fluid life, Airbus recommends to keep this value below 0.50%.
- Viscosity at 38 deg.C: 6 to 12.5 CST

- Chlorine content: 200 ppm maximum
- Electrical conductivity: 0.30 microSiemens.cm-1 minimum.
(1) If the water or chlorine content of the fluid sample is equal to or

more than the values given above:
- Clean the hydraulic fluid with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-
380J) (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002)
and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003)
or
- Change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001), (Ref. TASK
12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
(2) If the acidity, density, viscosity or conductivity of the fluid

sample is not in the permitted limits given above:
- Change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001), (Ref. TASK
12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
R (3) Additional Temporary Authorizations
(a) The table that follows gives you the approval for aircraft
dispatch, if the result of the fluid chemical analysis is not in
the correct limits.
--------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic Fluid | New Values | Allowed Time |
| Parameters | | Frames |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Acid number | 1.5 to 2.5mg KOH/g | 7 calendar days |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Density | not applicable | less than |
| | | 600FH or 750FC |
| | | which come first|
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Water content | 0.8 to 1.0% | less than |
| | | 600FH or 750FC |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Water content | 1.0 to 1.5% | 7 calendar days |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Viscosity | at 38 deg.C: | 10 calendar days|
| | 6.0 to 12.5 CST | or 150 FH |

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 309
Feb 01/10

CES
--------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic Fluid | New Values | Allowed Time |
| Parameters | | Frames |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Chlorine content| 200 to 300 ppm | 10 calendar days|
| | | or 150 FH |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Electrical | lower than | less than |
| conductivity | 0.30 microSiemens.cm-1 | 600FH or 750FC |
--------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The values show the permitted level of contamination for a

____
time limit.
R NOTE : The time frames show the service time for the aircraft.
____
R This is from the time you find the contamination until you
R get the new results. This time includes corrective
R procedures, for new samples and for new analyses.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 251-299,
Subtask 12-32-29-281-054
E. Repercussion of the Chemical Analysis
(1) If the water contamination is from 0.8% to 1.3%:
(a) Clean the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system with
the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003).
Or change the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
(b) Remove the LP/HP filter elements of the applicable hydraulic

system as given in the subsequent procedures:
- For the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 310
Nov 01/09

CES
R - For the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
R - For the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
(c) Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.
1
_ If you find no corroded particles:
a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.
b
_ Install the LP/HP filter elements as given in the
subsequent procedures:
R - For the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
2
_ If you find corroded particles:
a
_ Install new HP/LP filter elements as given in the
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
R b
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (2) (b) to (2)
R (h) and step (3) (b) to (3) (h).

EFF :
251-299,
001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 12-32-29

Page 311
Feb 01/09

CES
(2) If the water contamination is more than 1.3% and less than 2.5%:
R (a) Do the procedure given under step (1).
(b) Do the check of the internal leakage of the applicable hydraulic

system
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-003).
(c) Do the operational test of the wing tip brake and the pressure
off brake
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-003)
(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-002).
(d) Remove the LP filter element of the applicable hydraulic system

as given in the subsequent procedures:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
R (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
(e) Examine the applicable filter element for corroded particles.
1
a
R b
_ Install the new LP filter element as given in the
R subsequent procedures:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
R (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
R 2
R a
_ Install a new LP filter element as given in the subsequent
R procedures:
R (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)

EFF :
251-299,
001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 12-32-29

Page 312
Feb 01/09

CES
R (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
R (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
R
(f) Remove the bobbins of the HP manifold of the applicable hydraulic

system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
(g) Examine the bobbins for signs of corrosion.
1
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:
a
_ Install the bobbins.
2
_ If you find signs of corrosion:
a
_ Replace the bobbins and the applicable component.
(h) If you found corroded particles or signs of corrosion:
R 1
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (3) (b) to (3) (h).
(3) If the water contamination is more than 2.5%:
R (a) Do the procedures given in step (1) and step (2) (b) to (2) (h).
(b) Do the functional test of the ram air turbine

(Ref. TASK 29-22-00-720-001).
(c) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the aileron

(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-007).
(d) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the

elevator
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-008).
(e) Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation

(Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001).

EFF :
251-299,
001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 201-249, 12-32-29

Page 313
Feb 01/09

CES
(f) Do these work steps:
(only necessary Pre SB 29-1066/Pre Modification 24880)
1
_ Remove the check valve (2029GM) (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-003).
2
_ Examine the check valve (2029GM) for signs of corrosion.
a
- Install the check valve (2029GM).
b
- Replace the check valve (2029GM).
(g) Remove the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1), (3010KM2)

(Ref. TASK 29-11-35-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 29-13-35-000-001).
(h) Examine the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1), (3010KM2) for
signs of corrosion.
1
a
_ Install the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).
2
a
_ Replace the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).
**ON A/C 151-199, 301-399, 401-499,
Subtask 12-32-29-281-054-A
R E. Repercussion of the Chemical Analysis
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001)
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002)
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003).
R
R Or change the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-32-29

Page 314
Feb 01/09

CES
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).

(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
R
R (c) Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.

R
R 1
R
R a
R correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
R
R b
_ Install the applicable LP/HP filter elements as given in
R the subsequent procedures:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
2
a
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)

R

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-32-29

Page 315
Feb 01/09

CES
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
R b
R (h) and step (3) (b) to (3) (g).
R (a) Do the procedure given under step (1).

system
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-003).
off brake
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-003)
(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
R (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
R
R (e) Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.
R 1
a
b
_ Install the applicable LP filter element as given in the
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-32-29

Page 316
Feb 01/09

CES
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
R (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
R 2
a
procedures:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
R (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
R (f) Remove the bobbins of the HP manifold of the applicable hydraulic

system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
R (g) Examine the bobbins for signs of corrosion.
1
a
2
a
R (h) If you found corroded particles or signs of corrosion:
R 1
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (3) (b) to (3) (g).
R (a) Do the procedures given in step (1) and step (2) (b) to (2) (h).

(Ref. TASK 29-22-00-720-003).

(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-007).

EFF :

151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 12-32-29

Page 317
Feb 01/09

CES
elevator
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-008).

(Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001).
(f) Remove the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1), (3010KM2)

(Ref. TASK 29-11-35-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 29-13-35-000-001).
(g) Examine the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1), (3010KM2) for
signs of corrosion.
1
a
_ Install the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).
2
a
_ Replace the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-32-29-281-054-B
E. Repercussion of the Chemical Analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003).
Or change the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).

(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)

R

EFF : 151-199, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
511-526, 528-599,
12-32-29

Page 318
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- For the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- For the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
(c) Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.
1
a
b
_ Install the LP/HP filter elements as given in the
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
2
a
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
b
(h) and step (3) (b) to (3) (f).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-29

Page 319
Feb 01/10

CES
(a) Do the procedure given under step (1).

system
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-003).
off brake
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-003)
(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
(e) Examine the applicable filter element for corroded particles.
1
a
b
_ Install the new LP filter element as given in the
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
2
a
procedures:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-29

Page 320
Feb 01/10

CES
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
(f) Remove the bobbins of the HP manifold of the applicable hydraulic

system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
(g) Examine the bobbins for signs of corrosion.
1
a
2
a
(h) If you found corroded particles or signs of corrosion:
1
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (3) (b) to (3) (f).
(a) Do the procedures given in step (1) and step (2) (b) to (2) (h).

(Ref. TASK 29-22-00-720-004).

(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-007).

elevator
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-008).

(Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001).
(f) Do these work steps:

(only necessary Pre SB 29-1066/Pre Modification 24880)
1
_ Remove the check valve (2029GM) (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-003).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-29

Page 321
Feb 01/10

CES
2
_ Examine the check valve (2029GM) for signs of corrosion.
a
- Install the check valve (2029GM).
b
- Replace the check valve (2029GM).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-29-860-050
F. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Depressurize the hydraulic system:

- for the Green Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001),
- for the Yellow Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002),
- for the Blue Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Install the cap on the sampling valve.
(3) Safety the cap with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032
in.) dia.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-29-611-050
A. Make sure that the fluid level in the hydraulic reservoirs is correct. If
necessary, fill the reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 12-32-29-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access panel/door:

- for the Green hydraulic system, close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK
32-12-00-410-001).
- for the Yellow hydraulic system, close the access door 196BB.
- for the Blue hydraulic system, close the access door 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 322
May 01/09
R
CES
APU - SERVICING
_______________
TASK 12-32-49-281-001
Oil Sampling for Analysis
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
_______
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the cause of the oil contamination (fuel, oil degradation and other
causes).
NOTE : You must get the sample 15 to 30 minutes after APU shutdown and
____
before you add oil to the tank.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean and lint-free cloth
No specific plastic bottle
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
49-90-00-600-001 Check Oil Level and Replenish (GTCP 36-300)
49-90-00-600-004 Check Oil Level and Replenish (APS 3200)
R 49-90-00-600-007 Check Oil Level and Replenish (131-9(A))

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 301
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-41-00-010-001 Open the APU Doors for Access

52-41-00-410-001 Close the APU Doors after Access
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-099,
12-32-49-991-001 Fig. 301
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-32-49-991-001-B Fig. 301A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-057, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 49-1069 For A/C 051-057,
12-32-49-991-001-A Fig. 301B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-49-860-050
(1) Put the warning notices on panel 25VU to tell persons not to start
the APU.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-32-49-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU APU/APU/CTL 2KD L42
121VU APU/ECB/SPLY 1KD L41
Subtask 12-32-49-010-050
C. Get Access
(2) Open the access door 315AL (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-001).
(3) Set the LIGHT SW 11LJ to ON.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-003, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001)
**ON A/C 106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304,
(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-49-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-057, 101-105, 151-199, 201-210, 234-235, 239-249,

R 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Post SB 49-1069 For A/C 051-057,
(Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-32-49-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
R Figure 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001

R

EFF :

001-003, 051-099, 12-32-49

Page 304
Nov 01/09

CES
R Figure 301A/TASK 12-32-49-991-001-B

R

EFF :

106-149, 211-233, 236-238, 301-304, 12-32-49

Page 305
Nov 01/09

CES
Figure 301B/TASK 12-32-49-991-001-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-057, 101-105, 151-199,
201-210, 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
12-32-49

Page 306
Feb 01/10
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-32-49-281-050
A. Get a sample
R WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
R ENGINE OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM
R OF 5 MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
R IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK
R THE OIL CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
R CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
(1) Clean the oil tank scupper.

- Clean the oil tank scupper with a clean and lint-free cloth, before
you remove the oil filler cap.
(2) Open the oil tank
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW
_______
TOP AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(a) Squeeze the plastic bottle (2) and put the free end of the tube
into the oil through the filling port (3).
(b) Release the pressure on the bottle to remove the oil sample by
suction.
(3) Tag the oil sample with these data:

- APU total operating time.
- Operating time since the last oil sampling.
- Date of sample.
- Identification of the APU (Serial Number).
- Type and brand of the oil used.
(4) Send the sample for chemical or spectrometric analysis to the

laboratory as soon as possible.
(5) Do a check of the oil level and fill the oil tank if necessary
- for GTCP 36-300 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
- for APS 3200 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
- for 131-9(A) APU

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 307
Nov 01/07

CES
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-007)
(6) Close the oil tank.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-49-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Set the LIGHT SW 11LJ to OFF.
(3) Close the access door 315AL (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-32-49-865-051
breaker(s):
1KD, 2KD.
Subtask 12-32-49-860-051
(1) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 308
May 01/05

CES
______________________
TASK 12-32-79-281-002
Sampling of the Oil For Analysis
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Sampling must be made within 15 to 30 minutes after engine shutdown

____
and before adding any oil to tank.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dipping tube end

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
79-11-10-300-004 Replacement of the O-ring of the Oil Cap Assembly
12-32-79-991-300 Fig. 301
12-32-79-991-301 Fig. 302

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-32-79

Page 301
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-79-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 12-32-79-010-052
B. Open oil tank servicing access door :
FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300, 302/TASK 12-32-79-991-301)
Subtask 12-32-79-160-051
A. Clean the oil tank scupper
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
(1) Clean the oil tank scupper with a clean lint-free cloth before you
remove the oil tank filler cap.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-32-79

Page 302
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-32-79

Page 303
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-79-991-301

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-32-79

Page 304
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-32-79-010-053
B. Open the oil tank as follows :
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300)
(2) Firmly grip oil tank filler cap handle, push down and at the same
time turn counter clockwise to disengage locking device and remove
cap.
Subtask 12-32-79-281-051
C. Sampling of the oil
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW TOP
_______
AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(1) Take sample by squeezing a plastic bottle and then a dipping tube end
into oil.
(2) Tag oil samples as follows:
NOTE : Samples for chemical or spectrometric analysis should be sent

____
to laboratory as soon as possible.
(a) Engine total operating time.
(b) Operating time since last oil sampling.
(c) Date of sample.
(d) Identification of engine (Serial Number).
(e) Type and brand of oil used.
Subtask 12-32-79-612-050
D. If necessary, fill oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK

12-13-79-610-002).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-32-79

Page 305
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
Subtask 12-32-79-410-052
E. Close oil tank filler cap as follows :
(1) Inspect the O-ring seal of the oil tank filler cap to make sure it is
in good condition or does not show signs of leakage. If not, replace
the seal (Ref. TASK 79-11-10-300-004).
(2) Install oil tank filler cap with handle in vertical position, grip
handle, push down on the cap and at the same time turn clockwise to
engage the locking device.
(3) Pull up on oil tank filler cap. If the locking device is properly
engaged, the cap cannot be pulled from tank.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-79-410-053
A. Close Access
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(1) Close the oil tank access door :
FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-32-79

Page 306
Config-1 Nov 01/08

CES
______________________
TASK 12-32-79-600-010
Sampling of the Engine Oil for Analysis
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the instructions necessary to sample the engine oil for
analysis. The sample must be made within 15 to 30 minutes after engine
shutdown.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific tube end
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-79

Page 301
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish

12-32-79-991-150 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-79-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 12-32-79-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-79

Page 302
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-79-010-055
A. Remove the filler cap from the engine oil tank

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150)
(1) Lift the handle (6) to open the cap (1).
(2) Turn the handle to align the lock (3) with the slots (4).
(3) Remove the filler cap (1) from the filler neck (7).
Subtask 12-32-79-281-052
B. Sampling of the oil
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW TOP
_______
AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(1) Take a sample by squeezing a plastic bottle and then dipping a tube
end into the oil.
(2) Tag oil sample as follows:
NOTE : Samples for chemical or spectrometric analysis should be sent

____
to the laboratory as soon as possible.
(a) Engine total operating time
(b) Operating time since last oil sample
(c) Date of sample
(d) Identification of engine (Serial Number)
(e) Type and brand of oil used
Subtask 12-32-79-612-051
C. If necessary, fill oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-79

Page 303
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-79

Page 304
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-32-79-410-054
D. Install the oil tank filler cap

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150)
(1) Examine the packing (2) on the filler cap (1). Replace the packing if
it is demanded (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(2) Apply lubricant (Material No. V10-039) to the packing (2).
(3) Make sure that the filler cap handle (6) is in the open position.
(4) Align the lock (3) of the cap (1) with the slots (4) in the filler
neck (7).
(5) Install the cap and turn the handle to the closed position.
(6) Lower the handle to lock the cap.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-79-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-32-79

Page 305
Config-2 Feb 01/10

CES
PRE-CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The aircraft can be pre-conditioned on the ground with:
- a ground air-supply unit through the LP ground connection (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-00100).
- a ground air-supply unit through the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-00101).
- the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-00102).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________
TASK 12-33-21-618-001
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
_______
GEAR.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FORWARD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR 811 AND
_______
R ONE OR MORE COCKPIT WINDOWS OR PASSENGER DOORS ARE OPEN DURING THIS
R PROCEDURE.
R YOU MUST ATTACH A WARNING NOTICE TO THE OPEN DOORS OR WINDOWS TO TELL
R PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THEM.
R THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
R -THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE OF THE GOUND AIR SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT LESS THAN
R 2.0 DEG. C (35.6 DEG. F)
R -THE STATIC PRESSURE AT THE AIRCRAFT CONNECTOR IS LESS THAN 43 MBAR
R (0.63 PSI) IF THE VALUES ARE NOT IN THESE LIMITS, DAMAGE TO THE AIR
R CONDTIONING SYSTEM CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
For maintenance procedures.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground air-supply unit

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-33-21-991-003 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003)
Subtask 12-33-21-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the avionics-bay access door 811.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that:

- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are released and/or
in the OFF position (the OFF legends are on).
(4) Open the access door 191CB.
(5) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft LP connector.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-33-21-618-050
A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
R NOTE : Obey the instructions given with the ground-air supply unit.
____
(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
R - The airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
R - The supplied air pressure is not more than 43 mbar (0.62 psi) at
R the aircraft interface connector.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 202
Feb 01/10

CES
LP and HP Ground Connectors
R Figure 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 203
Nov 01/06

CES
R (2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
R unit and make sure that:
R - The supplied air temperature does not increase to more than 70
deg.C (158.00 deg.F).
R - The supplied air temperature does not decrease to less than 2 deg.C
R (35.60 deg.F).
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-33-21-618-050-A
R NOTE : Obey the instructions given with the ground-air supply unit.
____
R - The airflow is between 63 kg.min (138.8911 lb.min) and 96 kg.min
(211.6437 lb.min).
R - The supplied air pressure is not more than 43 mbar (0.62 psi) at
R the aircraft interface connector.
R (2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
R unit and make sure that:
R - The supplied air temperature does not increase to more than 70
deg.C (158.00 deg.F).
R - The supplied air temperature does not decrease to less than 2 deg.C
R (35.60 deg.F).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-33-21-618-056
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary, stop the ground

air-supply unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector.
(2) Close the access door 191CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 204
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) Close the avionics-bay access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 205
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 01
Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND-AIR SUPPLY IS FREE FROM OIL CONTAMINATION.
_______
OIL CONTAMINATION CAN CAUSE THE SMELL OF OIL IN THE CABIN AND MAKE
THE AIR-CONDITIONING PACKS UNSERVICEABLE.
_______
NOTE : The ground air-supply unit supplies air to the air conditioning packs
____
10HM/11HM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
For maintenance procedures
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
12-33-21-991-003 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 206
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 202
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-33-21-991-001-A Fig. 202A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003)
Subtask 12-33-21-865-053
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
49VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL &/IND1 1HB D07
**ON A/C ALL

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V22

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/2 2HB V21
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS2 4HK V20

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 207
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115VAC/SYS2 2HK V18
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/115VAC 21HH W22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/28VDC 23HH W21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/115VAC 1HH X22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/28VDC 3HH X21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/28VDC 24HH Y21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/115VAC 22HH Y20
**ON A/C ALL
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02
**ON A/C ALL
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
**ON A/C 301-399,
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AC04

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 208
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-33-21-010-054
B. Get Access
(3) Open the access door 191DB.
Subtask 12-33-21-860-050

002).
(3) On the panel 30VU make sure that:

- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the on
position (the FAULT legends are on and the OFF legends are off),
- the COCKPIT, FWD CABIN and AFT CABIN temperature selectors are at
the 12 oclock position,
- the HOT AIR pushbutton switch is in the on position (the OFF legend
is off),
- the X BLEED rotary switch is set to the OPEN position.
(4) On the panel 22VU make sure that the CAB FANS pushbutton switch is in
the on position (the OFF legend is off).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 12-33-21-991-001-A)

R

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 209
Feb 01/10

CES
Air Condition Panel
Figure 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-33-21

Page 210
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Air Condition Panel
Figure 202A/TASK 12-33-21-991-001-A

R

EFF :

301-399, 12-33-21

Page 211
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,
R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-33-21-618-054
A. Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 3.5 bar (50.7631 psi),
- the supplied air temperature does not go above 260 deg.C (500.00
deg.F).
NOTE : On the panel 30VU:

____
On the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches the FAULT
legends go off when the flow control valves open.
(2) On the AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge-temperature indication is normal (i.e. green indication).
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-33-21-618-054-A
A. Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
(211.6437 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 3.5 bar (50.7631 psi),
- the supplied air temperature does not go above 260 deg.C (500.00
deg.F).
NOTE : On the panel 30VU:

____
On the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches the FAULT
legends go off when the flow control valves open.
(2) On the AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge-temperature indication is normal (i.e. green indication).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-33-21

Page 212
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-33-21-618-057
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary:

- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the off
position (the OFF legends come on).
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).

- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).
(3) Stop the ground air-supply unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-860-051
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-

862-002)
Subtask 12-33-21-410-054
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 191DB.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 213
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 02
Pre-conditioning with the APU
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : The APU supplies air to the air conditioning packs 10HM/11HM.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
For maintenance procedures
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
49-00-00-860-003 APU Start by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
49-00-00-860-004 APU Shutdown by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
49-00-00-860-005 APU Start by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-006 APU Shutdown by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-008 APU Start by External Power (131-9(A))
49-00-00-860-009 APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 202

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 214
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 301-399,
12-33-21-991-001-A Fig. 202A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-865-054
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
49VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL &/IND1 1HB D07
**ON A/C ALL

**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V22

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/2 2HB V21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/115VAC 21HH W22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/28VDC 23HH W21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/115VAC 1HH X22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/28VDC 3HH X21

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 215
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02
**ON A/C ALL
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
**ON A/C 301-399,
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AC04
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-33-21-860-052

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 216
Feb 01/10

CES
(3) On the panel 30VU make sure that:
- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the off
position (the OFF legends are on).
- the COCKPIT, the FWD CABIN and the AFT CABIN temperature selectors
are at the 12 oclock position,
- the HOT AIR pushbutton switch is in the off position (the OFF
legend is on).
Subtask 12-33-21-010-055
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)
**ON A/C 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 12-33-21-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-33-21-618-055
A. Pre-conditioning with the APU
(1) Do the start procedure of the APU:

- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008).

- push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the on position (the ON
legend comes on),
- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the on
position (the OFF legends go off),

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 217
Feb 01/10

CES
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the on position (the OFF
legend goes off),
- make sure that the X BLEED selector is at the AUTO position.

- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the on position (the OFF
legend goes off).
(4) On AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge temperature-indication is normal (green).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-058
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary:

- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the off
position (the OFF legends come on),
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on),
- push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the off position (the ON
legend goes off).
(2) On panel 22VU:

- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).
(3) Do the procedure to stop the APU:

- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-004) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-006) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-860-053
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 218
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-33-21-410-055
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 219
Feb 01/10

CES
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - SERVICING
_______________________________________
TASK 12-33-21-600-001
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FORWARD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR 811 AND
_______
R ONE OR MORE COCKPIT WINDOWS OR PASSENGER DOORS ARE OPEN DURING THIS
R PROCEDURE.
R YOU MUST ATTACH A WARNING NOTICE TO THE OPEN DOORS OR WINDOWS TO TELL
R PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THEM.
R THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground air-supply unit
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-010-056
A. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 301
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft LP connector
4022HM.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-33-21-618-060
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),
(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit.
NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).
**ON A/C 301-399,
Subtask 12-33-21-618-060-A
(211.6437 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),
(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit.
NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 302
Feb 01/10

CES
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-33-21-618-061
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary, stop the ground

air-supply unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector 4022HM.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 303
May 01/04

CES
GROUNDING POINTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The grounding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
R aircraft and the earth.
R The bonding operation is for the electrical continuity between the aircraft
R and a ground equipment.
You must electrically ground the aircraft:
R
- when you do maintenance,
R - when in bad weather conditions.
R During refuel/defuel servicing operations:
R - bonding is mandatory
R - for grounding, you must obey the local area regulations.
In other conditions, the aircraft is electrostatically discharged through
the tires.
Grounding points are:
- on the nose landing gear,
- on the main landing gear,
- on the wing upper surface,
- on the engine air intakes.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-00

Page 1
Aug 01/09

CES
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
TASK 12-34-24-869-001
Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations
WARNING : DO NOT WEAR A HEADSET OR TOUCH CABLES/LINES CONNECTED TO THE

_______
AIRCRAFT, DURING BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS. LIGHTNING IS DANGEROUS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To electrostatically balance the aircraft during the refuel/defuel

operations.
It is mandatory to do the bonding of the aircraft before the refuel/defuel
operations.
For the grounding, you must obey the local area regulations.
NOTE : The bonding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
____
aircraft and the fuel tanker.
The grounding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
aircraft and the earth.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific bonding cable

No specific ground cable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-17-00-910-001 Maintenance in Storm Conditions - Safety Practices

12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201
12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202
12-34-24-991-003 Fig. 203

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 201
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-050
(1) Make sure that the fuel tanker is grounded.
(2) During storm conditions, or when there is atmospheric electrical

activity, stop refueling/defueling operations: (Ref. TASK 20-17-00-
910-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-869-050
A. Connection of the Ground Cables
WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).
NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the

____
aircraft:
- the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
in2) or more.
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point on the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.
(1) Connect a ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the landing
gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
(2) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and a grounding point
on one of the MLG Legs or the NLG Leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
or connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and the grounding
point on the upper wing surface.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
The aircraft wheels must be on ground.

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-34-24

Page 202
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
Location of the Grounding Point on the Nose Landing Gear
Figure 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 203
Feb 01/98

CES
Location of the Grounding Point on the Main Landing Gear
Figure 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 204
Feb 01/98

CES
Grounding Point on the Wing Upper Surface
Figure 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003

R

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 205
May 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-080-050
A. Disconnect the ground cables.
(1) After the refuel/defuel operations disconnect all grounding and

bonding cables.

R

EFF : 001-049, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249,
251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,
12-34-24

Page 206
Feb 01/10
528-599,
CES
**ON A/C 051-099,
TASK 12-34-24-869-001-A
Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel and Oxygen Servicing Operations

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To electrostatically balance the aircraft during the refuel/defuel and

oxygen servicing operations.
It is mandatory to do the bonding of the aircraft before the refuel/defuel
or oxygen servicing operations.
R For the grounding, you must obey the local area regulations.
NOTE : The bonding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
____
aircraft and the fuel tanker or the ground-filling equipment.
The grounding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
aircraft and the earth.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific bonding cable

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-17-00-910-001 Maintenance in Storm Conditions - Safety Practices

12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201
12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202
12-34-24-991-003 Fig. 203

EFF :

051-099, 12-34-24

Page 207
May 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-054
R A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the fuel tanker or the oxygen ground filling
equipement is grounded.
(2) During storm conditions, or when there is atmospheric electrical

activity, stop refueling/defueling or oxygen servicing operations:
(Ref. TASK 20-17-00-910-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-869-053
_______

____
aircraft:
in2) or more.
(1) Connect a ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on one of the
MLG legs or the NLG leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
(2) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker or the oxygen ground
filling equipement and a grounding point on one of the MLG Legs or
the NLG Leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
or connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and the grounding
point on the upper wing surface.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
The aircraft wheels must be on ground.

EFF :

051-099, 12-34-24

Page 208
May 01/09

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-080-051
A. Disconnect the ground and bonding cables.
(1) After the refuel/defuel or oxygen servicing operation, disconnect all

grounding and bonding cables.

R

EFF :

051-099, 12-34-24

Page 209
Feb 01/09

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-34-24-869-002
Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To electrostatically balance the aircraft for the maintenance operations.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201

12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202
12-34-24-991-003 Fig. 203
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
12-34-24-991-005 Fig. 204

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 210
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-051
A. Grounding of the Workstands
(1) Make sure that the workstands are grounded.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-34-24-869-051
_______

____
aircraft:
in2) or more (for copper only).
(1) We recommend to connect the parking or the hangar ground cable to the
aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension

____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable:
- to the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
- or on the engines.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 12-34-24-991-005)

R

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 211
Feb 01/09

CES
Grounding Point on the Engine Air Intake
Figure 204/TASK 12-34-24-991-005

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-34-24

Page 212
Feb 01/09

CES
(2) We recommend to connect the ground cable of the access platform or
the step ladder to the aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.

____
checks of the landing gear, connect the ground cable of the
work-stands:
- to the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
- or on the engines.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 12-34-24-991-005)
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-34-24-869-051-A
_______

____
aircraft:
in2) or more (for copper only).
(1) We recommend to connect the parking or the hangar ground cable to the
aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)

____
ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the wings.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-34-24

Page 213
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(2) We recommend to connect the ground cable of the access platform or
the step ladder to the aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.

____
ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the wings.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-942-051
A. Disconnection of the Ground Cables
(1) After the maintenance operation, disconnect all the grounding cables.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 214
Feb 01/09

CES
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Flushing of a system line consists in removing all foreign matters from that
fluid and from the system line.
The fluid involved may be used again only if its characteristics are in
accordance with the specifications in force.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-00

Page 1
Feb 01/98

CES
___________________________
TASK 12-36-29-170-001
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 1030GK
_______

_______
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 1030GK
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific union
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 301
Feb 01/05

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow

R Systems for Analysis
R 12-36-29-600-001 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic
R System
R 12-36-29-615-001 Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-43-610-010 Servicing of the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(1084GM)
29-11-43-610-041 Servicing the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter (1084GM)
29-11-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 1048GM
R 29-11-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
R 29-11-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
R 29-11-51-860-040 Hydraulic Maintenance Procedure After an Engine
R Installation (With Engine Pump Installed) or After an
R Engine Pump Installation
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
R 71-00-00-550-010 Preservation of the Power Plant
R 78-31-51-000-011 Removal of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge
R 78-31-51-400-011 Installation of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter
R Cartridge
12-36-29-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 302
Aug 01/09

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-050
(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(4) De-enerize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-084
B. Get Access
(1) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040).
(2) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-084-A
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 303
Feb 01/10

CES
Green Hydraulic System of the EDP 1030GK - Flushing Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 304
Aug 01/09
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-860-051
C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure
(1) Put the warning notices in position.
(2) Put an access platform in position at the Zone 147.
(4) Put the containers in postion to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 1030GK,
- the case drain filter 1084GM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
1030GK.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 1030GK.
(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 1084GM.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
a union.
(10) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain lower-line with an adaptor.
(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.
(13) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 305
Aug 01/09
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-050
A. Flush the Green hydraulic system.
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.
(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.
(5) Remove the blanking plugs.
_______
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.
(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-050-A
B. Replace the subsequent components:
(1) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-610-041).
(2) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 306
Aug 01/09
R
CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-050-B
Subtask 12-36-29-170-063
R C. Flush the Green Hydraulic System
NOTE : This is an alternative procedure to flush the Green Hydraulic

____
system.
(1) Replace the engine pump 1030GK (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-010) and
(Ref. TASK 29-11-51-400-010).
(2) Drain the Green hydraulic system reservoir and service with a new
hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001).
(3) Replace the components that follow:
(a) The thrust reverser hydraulic control-unit filter (Ref. TASK 78-
31-51-000-011) and (Ref. TASK 78-31-51-400-011).
(b) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-610-010).
(c) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).
(4) Do the dry cranking of the engine pump 1030GK (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-
860-040).
(5) Ground run the engine for a minimum of 15 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-550-010).
(a) Make sure that the engine pump 1030GK does not overheat.
(b) Do a check of the filter clogging indicator and HP/case drain

filter bowl for Foreign Object Damage (FOD).
(6) If the engine pump 1030GK overheats or FOD is found in the filter
clogging indicator and HP/case-drain filter bowl, do the steps in
Para. 4.C.(3) again.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page 307
Feb 01/10

CES
(7) Do the fluid sampling of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-001).
R NOTE : The fluid sampling must be available in 10 days.

____
(8) If the fluid sample is the correct limits, no more work is necessary.
(9) If the fluid sample is not in the correct limits, clean the hydraulic
fluid in the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-052
A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.
(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.
(3) Remove the hydraulic ground power cart.
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 1003GM and the
case drain filter 1084GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 1084GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 1030GK.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-050
B. Leak Test of the Connections which were Disconnected
(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 308
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-36-29-942-089
(1) Remove the containers.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-071
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-071-A
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 309
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page 310
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-36-29-170-002
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 3030GD
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 3030GD.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 311
Aug 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow

R Systems for Analysis
R 12-36-29-600-002 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic
R System
R 12-36-29-615-002 Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-43-610-041 Servicing of the Engine Pump Case-Drain Filter
(3084GM)
R 29-13-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (3030GD)
R 29-13-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Pump (3030GD)
R 29-13-51-860-001 Hydraulic Maintenance Procedure After an Engine
R Installation (With Engine Pump Installed) or After an
R Engine Pump Installation
R 71-00-00-550-010 Preservation of the Power Plant
R 78-31-51-000-011 Removal of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge
R 78-31-51-400-011 Installation of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter
R Cartridge
12-36-29-991-002 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 312
Feb 01/10

CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-053

002).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-085
B. Get Access
(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-085-A
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 313
Feb 01/10

CES
Yellow Hydraulic System of the EDP 3030GD - Flushing Schematic
Figure 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 314
Feb 01/10
R
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-860-054
(3) Put the access platform in position below the Zone 147.
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 3030GD,
(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
3030GD.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 3030GD.
(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 3084GM.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
a union.
_______
end of the case-drain lower-line with an adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 315
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-051
A. Flush the Yellow hydraulic system.
_______
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-051-A

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 316
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-051-B
R Subtask 12-36-29-170-064
R C. Flush the Yellow Hydraulic System
R NOTE : This is an alternative procedure to flush the Yellow hydraulic

____
R system.
R (1) Replace the engine driven pump 3030GD (Ref. TASK 29-13-51-000-010)
R and (Ref. TASK 29-13-51-400-010).
R (2) Drain the Yellow hydraulic system reservoir and service with new
R hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002).
R (3) Replace the components that follow:
R (a) The thrust reverser hydraulic control-unit filter (Ref. TASK 78-
R 31-51-000-011) and (Ref. TASK 78-31-51-400-011).
R (b) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-43-610-010).
R (c) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
R (4) Do dry cranking of the engine driven pump 3030GD (Ref. TASK 29-13-51-
R 860-001).
R (5) Ground run the engine for a minimum of 15 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-
R 00-550-010).
R (a) Make sure that the engine driven pump 3030GD does not overheat.
R (b) Do a check of the filter clogging indicator and HP/case drain

R filter bowl for Foreign Object Damage (FOD).
R (6) If the engine pump 3030GD overheats or FOD is found in the filter
R clogging indicator and HP/case-drain filter bowl, do the steps in
R Para.4.C.(3) again.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page 317
Feb 01/10

CES
R (7) Do a fluid sample of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-
R 281-001).
R NOTE : The fluid sample must be available in 10 days.

____
R (8) If the fluid sample is in the correct limits, no more work is

R necessary.
R (9) If the fluid sample is not in the correct limits, clean the hydraulic
R fluid in the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-055
(3) Remove the hydraulic power cart.
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 3003GM and the
case drain filter 3084GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 3084GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 3030GD.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-051
B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 318
Feb 01/10

CES
002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-090
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-072
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-072-A
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 319
Feb 01/10

CES

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page 320
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 12-36-29-170-003
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Flushing of the Blue hydraulic system after a failure in the electrically

driven pump 2075GJ.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 321
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
29-12-43-610-001 Servicing of the Electric-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(2084GM)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-306,

401-403,
12-36-29-991-003 Fig. 303
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 307-399, 404-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
12-36-29-991-003-A Fig. 303A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-306,

401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 307-399, 404-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-36-29-991-003-A)

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 322
Feb 01/10

CES
Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003

R EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-306, 401-403,

12-36-29 Page 323
Feb 01/10

CES
Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 303A/TASK 12-36-29-991-003-A

R EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 307-399,
404-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

12-36-29 Page 324
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-860-056
(2) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-086
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 195BB.
(2) Open the access doors 197EB, 197FB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-057
(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 195.
- the electrically driven pump 2075GJ,
- the LP filter 2002GM,
- the check valve 2041GM.
(6) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the electrically driven
pump 2075GJ.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 325
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
2075GJ.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the check valve 2041GM.
(9) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the case-drain filter
2084GM.
(10) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP filter 2002GM.
a union.
_______
(13) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the check
valve end of the case-drain lower line with an adaptor.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-306,

401-403,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003)
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 307-399, 404-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-36-29-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 326
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-170-052
A. Flush the Blue hydraulic system.
_______
(6) Connect the pressure hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the
case-drain filter 2084GM end of the case-drain upper line with an
adaptor.
(7) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the LP
filter 2002GM end of the case-drain upper line with an adaptor.
Subtask 12-36-29-960-052

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 327
Feb 01/10
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-058
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP filter 2002GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain upper line to the case drain filter 2084GM.
(7) Connect the case-drain lower line to the check valve 2041GM.
NOTE : The check valve 2041GM is not in the flush circuit. If it is

____
necessary remove and clean it.
(8) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the
electrically driven pump 2075GJ.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-052
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-091

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 328
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-410-073
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 197EB, 197FB.
(3) Close the access panel 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 329
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-004
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the part of the PTU
1088GM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 330
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-004 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-059
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-087

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 331
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Green Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 332
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-060
- the PTU 1088GM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the Green hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from Green hydraulic system side of the
PTU 1088GM.
(8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
union.
_______
(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
end of the case drain line with an adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 333
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-053
Subtask 12-36-29-960-053
B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-061
adaptor from the case drain line.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the PTU 1088GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line of the PTU 1088GM.
(8) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 1003GM.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 334
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-053
Subtask 12-36-29-942-092
Subtask 12-36-29-410-074
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 335
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-005
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the PTU
1088GM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 336
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-005 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-062

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-088
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 337
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Yellow Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 338
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-063
- the PTU 1088GM,
(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the Yellow hydraulic system side of
the PTU 1088GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the Yellow hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.
(8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
union.
_______
connector of 3008GM with an adaptor.
end of the case-drain line with a adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 339
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-054
Subtask 12-36-29-960-054
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-064
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the PTU 1088GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the PTU 1088GM.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 340
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-054

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-093
Subtask 12-36-29-410-075
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 341
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-006
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in the electrically

driven pump 3075GX
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 342
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
12-36-29-991-006 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-065

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Subtask 12-36-29-010-089
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 343
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006

EFF :

ALL

12-36-29 Page 344
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-066
(3) Put the warning notices in position
- the electrically driven pump 3075GX,
(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.
_______
(9) Connect the pressure hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an adaptor.
(10) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-055

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 345
Feb 01/10
R
CES
_______
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the pressure
line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an adaptor.
Subtask 12-36-29-960-055
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-067
adaptor from the pressure line.
(5) Connect the case drain line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.
(6) Connect the pressure line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 346
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-055
B. Leak Test of the Conections which were Disconnected

003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-094
(2) Remove the safety barriers
Subtask 12-36-29-410-076
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 347
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-007
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the flap
PCU 6201CM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 348
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-007 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-068
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-090
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 349
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Green Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 350
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-069
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 23CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
flap PCU 6201CM.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 351
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-056
Subtask 12-36-29-960-056
B. Replace the LP filter element 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-070
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 23CV.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 352
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-056
Subtask 12-36-29-942-095
Subtask 12-36-29-410-077
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 353
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-008
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the
flap PCU 6201CM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 354
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-008 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-071

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-091
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 355
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 356
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-072
(1) Put the warning notices in postion.
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 24CV in the Yellow
flap PCU 6201CM.
_______
(11) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case drain
line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 357
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-057
Subtask 12-36-29-960-057
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-073
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 24CV in the Yellow

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 358
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-057

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-096
Subtask 12-36-29-410-078
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 359
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-009
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 360
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-009 Fig. 309
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-074
29-14-00-614-001)

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-092
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 361
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Green Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 362
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-075
- the slat PCU 6001CM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 26CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
slat PCU 6001CM.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 363
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-058
Subtask 12-36-29-960-058
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-076
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 26CV in the Green

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 364
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-058
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage .

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-097
Subtask 12-36-29-410-079
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 365
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-010
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM.
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 366
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
12-36-29-991-010 Fig. 310
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-077
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-093
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 367
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 368
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-078
(4) Put the access platform at the Zone 197.
(5) Put a container to collect the hydraulic fluid leakage below:

- the slat PCU 6001CM,
- the LP filter 2002GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Blue hydraulic
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 25CV in the Blue
(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the slat PCU
6001CM with an union.
_______
line with an adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 369
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-059
Subtask 12-36-29-960-059
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-079
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose and the adaptor from the delivery
connector 2008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose and the adaptor from the case drain line.
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP filter 2002GM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Blue hydraulic system
of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 25CV in the Blue

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 370
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-059
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
003).
(3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-098
Subtask 12-36-29-410-080
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors 197EB, 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 371
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-011
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Constant Speed Motor/Generator

(CSM/G) 8XE
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic System after a failure in the CSM/G 8XE.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 372
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
12-36-29-991-011 Fig. 311
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-080
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-094
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 373
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Blue Hydraulic System of the CSM/G 8XE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 374
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-081
- the CSM/G 8XE,
- the LP filter 2002GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the CSM/G 8XE.
(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the CSM/G 8XE.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the CSM/G 8XE
with a union.
_______
line at the LP filter 2002GM with an adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 375
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-060
Subtask 12-36-29-960-060
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-082
pressure line at the CSM/G 8XE.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP filter 2002GM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the CSM/G 8XE.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the CSM/G 8XE.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 376
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-060
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-099
Subtask 12-36-29-410-081
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access door 197EB, 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 377
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-012
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

(THS) Actuator 9CE
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 378
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in)

dia
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-012 Fig. 312
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-083
29-14-00-614-001).

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 379
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Green Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 380
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-010-095
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-084
(1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 147.
- the THS actuator 9CE,
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Green hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.
(4) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block.
(5) Disconnect the return line from the valve block.
(6) Disconnect the return line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
with an union.
_______
(10) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the return

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 381
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-061
Subtask 12-36-29-960-061
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-085
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 1003GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.
(6) Connect the return line to the LP manifold 1003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and return lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 382
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-061
Subtask 12-36-29-942-100
Subtask 12-36-29-410-082
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 383
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-170-013
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

(THS) Actuator 9CE
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific union

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 384
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in)

dia
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-013 Fig. 313
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-086

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 385
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Yellow Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 386
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(7) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 310:
Subtask 12-36-29-010-096
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-087
(1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 148.
- the THS actuator 9CE,
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Yellow hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.
(4) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block.
(5) Disconnect the return line from the valve block.
(6) Disconnect the return line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
with a union.
_______
(10) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the return

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 387
Feb 01/10
R
CES
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-062
Subtask 12-36-29-960-062
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-088
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 3003GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.
(6) Connect the return line to the LP manifold 3003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and supply lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 388
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-790-062

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-101
Subtask 12-36-29-410-083
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 389
Feb 01/10
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-001
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To change the type of hydraulic fluid or to change the hydraulic fluid if

chemical contamination is found.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific auxiliary hydraulic reservoir, with capacity of 120 l

(31.7 USgal)
No specific turntable
No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)
No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 390
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D23080000 1 PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG

460005833 1 NOT PROCURABLE
460007280 1 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
External Power
System
29-11-36-000-001 Removal of the Engine 1 Green Hydraulic Pump Delivery
Check Valve (1050GM).
29-11-36-400-001 Installation of the Engine 1 Green Hydraulic Pump
Delivery Check Valve (1050GM).
Gears
32-42-00-870-001 Bleeding of the Normal Braking at the Brake Units
32-51-00-720-003 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering with the
Handwheel

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 391
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-31-00-710-040 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without CFDS
- Engine not Running
78-31-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with
the CFDS
- Engine Not Running
12-36-29-991-014 Fig. 314
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-096
(2) Put the warning notices and safety barriers in position.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 392
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-073-A
C. Get Access
(3) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the engine 1.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the MLG bay.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-073-B
C. Get Access
(4) Put the access platform in position at the engine 1.
(5) Put the access platform in position at the MLG bay.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-680-050
D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 393
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-095
E. Preparation for the Fluid Change

(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014)
_______
(1) Put the NLG on to the turntable (to prevent damage to the tires when
the steering is operated).
(2) Put the container below the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1 to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart (filled with
new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 1008GM at the ground
service panel (Ref. detail A).
(4) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir, with
capacity of 120 l (31.7 USgal) to the suction connector 1006GM at the
ground service panel.
NOTE : The auxiliary hydraulic reservoir must have a contents gage.

____
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-095-A
E. Preparation for the Hydraulic Fluid Change

(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014)
_______
(1) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the fluid disconnect panel
at the engine 1 to collect the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
(2) Connect the pressure hose of the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC (filled
with new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 1008GM at the
ground service panel (Ref. detail A).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page 394
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 395
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(3) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir, with

____
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-055
A. Fluid Change Procedure without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) (Ref. detail A)
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

002).
(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.

____
(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The spoilers 1 and 5 LH and RH operate.

____

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 396
Feb 01/10

CES
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 5 LH and RH operate.

____
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The LH elevator operates.

____
(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
NOTE : The rudder operates.

____
(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.

____
(f) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.
NOTE : The THS operates.

____
Subtask 12-36-29-860-099
B. Isolation of the Primary Flight Controls
(1) Energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.
(a) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 397
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-056
C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
(Ref. detail A)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
_______
(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 1146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

____
(3) Operate the thrust reverser of Engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041)

or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).
(4) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(6) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(7) Remove the turntable.
(8) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:

- For the NLG remove the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
- For the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
GROUND LOCK (460007280).
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
12-36-29

Page 398
Feb 01/10

CES
(10) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear contol lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The landing gear and landing gear doors operate.

____
(11) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- For the NLG PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
- For the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
(460007280).
(12) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.7925 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the

brake units of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-
001).
(14) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
(15) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 404-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-056-A
(Ref. detail A)
_______
_______
(2) Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.
(3) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041)

or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 404-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page 399
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(5) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).

- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
- for the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
(12) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
- for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
(460007280).

001).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 404-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-36-29

Page A300
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 305-399, 401-403,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-056-H
(Ref. detail A)
_______
_______

or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).


R

EFF :

305-399, 401-403, 12-36-29

Page A301
Feb 01/10

CES
NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____
001):
(460007280).

001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-611-054
D. Fluid Change of the Suction Line of the EDP (Ref. detail B)
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED

_______
HYDRAULIC FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT
FREE CLOTH. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
_______
_______
(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction
connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.
(2) Disconnect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 1.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A302
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
1700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.
(5) Operate the hydraulic power cart until a minimum of 20 l (5.2833

USgal) of hydraulic fluid flows into the auxiliary hydraulic
reservoir.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary, do not

____
pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).
(7) Disonnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
coupling 1700GM of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(8) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
suction connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.
(10) Connect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel at the
engine 1.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-053
E. Fluid Change of the Pressure Line of the EDP (Ref. detail C)

_______
_______
_______
(2) Disconnect the pressure line 1673GM from the pressure coupling at the
fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A303
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(3) Remove the check valve 1050GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-36-000-001).
(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.

reservoir.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary, do

____
not pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).
port of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(11) Install the check valve 1050GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-36-400-001).
(12) Connect the pressure line 1673GM to the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 1673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-097
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A304
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(3) Pressurize the Green Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001).
(4) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).
(5) Operate the related hydraulic systems to remove the air.
(7) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-098
B. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-062-A
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A305
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-062-B
C. Close Access
items.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-865-051
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-100
E. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).
(3) After one week of aircraft operation, do a new sampling of the


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A306
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-002
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a capacity of 100

l (26.4 USgal)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)
No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A307
Feb 01/10
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
29-13-36-000-001 Removal of the Engine 2 Yellow Hydraulic Pump
29-13-36-400-001 Installation of the Engine 2 Yellow Hydraulic Pump
32-43-00-870-002 Bleeding of the High Pressure Alternate Braking
System
32-51-00-720-003 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering with the
Handwheel
78-31-00-710-040 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
- Engine not Running
- Engine Not Running
the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
(Bleeding)
12-36-29-991-015 Fig. 315

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A308
Feb 01/10
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-103
Subtask 12-36-29-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-074-A
C. Get Access
(5) Open the left or right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(6) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the UNLOCKED position.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A309
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-074-B
C. Get Access
(5) Open the left or right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-680-051
D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-101

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015)
_______
(1) Put the access platform in position at the engine 2.
(2) Put the access platform in position at the MLG bay.
(3) Put the container below the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 2 to
collect the hydraulic fluid.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A310
Feb 01/10

CES
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A311
Feb 01/10
R
CES
(6) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a

____
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399, 401-499, 501-509, 511-526,

R 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-101-A
E. Preparation for the Hydraulic Fluid Change

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015)
_______
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the engine 2.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the MLG
bay.
(4) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the fluid disconnect panel
at the engine 2 to collect the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
(5) Put the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC in position as necessary.

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A312
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015)
NOTE : The Green hydraulic system will be pressurized via the PTU for this
____
procedure, the Green hydraulic reservoir must be pressurized.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-059
A. Fluid Change without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP)
(Ref. detail A)
_______

002).
NOTE : Increase the flow rate and the pressure as necessary.

____
_______
NOTE : The spoilers 1, 2, 4 and 5 LH and RH operate.

____
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
NOTE : The elevators operate.

____
(c) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward (and
release it) . Do this step 3 times.

____

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A313
Feb 01/10

CES
(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position

____
(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.

____
Subtask 12-36-29-869-059
B. Isolation of the Primary Flight Controls
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-304,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-060
_______
_______
(2) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.

____

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A314
Feb 01/10

CES
(4) On the cargo-door control panels, put and hold the selectors in the
OPEN position until the cargo doors are open. Put and hold the
selectors in the CLOSE position until the cargo doors are closed. Do
this step 2 times.
NOTE : The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.

____
(5) Operate the thrust reverser of Engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040)

or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-801).

brake units of the alternate braking system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-
002).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 404-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-060-H
_______
_______
(3) Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.
this step two times.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-304, 404-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A315
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
NOTE : The FWD and the AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.
____

or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-801).

002).
**ON A/C 305-399, 401-403,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-060-J
_______
_______
this step two times.
NOTE : The FWD and the AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.

____

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 305-399,
401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-36-29

Page A316
Feb 01/10

CES
or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-801).

002).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-611-061
D. Change the hydraulic fluid in the brake accumulator 2582GM.
_______
(2) On the brake manifold 3016GM (in the MLG bay), push the pressure
relief valve 3067GM to drain the accumulator 2582GM of hydraulic
fluid.

____
(4) Do the steps (1) thru (3) 3 times.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-057
E. Fluid Change of the Suction Line of the EDP (Ref. detail B)

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A317
Feb 01/10
R
CES
_______
_______
(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction
(2) Disconnect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 2.
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.

reservoir.

____
suction connector 3006GM at the ground service panel.
coupling 3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
(10) Connect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the
engine 2.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-058
F. Fluid Change of the Pressure Line of the EDP (Ref. detail C)

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A318
Feb 01/10
R
CES
_______
_______
connector 3008GM
(2) Disconnect the pressure line 3673GM from the pressure coupling of the
(3) Remove the check valve 3050GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-36-000-001).
(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.

reservoir.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary, do

____
not pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).
delivery connector 3008GM
pressure port at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
(10) Install the check valve 3050GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-36-400-001).
(12) Connect the pressure line 3673GM to the pressure coupling of the
(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 3673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A319
Feb 01/10
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-102
(1) Fill the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-
29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-002).
(3) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the ground cart
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).

002).
(7) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-063-A
B. Close Access
items.
the LOCKED position.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A320
Feb 01/10
R
CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-063-B
B. Close Access
items.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-860-104
D. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).


R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A321
Feb 01/10

CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-003
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a capacity of 60 l

(16 USgal)
No specific blanking cap
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A322
Feb 01/10

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Power Supply
(2084GM)
12-36-29-991-016 Fig. 316
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-107

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A323
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-36-29-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-075
C. Get Access
(4) Put the access platform below the Zone 195.
(5) Put the access platform below the MLG bay.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-052
D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-105

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016)
_______
(1) Put the container below the electrically driven pump 2075GJ.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A324
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A325
Feb 01/09
R
CES
service panel.
capacity of 60 l (16 USgal) to the suction connector 2006GM at the

____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016)
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-233, 236-238, 301-399,

401-403,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-063
A. Fluid Change Procedure without the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail A)
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
_______

002).

____
_______
NOTE : The spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A326
Feb 01/09
R
CES

____

____
times.

____
NOTE : The slats operate.

____
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
R **ON A/C 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 404-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-063-A
A. Fluid Change Procedure without the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail A)
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
_______

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A327
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
002).
_______

____

____

____
times.

____

____
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).

R

EFF : 234-235, 239-249, 251-299, 404-499,
501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-36-29

Page A328
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-062
B. Fluid Change Procedure of the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail B)
_______
_______
NOTE : Make sure that the supply pressure of the ground hydraulic cart
____
does not become more than 50 psi (3.4473 bar).
29-14-00-614-001).
NOTE : Be careful when you disconnect the hydraulic connections:

____
A great quantity of hydraulic fluid comes out of the line end
fittings.
(2) Disconnect the suction line (2457GM) at the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).
(3) Put the line end in the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.
(4) Put a blanking cap on the fitting of the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).
(5) Remove the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter

(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.
(7) Adjust the supply pressure on the hydraulic power cart slowly from 0
to 50 psi (3.4473 bar) maximum.
(8) Stop the hydraulic power cart after a minimum of 20.0 l (5.2833
USgal) hydraulic fluid has come out of the suction line (2457GM).
(9) Remove the line end from the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-061, 101-105, 201-203, 12-36-29

Page A329
Feb 01/09

CES
(10) Remove the blanking cap from the fitting of the RAT ground check
module (2027GE).
(11) Connect the suction line (2457GM) at the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).
(12) TORQUE the line end fitting to between 12.9 and 14.2 m.daN (95.13 and
104.71 lbf.ft).
(13) Install the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter

(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).
suction connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.
R **ON A/C 062-099, 106-149, 151-199, 204-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,

R 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-062-A
B. Fluid Change Procedure of the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail B)
_______
_______
NOTE : Make sure that the supply pressure of the ground hydraulic cart
____
does not become more than 50 psi (3.4473 bar).
29-14-00-614-001).
NOTE : Be careful when you disconnect the hydraulic connections:

____
A great quantity of hydraulic fluid comes out of the line end
fittings.
(2) Disconnect the upper end of the suction line (2457GM).
(3) Put a blanking cap on the fitting.
(4) Put the open line end in the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A330
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(5) Remove the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter
(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.
(7) Adjust the supply pressure on the hydraulic power cart slowly from 0
to 50 psi (3.4473 bar) maximum.
(8) Stop the hydraulic power cart after a minimum of 20.0 l (5.2833
USgal) hydraulic fluid has come out of the suction line (2457GM).
(9) Remove the line end from the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.
(10) Remove the blanking cap from the fitting and connect the suction line
(2457GM).
(11) TORQUE the line end fitting to between 17.9 and 19.0 m.daN (132.00
and 140.11 lbf.ft).
(12) Install the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter

(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).
suction connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-106
R (1) Fill the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
R 611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(3) Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).
R (4) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
R VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A331
May 01/09

CES
(7) Make sure that the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system is
Subtask 12-36-29-410-064
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 197FB.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-055
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-860-108
D. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A332
Aug 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-004
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Green

hydraulic system if it is more than NSA307110 class 9.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R D23080000 1 PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG
460005833 1 NOT PROCURABLE
460007280 1 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A333
Nov 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
(1084GM)
29-11-43-610-041 Servicing the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter (1084GM)
29-23-00-860-001 Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-23-00-860-002 Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Gears
32-42-12-610-001 Servicing of the Hydraulic Brake Filter 2584GM
R
the CFDS
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-110

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A334
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-36-29-010-078
B. Open the access door 197CB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-111
C. Preparation of the Reclamation
(1) Disconnect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
connector 1008GM.
(4) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 1006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-063-A
A. Replacement of the Filter Elements
(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-
001).
(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 1048GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).
(3) Replace the element in the brake filter 2584GM (Ref. TASK 32-42-12-
610-001).
(4) Replace the element in the case drain filter 1084GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-
43-610-041).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A335
Nov 01/09
R
CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-063-B
001).
001).
(3) Replace the element in the brake filter 2584GM (Ref. TASK 32-42-12-
610-001).
43-610-010).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-869-076
B. Reclamation Procedure
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

002).
position then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

____
then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A336
Feb 01/10

CES
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward then
fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The LH elevator operates.

____
forward and the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3 times.

____
(4) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

____
(5) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels to
the DN stop then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times. Turn the
pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

____
(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).

position then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The landing gear and landing gear doors operate.

____
001):
(460007280).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A337
Feb 01/10
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-281-050
C. Sampling Procedure
(1) Take a sample from the Green hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
(2) If the particle contamination is more than NSA307110 class 9, do the

procedure again.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-079-A
D. Get Access
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-079-B
D. Get Access
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-869-065
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 1002GM, 1048GM,
1084GM and 2584GM are in (the filter is not clogged).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A338
Feb 01/10

CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-109
delivery connector 1008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 1006GM.
(3) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
(4) Remove the warning notices and safety barriers.
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-067-A
B. Close Access
items.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-067-B
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A339
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-860-112

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A340
Nov 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-005
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A341
May 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
29-13-43-610-041 Servicing of the Engine Pump Case-Drain Filter
(3084GM)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
R 32-51-00-720-003 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering with the
R Handwheel
the CFDS
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-114

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A342
Nov 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-36-29-010-080
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-113
C. Preparation for the Reclamation
(1) Disconnect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
connector 3008GM.
connector 3006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-064-A
001).
001).
43-610-041).
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A343
May 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-960-064-B
001).
001).
43-610-010).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-869-077
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

002).
position then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

____
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The RH elevator operates.

____
(c) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward (and
release it). Do this step 3 times.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A344
Feb 01/10

CES
____
R (d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
R then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

____
(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
R to the DN stop then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times. Turn
R the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

____
(5) On the cargo-compartment door control-panels, put and hold the

selectors in the OPEN position until the cargo compartment doors are
open. Put and hold the selectors in the CLOSE position until the
cargo compartment doors are closed. Do this step 2 times.
NOTE : The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.

____
(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).
R (7) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).
R (8) Stop the hydraulic power cart.
Subtask 12-36-29-281-051
(1) Take a sample from the Yellow hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

procedure again.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A345
Nov 01/09

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,
401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-081-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 196BB.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-010-081-B
D. Get Access
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-869-070
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 3002GM, 3048GM and
3084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-115
(1) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A346
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-069-A
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 196BB, 198CB.
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-410-069-B
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 196BB, 198CB.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-860-116

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A347
Feb 01/10

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A348
May 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A349
May 01/09

CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A350
May 01/09

CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-006
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Blue

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
(2084GM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-119

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A351
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-010-082
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-118
C. Preparation for the Reclamation Procedure
connector 2008GM.
connector 2006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-960-065
001).
001).
43-610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-078
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A352
Feb 01/09
R
CES

____

____

____
times.

____
and then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

____
Subtask 12-36-29-281-052
(1) Take a sample from the Blue hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

procedure again.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-083
D. Open the access panels 195BB, 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A353
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-869-073
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 2002GM, 2048GM and
2084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-117
Subtask 12-36-29-410-070
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel/doors 195BB, 197FB, 197EB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-120

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A354
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-615-001
Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Green hydraulic system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A355
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-089
(3) To isolate the PTU:

- disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-001) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push the PTU pushbutton switch
(OFF light comes on).
(4) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A356
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(5) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-097
B. Get Access
(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)
Subtask 12-36-29-615-050
A. Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(1) Prepare the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) as given in the

subsequent steps:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).
(b) Connect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

(HSPA181-380J).
(c) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:

- The white power on light (19) comes on.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A357
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Hydraulic Purifier
Figure 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A358
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.
(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.
(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.
(g) Fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) with

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) through the fill
connection (21) until the hydraulic fluid quantity is in the
middle between the MIN and MAX mark of the hydraulic fluid
content indicator (2).
(h) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:

- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.
(i) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.
(j) Close the fill connection of the (21) HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

(HSPA181-380J).
(k) After approximately 30 minutes:

- Set the switch (13) to the OFF position.
- Set the main switch (15) to the OFF position.
(l) Put a container below the valve (4).
(m) Open the valve (4) to remove collected water.
(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Green hydraulic system as follows:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).
(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A359
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(c) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) to the aircraft connectors
- 1006GM suction
- 1008GM delivery.
(d) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:

(g) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:

(h) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.
(i) Set the main pump switch (17) to the ON position.
(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Green hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.
(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.
NOTE : The water content indicator is optional available for the

____
HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J). If your HYDRAULIC
PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) has no water content indicator,
you must take a hydraulic fluid sample (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-001).
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Green hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A360
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Green hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the slats,
- the brakes,
- the landing gear doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.
(o) Do a check of the water content indicator (22) at the HYDRAULIC

PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) or take a hydraulic fluid sample
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.
(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Green hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).
(s) Set the main pump switch (12) to OFF.
(t) Set the switch (13) to OFF.
(u) Set the main switch (15) to OFF.
(v) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

(HSPA181-380J) from the aircraft connectors.
(w) Disconnect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC

PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A361
Feb 01/09
R
CES
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-090
(1) To connect the PTU (refer to the job set-up):

- connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push and release the PTU
pushbutton switch (OFF light goes off).
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-084
B. Close Access
items.
(2) CLose the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A362
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-615-002
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
of the Yellow hydraulic system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A363
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-091

002).
(3) To isolate the PTU:

- disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-001) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push the PTU pushbutton switch
(OFF light comes on).
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A364
Feb 01/09
R
CES
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Yellow System is 50
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-098
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)
Subtask 12-36-29-615-051
A. Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
SYSTEM.

subsequent steps:

(HSPA181-380J).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A365
Feb 01/09
R
CES



(HSPA181-380J).

(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Yellow hydraulic system as follows:
drain valves (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A366
Feb 01/09
R
CES
- 3006GM suction
- 3008GM delivery.


pressure as shown on the gage of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
in the given limit.

____
29-281-001).
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir during the

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A367
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Yellow hydraulic system operate the
- the rudder,
- the spoilers,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the parking brake,
- the cargo doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.

(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
procedure.
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Yellow hydraulic


5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-092
(1) To connect the PTU (refer to the job set-up):

- connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push and release the PTU
pushbutton switch (OFF light goes off).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A368
Feb 01/09
R
CES
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-085
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 196BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A369
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-615-003
Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
of the Blue hydraulic system
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A370
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-093
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Blue System is 50
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A371
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-010-099
B. Get Access
(2) Open the access door 197FB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)
Subtask 12-36-29-615-052
A. Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
SYSTEM.

subsequent steps:

(HSPA181-380J).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A372
Feb 01/09
R
CES


(HSPA181-380J).

(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Blue hydraulic system as follows:
drain valves (3).

- 2006GM suction
- 2008GM delivery.


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A373
Feb 01/09
R
CES
pressure as shown on the gage of the Blue hydraulic reservoir. If
necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
in the given limit.

____
29-281-001).
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Blue hydraulic reservoir during the
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Blue hydraulic system operate the
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the spoilers and
- the slats.

(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
procedure.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A374
Feb 01/09

CES
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Blue hydraulic


5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-094
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-086
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 197EB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A375
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(3) Close the access door 197FB.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A376
Feb 01/09

CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-007
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Tool
- Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
_______
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To change the type of hydraulic fluid, or to change the hydraulic fluid if

the contamination is out of tolerance.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity
min. 150 l.)
No specific plug type E0052R8B3APNE
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
DH0501 1 TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A377
Feb 01/09

CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D12308351000 1 HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A378
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-36-29-991-018 Fig. 318
**ON A/C 001-001, 051-052,
12-36-29-991-024 Fig. 319
R **ON A/C 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-36-29-991-024-A Fig. 319A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
12-36-29-991-019 Fig. 320
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-121
(1) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), disconnect the pressure switch

(3151GN) and (10CE3), and on the free end make a short circuit
between the pins A and B with a plug type E0052R8B3APNE.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A379
Feb 01/10

CES
Subtask 12-36-29-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-100
C. Get Access
(3) Open the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-680-053
D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).
**ON A/C 001-001, 051-052,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-122
(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.
(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.
(d) Open the by-pass valve.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A380
Feb 01/09

CES
(e) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(f) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to a flow of 45/lmn

approx. and stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.
(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024,
320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019)
(a) Put the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in a position,

where you can monitor the hydraulic fluid quantity indicator
1834GQ on the Green ground service panel during the procedure.
(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Yellow
hydraulic reservoir.
NOTE : Make sure that the Yellow reservoir depressurization valve

____
is open when you set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the correct configuration.
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.
(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.
(g) On the HP manifold (3011GM):
1
_ Remove the Yellow HP filter (3048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).
2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Yellow HP filter (3048GM).

R

EFF :

001-001, 051-052, 12-36-29

Page A381
Feb 01/09

CES
Location of the Components in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 1)
Figure 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A382
Feb 01/09

CES
Connection of the Tools in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 2)
Figure 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024

R

EFF :

001-001, 051-052, 12-36-29

Page A383
Feb 01/09

CES
Connection of the Tools in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 2)
Figure 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-A

R

EFF : 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A384
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A385
Feb 01/09

CES
R Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A386
May 01/09

CES
R Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A387
May 01/09

CES
3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.
(h) On the LP filter (3002GM):
1
_ Put a container below the LP filter (3002GM).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl
and the filter head.
3
_ Remove the filter bowl.
(i) On the LP manifold (3003GM):

(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024)
1
_ Put a container below the Yellow LP manifold (3003GM).
2
_ Remove the lower inboard plug with its O-ring from the LP
manifold.
3
_ Install the T-fitting in the open port of the manifold.
4
_ Install the plug with its O-ring in the open port of the
T-fitting.
5
_ Connect the LP2 line of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) with the T-fitting. Use the HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE,
LP (98D12308351000) for the connection.
(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
(4) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
R **ON A/C 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-122-A

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A388
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
tool lines.
configuration.

_______
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-A,
320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019)

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Yellow
NOTE : Make sure that the Yellow reservoir depressurization valve

____
supply.
supply.

R

EFF : 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A389
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
1
_ Remove the Yellow HP filter (3048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).
2
(DH0501) in place of the Yellow HP filter (3048GM).
3
1
_ Put a container below the LP filter (3002GM).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl
and the filter head.
3
_ Remove the filter bowl.
(i) On the LP manifold (3003GM):

(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-
A)
1
_ Put a container below the Yellow LP manifold (3003GM).
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE

_______
UNION WHEN YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON
UNIONS. IF YOU USE THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT
LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.
2
_ Disconnect the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
3
_ Remove the check valve (3017GM) with its O-ring from the
manifold.
4
_ Install the T-fitting in the open port of the manifold.
5
_ Install the check valve with its O-ring in the open port of
the T-fitting.
6
_ Connect the hydraulic line with the check valve.
7
_ Connect the LP2 line of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) with the T-fitting. Use the HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE,
LP (98D12308351000) for the connection.

R

EFF : 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A390
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-611-064
F. Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:
(1) Open the depressurization valve (3087GM) of the Yellow reservoir

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(3) Fill the Yellow reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on
the visual indicator.
(4) Close the valve V1.
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Yellow reservoir.
(6) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

002).
(7) Disconnect the outboard air supply.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-065
A. Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Yellow reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.
(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Yellow Engine Driven Pump (3030GD):
(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A391
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):
- make sure that the valve V1 is open and keep it open during the
full procedure.
(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
NOTE : Obey the starter limits for dry motoring.

____
(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect approximately 10 l (2.6416

USgal) hydraulic fluid.
NOTE : The system pressure can decrease to 0 during dry motoring.

____
(e) Close the valve V2.
(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
Lines of the Yellow Electric Pump (3075GX):
(a) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

- make sure that the valve V1 is open.
(b) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001).
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

- open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.
(d) Close the valve V2.
(e) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-

001).
(3) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols and the Cargo Door System:
_______
(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, release the LEAK

MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-36-29

Page A392
Feb 01/09

CES
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.

____
(c) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and on the pressure gauge of the system accumulator
is correct.
(d) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL

____
(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left

____
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and

____
(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
times.

____
(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
NOTE : The flaps operate.

____
(j) Open and close the FWD and AFT cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002). Do this step 5 times.
(k) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-

001).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-36-29

Page A393
Feb 01/09

CES
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-065-A
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Yellow reservoir during the procedure.
____
Lines of the Yellow Engine Driven Pump (3030GD):

full procedure.
045).

____


____
045).
Lines of the Yellow Electric Pump (3075GX):
(a) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

(b) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001).
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

(d) Close the valve V2.

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page A394
Feb 01/10

CES
(e) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-
001).
Primary Servocontrols and the Cargo Door System:
_______
(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, release the LEAK

MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).

____
(c) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
the ECAM SD and on the pressure gauge of the system accumulator
is correct.

____

____

____
times.

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page A395
Feb 01/10

CES
NOTE : The flaps operate.

____
(j) Open and close the FWD and AFT cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002). Do this step 5 times.
(k) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-

001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-069
A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (3002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-
610-001).
**ON A/C 001-001, 051-052,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-123
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), remove the plug type

E0052R8B3APNE from the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3) and
connect the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3).
(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the T-fitting.
(5) Remove the plug from the T-fitting.
(6) Remove the T-fitting from the LP manifold (3003GM).
(7) Install the plug with a new O-ring in the manifold.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A396
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(8) TORQUE the plug to between 3.186 and 3.470 m.daN (23.49 and 25.58
lbf.ft).
(9) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).
(10) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.
(11) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (3048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

002).
(13) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).

R **ON A/C 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

R 401-499, 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-123-A
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN

_______
YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU USE
THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO
MUCH.
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), remove the plug type

E0052R8B3APNE from the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3) and
connect the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3).

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A397
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
(DH0501).
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the T-fitting.
(5) Remove the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
(6) Remove the check valve from the T-fitting.
(7) Remove the T-fitting from the LP manifold (3003GM).
(8) Install the check valve with a new O-ring in the manifold.
(9) TORQUE the check valve to between 3.0 and 3.3 m.daN (22.12 and 24.33
lbf.ft).
(10) Install the hydraulic line at the check valve.
(11) TORQUE the hydraulic line to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and
23.59 lbf.ft).

002).
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).


R

EFF : 002-049, 053-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page A398
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-865-057
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-087
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors 198BB and 196CB.
(4) Close the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A399
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-008
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green Hydraulic System with the Tool
- Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
_______
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plug

min. 150 l.)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B300
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Gear Doors
32-30-00-867-001 Retraction of the Landing Gear for Maintenance
32-30-00-867-002 Extension of the Landing Gear after Maintenance
12-36-29-991-020 Fig. 321
12-36-29-991-021 Fig. 322

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B301
Feb 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-124
(1) On the Green HP manifold (1011GM), disconnect the pressure switch


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-101
C. Get Access
(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-680-054
D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B302
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-36-29-860-125
tool lines.
configuration.

_______
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020, 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021)

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Green
NOTE : Make sure that the Green reservoir depressurization valve

____

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B303
Feb 01/09

CES
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B304
Feb 01/09

CES
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B305
Feb 01/09

CES
R Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B306
May 01/09

CES
R Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B307
May 01/09

CES
supply.
supply.
1
_ Remove the Green HP filter (1048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).
2
(DH0501) in place of the Green HP filter (1048GM).
3
1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(1002GM).
2
_ Put a blanking plug in the open port of the tube.
3
_ Connect the LP filter (1002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-067
F. Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:
(1) Open the depressurization valve (1087GM) of the Green reservoir

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B308
Feb 01/09
R
CES
(3) Fill the Green reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Green reservoir.
(6) Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

002).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199, 201-249, 251-299, 301-399,

401-499,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-068
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Green reservoir during the procedure.
____
Lines of the Green Engine Driven Pump (1030GK):

____

full procedure.
001).

____


____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B309
Feb 01/09
R
CES
001).
Primary Servocontrols.
_______
(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(c) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system with the Power Transfer
Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001). Make sure that the
pressure shown on the ECAM SD and on the gauge of the system
accumulator is correct.

____
NOTE : The ailerons and the spoilers 1 LH and RH operate.

____

____
times.

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499,
12-36-29

Page B310
Feb 01/09

CES

____
Landing Gear System with the PTU.
(a) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(b) Make sure that the LP2 and HP2 lines are not in the area of the
landing gear to prevent damage during the retraction and
extension of the landing gear.
(c) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002). The main landing
gear doors must stay open during the retraction and extension of
the landing gear.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR
_______
ARE CLEAR.
(d) Retract and extend the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001)
and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002). Do this step 3 times.
(e) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001).
(f) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
R **ON A/C 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-068-A
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Green reservoir during the procedure.
____
Lines of the Green Engine Driven Pump (1030GK):

____

R

EFF : 001-049, 051-099, 101-149, 151-199,
201-249, 251-299, 301-399, 401-499, 501-509,
12-36-29

Page B311
Feb 01/10
511-526, 528-599,
CES
full procedure.
045).

____


____
045).
_______
(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(c) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system with the Power Transfer
Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001). Make sure that the
pressure shown on the ECAM SD and on the gauge of the system
accumulator is correct.

____

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page B312
Feb 01/10

CES
NOTE : The ailerons and the spoilers 1 LH and RH operate.

____

____
times.

____

____
Landing Gear System with the PTU.
(a) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(b) Make sure that the LP2 and HP2 lines are not in the area of the
landing gear to prevent damage during the retraction and
extension of the landing gear.
(c) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002). The main landing
gear doors must stay open during the retraction and extension of
the landing gear.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR
_______
ARE CLEAR.
(d) Retract and extend the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001)
and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002). Do this step 3 times.
(e) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001).
(f) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).

R

EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 12-36-29

Page B313
Feb 01/10

CES
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-070
A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (1002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-
610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-126
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Green HP manifold (1011GM), remove the plug type E0052R8B3APNE
from the pressure switches (1151GN) and (10CE2) and connect the
pressure switches (1151GN) and (10CE2).
(DH0501).
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (1002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (1002GM).
(8) Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

002).
necessary fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B314
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-865-059
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-088
D. Close Access
items.
(4) Close the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B315
Feb 01/09
R
CES
TASK 12-36-29-600-009
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue Hydraulic System with the Tool -
Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)
_______
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plug

min. 150 l.)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B316
Feb 01/09
R
CES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Power Supply
(2084GM)
12-36-29-991-022 Fig. 323
12-36-29-991-023 Fig. 324

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B317
Feb 01/09
R
CES
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-127
(1) On the Blue HP manifold (2011GM), disconnect the pressure switch


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-102
C. Get Access
(3) Open the left or right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B318
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Subtask 12-36-29-680-055
D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-128
tool lines.
configuration.

_______
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022, 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023)

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Blue
NOTE : Make sure that the Blue reservoir depressurization valve

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B319
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B320
Feb 01/09
R
CES
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B321
Feb 01/09

CES
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B322
Feb 01/09

CES
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B323
Feb 01/09

CES
supply.
supply.
1
_ Remove the Blue HP filter (2048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-
001).
2
(DH0501) in place of the Blue HP filter (2048GM).
3
1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(2002GM).
2
_ Put a blanking plug in the open port of the tube.
3
_ Connect the LP filter (2002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B324
Feb 01/09

CES
Subtask 12-36-29-611-069
F. Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:
(1) Open the depressurization valve (2087GM) of the Blue reservoir

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Fill the Blue reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Blue reservoir.
(6) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-070
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Blue reservoir during the procedure.
____
Lines of the Blue Electric Pump (2075GJ).

(c) On the overhead panel 40VU:

- push the BLUE ELEC PUMP pushbutton switch.
(d) On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- push and release the BLUE PUMP OVRD pushbutton switch:
- the ON legend comes on,
- the electric pump starts.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B325
Feb 01/09

CES
(e) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):
(f) Close the valve V2.
(g) On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- push and release the BLUE PUMP OVRD pushbutton switch:
- the ON legend goes off,
- the electric pump stops.
(h) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
_______

____
(b) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
(d) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
the ECAM SD and the pressure gauge of the system accumulator is
correct.
(e) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
(f) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL

____
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B326
Feb 01/09

CES
(h) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and

____
(i) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
times.

____
(j) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position

____
(k) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
(l) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-071
A. Replace the filter elements of these hydraulic filters:

- LP filter (2002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001).
- Case drain filter (2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-129
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Blue HP manifold (2011GM), remove the plug type E0052R8B3APNE
from the pressure switches (2151GN) and (10CE1) and connect the
pressure switches (2151GN) and (10CE1).
(DH0501).
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (2002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (2002GM).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B327
Feb 01/09

CES
(8) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
necessary fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-061
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-410-089
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors 197EB and 195BB.
(4) Close the main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B328
Feb 01/09

CES

Nammcesa 000010 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Nammcesa 000010 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

__________

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

L.E.P. 1-11 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

12-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-11-28 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-12-32 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-13-24 02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-13-27 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-13-29 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-13-79 01 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

12-13-79 02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

REPRINTED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

12-13-80 01 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-13-80 02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-14-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-049, 101-149, 151-199,

12-14-29 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-14-32 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-15-38 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-16-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-17-30 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-21-11 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-21-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-21-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-22-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-22-27 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-22-32 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-22-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-24-38 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-31-00 MOD.20006P0002 INCORPORATED ALL

12-31-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-31-32 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-31-49 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-31-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-31-71 MOD.23083P2566 INCORPORATED 001-049, 051-099, 101-149,

12-32-24 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-32-28 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-32-29 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-32-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-32-79 02 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-33-21 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-33-21 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

12-34-24 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-36-29 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 12-11-00 1 Feb01/98 12-11-28 R 342 Feb01/10

12-11-28 R 384 Feb01/10 12-11-28 R A335 Feb01/10 12-12-32 R 313 Feb01/10

12-12-32 364 Nov01/09 12-12-32 R A315 Feb01/10 12-13-24 02 R 305 Feb01/10

12-13-27 R 340 Feb01/10 12-13-79 01 R 331 Feb01/10 12-14-29 304 May01/05

12-14-32 344 Aug01/07 12-14-32 395 Nov01/09 12-16-38 303 May01/08

12-21-12 328 Aug01/08 12-21-13 R 710 Feb01/10 12-22-27 R 316 Feb01/10

12-22-32 R 312 Feb01/10 12-22-32 R 363 Feb01/10 12-22-52 328 Aug01/08

12-22-53 305 Aug01/08 12-31-00 N 201 Feb01/10 12-31-28 205 Feb01/98

12-31-71 N 205 Feb01/10 12-32-29 311 Feb01/09 12-33-21 N 219 Feb01/10

12-36-29 R 330 Feb01/10 12-36-29 R 381 Feb01/10 12-36-29 A332 Aug01/09

12-36-29 A383 Feb01/09

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12-12-00

RAIN REPELLENT 12-17-00

USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY 12-28-00

AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS 12-32-00

(1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

(1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the